============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 2
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 3
WELCOME—BIENVENIDOS
The staff, faculty, and students welcome you to
Western Technical College
Our Mission
The mission of WTC College is to: Provide quality training and education in a caring, professional
environment that prepares new students and working adults with the skills they need to succeed and advance in
their chosen careers.
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF AND DEPARTMENT DIRECTORS
Randy Kuykendall
Chair, College Board
Bill Terrell
Vice-Chair, College Board
Brad Kuykendall
Chief Executive Officer
Mary Cano
Chief Operating Officer
Dr. Maxine Valencia
Campus President, Main Campus
Margie Aguilar
Campus President, Branch Campus
Laura Plummer
Controller
Martha Molinar
Human Resource Director
Marco Martinez
Admissions Director
Jose Gutierrez
Director of Field Admissions
Danielle Picchi
Student Financial Services Director
Helen Garcia
Career Services Director
Lynda Cervantes
Marketing Director
Jack Werner
Director of Strategic Partners
Eric Plasencio
IT Director
Javier Zavala
Academic Dean
Dr. Romeline Obonan
Dean of Advanced Degrees / Distance Education
Administrator/ Director of Graduate Level Education
Richard Morris
Advanced Welding Program Director
Phil Giner
Guadalupe Gonzalez
Automotive & Diesel Mechanics Program Director
Commercial Driver Training Program Director
Jesus Magana
Master of Business Administration & Baccalaureate
of Business Administration Program Director (Branch
Campus).
Dr. Juan Maza
Dr. Samson Yigezu
Baccalaureate of Business Administration Assistant
Program Director (Main Campus)
Dean of Nursing
Orlando Beltran
Aerospace and Defense Technology & Electronics
Engineering Technology Program Director
Gabriela Rzycki
Information Systems and Security Program Director
Roberta Pell
Medical Billing and Coding Program Director
Petra York
Medical Clinical Assistant Program Director
Suzanne Nolan
Physical Therapist Assistant Program Director
Harry Gruber
Refrigeration/HVAC Technology Program Director
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Accreditation/Approvals ............................................................................................................................................ 5
WTC
History…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...6
Facilities ..................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Admissions ................................................................................................................................................................. 9
International Students ............................................................................................................................................... 18
Transfer Credits ........................................................................................................................................................ 20
Student Financial Services ....................................................................................................................................... 21
Cancellation & Refund Policy .................................................................................................................................. 27
Program Offerings .................................................................................................................................................... 35
Certificate Programs ................................................................................................................................................. 35
Certificate of Completion in Advanced Welding Technology ................................................................................. 35
Certificate of Completion in Commercial Driver Training ...................................................................................... 38
Certificate of Completion in Diesel Advanced Technology Education (D.A.T.E.) ................................................. 41
Certificate of Completion in FCA MOPAR Automotive ......................................................................................... 45
Certificate of Completion in Medical Billing And Coding ...................................................................................... 52
Certificate of Completion in Medical Clinical Assistant ......................................................................................... 57
Associate of Occupational Studies Degrees ............................................................................................................. 63
Associate of Occupational Studies in Automotive Technology ............................................................................... 63
Associate of Occupational Studies in Diesel Mechanics ......................................................................................... 71
Associate of Occupational Studies in Refrigeration and HVAC Technology .......................................................... 81
Associate of Applied Science Degrees ..................................................................................................................... 88
Associate of Applied Science in Aerospace and Defense Technology .................................................................... 88
Associate of Applied Science in Electronics Engineering Technology ................................................................... 93
Associate of Applied Science in Information Systems and Security ....................................................................... 99
Associate of Applied Science in Physical Therapist Assistant .............................................................................. 105
Bachelor Degrees ................................................................................................................................................... 114
Bachelor in Business Administration……………………………………………………………..........................114
Bachelor of Science in Nursing .............................................................................................................................. 125
Bachelor of Science in Technical Management…………………………………………………..........................140
Master Degree ........................................................................................................................................................
152
Master of Business Administration ........................................................................................................................ 152
General Education Courses .................................................................................................................................... 158
Policies and Standards ............................................................................................................................................ 163
Support Services ..................................................................................................................................................... 168
Career Services ....................................................................................................................................................... 170
Student Code of Conduct ....................................................................................................................................... 171
Title IX & Sex Discrimination ............................................................................................................................... 175
Safety & Security ................................................................................................................................................... 176
Internship/Clinical Requirements ........................................................................................................................... 177
General Information ............................................................................................................................................... 178
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 5
ACCREDITATION/APPROVALS
(The original accreditation and licensure documents are displayed at each campus)
ACCREDITATION
Western Technical College is accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges
(ACCSC) which is listed by the U.S. Department of Education (USDOE) as a Nationally recognized accrediting
agency.
APPROVALS
Western Technical College is approved and regulated by the Texas Workforce Commission (TWC) Career
Schools and Colleges Section, Austin, Texas. WTC’s degree-granting programs are approved and regulated by the
Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board (THECB). WTC’s Nursing Program is regulated by the Texas Board
of Nursing. The Physical Therapist Assistant program is programmatically accredited by the Commission on
Accreditation in Physical Therapy education. The Medical Clinical Assistant program is Programmatically
Accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education. The College’s programs are approved
to train veterans by the Texas Workforce Commission, Texas Veterans Commission, and foreign students by the
U.S. Department of Immigration and Naturalization (INS).
NOTE: (Colorado students only) - Agents licensed by the Colorado Department of Higher Education, Private
Occupational School Board.
WTC Website Address: www.westerntech.edu
Western Technical College
9624 Plaza Circle
El Paso, Texas 79927
(915)532-3737 or (915)760-8100/01
(915)532-6946 (fax)
Western Technical College
9451 Diana Drive
El Paso, Texas 79924
(915)566-9621 or (915)231-4900/01
(915)565-9903 (fax)
HOURS OF OPERATION
School Operations 7:00 am-10:00 pm
Office Hours: 8:00 am-8:00 pm, Monday thru Thursday
Office Hours: Friday, 8:00 am – 4:30 pm
I certify that the information presented in this catalog is correct and true to the best of my knowledge and belief.
The contents of this catalog are subject to change without notice.
Brad Kuykendall
Brad Kuykendall
CEO
Catalog Volume 1005
Effective February 2022- February 2023
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 6
HISTORY
Western Technical College (WTC) started operation on January 1, 1970, and since that time has expanded both
in size and enrollment. January 1, 2020 marked WTC’s 50 years in business.  It started with a basic welding
curriculum and new programs have been added periodically.  Refrigeration and Air Conditioning was added in 1971,
and in 1975, Automotive Mechanics began. 
  In January of 1979, El Paso Trade School became accredited by the National Association of Trade and Technical
Schools (NATTS), which is now known as the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC).
In 1980, the school expanded by adding a branch campus, and added the following programs:  1980, Electronics;
1983 Microcomputer Technology; 1984 Medical Assisting (name Change occurred in 2014 to Medical Clinical
Assistant); 1985 AOS Degree in Automotive Technology and AOS Degree in Refrigeration/HVAC Technology;
1994 Health Information Technology (name change to Medical Billing and Coding in 2013).  In June of 1986, the
school underwent a name change. Since the previous name, El Paso Trade School, no longer accurately reflected the
“high tech” courses taught at the school, the name was changed to Western Technical Institute (WTI).  The branch
campus moved to a more modern facility in 2001. The Microcomputer Technology program was split to become two
distinct tracks:  Electronics Engineering Technology and Information Systems and Security (AOS Degrees, converted
to AAS Degrees in 2009).  In 2001, we began Massage Therapy (discontinued in 2004; reactivated in 2006 and
discontinued again in 2020), and in 2007, WTC offered its first AAS Degree program in Physical Therapist Assistant. 
In 2015, WTC began offering an AAS in Business Administration and Management (discontinued in 2019), and in
2017, the school offered its first baccalaureate degree program in Business Administration (BBA). 
 
Upon expert advice from employer advisory boards, the courses and programs at WTC are constantly updated to
conform to industry needs. As a result of the changes to the programs and locations, in March of 2005, the school
underwent another name change. The name Western Technical College is more modern, up-to-date, and better reflects
the careers and degrees offered by the College.  The main campus relocated into a spacious 150,000 square foot
facility in late 2005. The main campus was approved to offer the following certificate programs:  Performance Tuner
(PT), Diesel Mechanics (converted to an AOS Degree in 2008), and Pipe Welding (Combined with Structural
Welding in 2010 to become the current Advanced Welding Program).  In 2014, WTC began two separate specialty
tracks for Automotive Technology; one in Light Duty Diesel (LDD) and the other in Performance Tuner, and the
certificate programs in these areas were taught out. 
 
In December 2014, WTC was approved at the branch campus to begin offering distance education. The launch
occurred on February 09, 2015, and other program offerings followed:  
 
YEAR
PROGRAM
% ONLINE
2015
Medical Billing and Coding-Certificate
20%
2015
General Education Courses
50%
2016
Medical Clinical Assistant-Certificate
20% (Taught Out)
2017
AAS in Business Administration
20% (Taught Out)
2017
Bachelor in Business Administration
50%
2017
AAS in Electronics Engineering Technology
Up to 50%
2017
AAS in Information Systems and Security
Up to 50%
2017
Medical Billing and Coding-Certificate
Up to 50%
2019
AAS in Aerospace and Defense Technology
Up to 50%
2020
Master in Business Administration
100%
2020
Medical Billing and Coding-Certificate
100%
2020
AAS in Information Systems and Security
Up to 100%
2020
General Education Courses
Up to 100%
2020
Bachelor in Business Administration
100%
2021
Bachelor of Science in Technical Management
100%
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 7
In April 2017, WTC’s main campus was approved to begin offering distance education in a hybrid platform. 
YEAR
2016
% ONLINE
20%
2017
20% (Taught Out)
2017
20%
2017
20% (Taught Out)
2017
20% (Taught Out)
2017
50%
2017
20%
2019
20%
2019
20%
2021
20%
2021
20%
In January 2018, the main campus was approved to begin offering the Commercial Driver Training Program, our
latest certificate program.  In March 2019, the Bachelor of Science in Nursing was approved at the branch campus
only.  In April 2019, the Diesel Advanced Technology Education certificate program was approved at the main
campus only. In May 2019, the Medical Clinical Assistant program became programmatically accredited by the
Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP) and discontinued at the branch
campus.  In November 2019, the Aerospace and Defense program was approved at the branch campus only.
In May 2020, WTC was approved to offer a Master of Business Administration (MBA). It is the first approved
program to be offered fully online. In June 2021, the Bachelor of Science in Technical Management program was
approved at the branch campus only. In October 2021, the FCA MOPAR Automotive Certificate program was
approved for the main campus only.
FACILITIES
WTC occupies two modern campuses designed to enhance learning and provide students a real-world entry-level
experience prior to employment. Each campus houses different programs and allows accommodation to many people
across the greater El Paso region. WTC offers wireless network services throughout each campus which allows
faculty, staff, and guests of the College to utilize the wireless network.
The Plaza Circle location (main campus) is housed in a150,000 square foot facility on 13 acres, to include a
spacious indoor and outdoor student break area. The facility comfortably accommodates classrooms and shops for
the following programs: Automotive Technology, Diesel Mechanics, Diesel Advanced Technology Education,
Commercial Driver Training, Refrigeration/HVAC Technology, Advanced Welding, Medical Clinical Assistant, and
the Bachelor in Business Administration. Our main campus features a spacious Learning Resource Center (LRC)
with 15 computer stations and has a Pearson Testing Center. There is a restaurant and a MATCO Tool store as well.
The campus has a total of 40 classrooms, to include 6 lab areas for the transportation, welding, HVAC, and medical
programs. The classrooms can accommodate a maximum of 30 students.
The Diana location (branch campus) is housed in a 48,000 square foot building on five acres with an additional
2,000 square feet outside the student break area. This campus features program offerings in Bachelor in Business
Administration (BBA), Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN), AAS Degrees in Information Systems and Security,
Electronics Engineering Technology, and Physical Therapist Assistant. Certificate of Completion program is offered
in Medical Billing and Coding, The campus has a total of 25 classrooms, 7 labs. This campus a has a spacious
library, with 15 computers for students to use, printing capabilities and a Pearson Testing Center.
WTC received approval for a Satellite Campus in February 2019 which is located 3.75 miles from the main campus
and serves as a driving range for the Commercial Driver Training program (CDT) and the Commercial Driver’s
License (CDL) for the Diesel Mechanics program. It has a break area and restroom facilities. The following is the
location of the WTC Driving Range, a.k.a. the Satellite Campus:
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 8
WTC College – Satellite Location (SL460566)-11090 Gateway Blvd. East, El Paso, Texas 79927
EQUIPMENT USED FOR TRAINING
(A more detailed list of equipment used in every program is available online at www.westerntech.edu)
ADVANCED WELDING
Lincoln Electric Prism Exhaust System
Lincoln Electric V-275 Welding Machine
Miller Dynasty 200 Inverter Welding Machine
Hypertherm Plasma Cutter
Miller Bobcat 225 Engine Driven Welding Machine
Victor Track Torches
AEROSPACE AND DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY
Multimeters
Oscilloscopes
Electronic Circuit Trainers
Avionic Systems Testers
Time Domain Reflectometers
Altitude/Airspeed Testers
Wire Harness Trainers
Communication Trainers
Hydraulic Pressure Testers
AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY
ProCut – On the car Brake Lathe
Hunter – Hawkeye Elite Alignment System
Launch Fuel Injector Flow Tester
Mopar WiTech Diagnostic Scan system
Matco R134 AC Recovery and Recharge Machine
Mustang AWD-500 Dynamometer
MegaTech Electrical & Hybrid Trainers
Mopar Training Vehicles
Hunter Road Force Balancing System
Programmable Tuning Engines
BACHELOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(Hybrid)
LENOVO E590
LCD
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING
Hospital Beds
Patient Simulation Mannequins
Blood pressure monitors
Incubators
Autoclaves
Microscope
COMMERCIAL DRIVER TRAINING
2011 International Prostar Semi Tractors
2014 International Prostar Semi Tractors
53’ Tractor Trailers
Drum Brake System Training aid
Disc Brake System Training Aid
Truck and Trailer Air Brake System Trainer
DIESEL TECHNOLOGY& DIESEL
ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION
Volvo Truck Trainers
Freightliner Truck Trainers
Hydraulic Fluid Power Simulators
MegTech Electrical Trainer
Volvo Diagnostic Scan System
Daimler Diagnostic Scan System
Hunter HD Alignment System
Hunter HD Wheel Balancer
Electrical Chassis Trainer
AC System Simulator
Matco R134 AC Recovery and Recharge Machine
ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING
TECHNOLOGY
Oscilloscopes
Multimeters
Electronic Circuit Trainers
Programable Logic Controllers
Robotic Arms
Pneumatic Trainers
INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND SECURITY
Computer desktop parts (Motherboard, CPU,
memory sticks, video card, Hard drive SSD, power
supply)
Cisco Packet Tracer 7.3
Cisco Router 4221, Cisco Switch 2960, and Cisco
Wireless Router
Microsoft Server 2012
Linux Server (Ubuntu)
Palo Alto Firewall
PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT
Suspension gait system
Open gym area with squat rack
Mechanical traction units
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 9
Multiple selection of electrical stimulation and
ultrasound units
MEDICAL CLINICAL ASSISTANT
Hemodialysis machines
Centrifuge machines
EKG machines
Cholesterol analyzer
Microhematocrit machines
REFRIGERATION/HVAC TECHNOLOGY
Residential Split Systems
Light Commercial Package Units
Ductless Mini-Split Systems
Chilled Water System
Commercial Package Units
Electrical Training Stations
Ice Machines (Cube, Nugget, Flaker)
Medical Billing and Coding, Bachelor of Science
in Technical Management, Bachelor in Business
Administration, and Master of Business
Administration (Fully Online) programs do not
require specific equipment for training.
ADMISSIONS
ADMISSION STANDARDS
The Student understands that he or she must satisfy any specific admission requirements for the programs that
are set forth in the school’s catalog, and that he or she will not be fully admitted to Western Tech until all such
admission requirements have been fulfilled to Western Tech’s satisfaction. The Student specifically affirms that he
or she has earned a high school diploma, General Equivalency Diploma, or the equivalent, and authorizes Western
Tech to verify the same. The Student acknowledges and agrees that he/she must comply with all admissions
requirements and submit all proper documentation in the time allotted by Western Tech, and that a failure to meet
any admission requirement or to submit any documentation may result in termination from the elected Program.
ADMISSION PROCEDURES
Individuals who seek admission to WTC are interviewed by an Admissions Representative. The pre-admission
interview is designed to assist in assessing whether the student has a reasonable chance of successfully completing
the appropriate program of study. The purpose of the interview is to:
1. Assist prospective students in identifying the appropriate area of study
2. Provide information concerning curriculum offerings
3. Discuss support services available at WTC
4. Tour the facility
Prospective students will tour the campus as part of the enrollment process and fill out the necessary forms and
documents prescribed by the college and its regulating and accrediting bodies. Arrangements for an interview and
tour of WTC may be made by contacting the Admissions Department.
Prospective students interested in fully online programs will be provided a virtual tour of the campus as part of the
enrollment process and fill out the necessary forms and documents prescribed by the college, its regulating and
accrediting bodies. Prospective students will be allowed to enroll up until the second day of the scheduled class start.
WTC has a High School Recruiting team that resides in in the following states, however they recruit and enroll
for Western Technical College in El Paso, Texas solely.
1. Arizona – Phoenix, Yuma, and surrounding counties
2. California – Sacramento, Imperial, San Diego, and surrounding counties
3. Colorado – Denver, Metro, and surrounding counties
4. Montana – Butte and surrounding counties
5. Utah – Salt Lake City and surrounding counties
6. Texas – El Paso, Dallas, Fort Worth, San Antonio, Corpus Christi, and surrounding counties
7. Missouri – Springfield and surrounding counties
8. Washington – Spokane and surrounding areas
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 10
STATEMENT OF NONDISCRIMINATION
No person shall be excluded from participation, denied any benefits, or subjected to any form of discrimination
based on race, sex, religion, color, national origin, age, disability, military or veteran status, gender identity, or any
other factor protected by law.
Western Tech does not discriminate in admission or access to programs based on any characteristic protected by
law, including disability. Persons with disabilities are eligible for admission, as long as, they can carry out classroom,
laboratory and internship assignments; pass written, oral and practical examinations; and meet all of the requirements
of the program and generally accepted requirements of the profession, with or without reasonable accommodation.
Western Tech will make reasonable accommodations for disabilities. Applicants who require accommodation are
required to submit a written request for accommodation to the Campus President. Technical Standards and Essential
Functions are listed in every program section in this catalog.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
To be eligible for any program offered by WTC, a prospective student must present a high school diploma, high
school transcript, or equivalency certificate (GED) recognized by the United States Department of Education. The
admissions representative will make a copy to keep on file. In the event the applicant is unable to produce a copy,
WTC will submit a transcript request on behalf of the applicant to his/her previous high school at no cost to the
applicant, or the applicant can submit their own request. The applicant cannot enroll unless he/she produces a high
school diploma, high school transcript, or GED.
Classes are taught in English; therefore, an adequate level of proficiency in reading, writing, and speaking the
English Language is required. Prospective international students are required to take the Test of Adult Basic
Education (TABE) and must achieve a minimum of a 6
th
grade level in all areas of reading, comprehension, and math.
All applicants must be at least 18 years of age or older. However, applicants who have already earned their high
school diploma, GED, or high school equivalency may enroll if they have met their state’s Compulsory Age
Requirements, or exemptions.
For Prospects Unable to Produce a High School Diploma or GED
In the event the prospective student experiences a problem acquiring their high school diploma or GED, WTC
will make allowances provided that one of the following criteria is met:
1. The prospective student is required to produce a transcript from the post-secondary institution attended. The
college or vocational training institution must be recognized by the U.S. Department of Education and must
be an accredited institution. If the prospective student did not complete the program, he/she would be
required to possess a minimum of (24) semester credit hours or equivalent of post-secondary training at a
national or regionally accredited institution. The individual is required to submit transcripts with a minimum
2.0 cumulative grade point average. This does not apply to military Joint Services Transcripts (JST) from
any military branch. Transcripts for high school equivalency are not required to be official.
2. The prospective student can produce an official military service DD214, and high school seniors can submit
their most current partial transcript that indicates their expected graduation date.
3. For applicants that were home schooled, they may be eligible for enrollment, provided their transcript meets
equivalency standards with state requirements. Given that homeschool requirements and regulations vary by
state, WTC requires the applicant provide a homeschool transcript (course dates, titles, a course grade or
performance assessment for each course, period of enrollment with graduation date or expected graduation
date); and documentation indicating that the schooling follow state regulations.
FULLY ONLINE AND HYBRID DELIVERY
Hybrid and fully online courses are web-based and delivered over the Internet using WTC’s Learning
Management System (LMS); Canvas. The system provides both synchronous and asynchronous tools used for on-
line delivery. The online content of the course is covered by using a variety of on-line educational activities such as
discussion boards, chat sessions, conference sessions, case studies, lab simulations, and quizzes. In a hybrid program,
the face-to-face schedule is set on specific dates and times of the week, while the on-line portion of the class is
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 11
organized for the student to have the flexibility to complete the on-line classroom activities based on their
personal/work schedules.
Regardless of the mode of delivery, students entering fully on-line or hybrid delivery can expect the same level
of support as on-ground students to include tutoring services, technical support, employment preparation, assistance
with job leads, and access to the school’s library.
Participation in on-line classes is vital to successful program completion. Students are provided with a computer
that meets the requirements of the hybrid and fully online programs. Students must have Internet access from
somewhere outside the school to fulfill course requirements and succeed in their classes. In addition, students must
have a minimum level of comfort with technology, as they may find themselves needing to access course work online
for as much as half of the time the class is in session.
For that reason, all prospective students considering enrollment in any of the hybrid and fully online programs
are required to take a “Suitability for Distance Education” survey before they enroll in school. The survey is designed
to identify the prospective student’s level of proficiency in the use of technology. Students can expect support in the
form of training tailored to their identified needs so that they can handle the demands of the Learning Management
System that houses much of their work.
SPECIFIC PROGRAM ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
FOR APPLICANTS PURSUING THE AEROSPACE AND DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
Hybrid Program - 80% of the training on-ground and 20% online
Applicants will be required to sign an attestation acknowledging that they do not have a criminal background.
Having a criminal background may disqualify the applicant during the hiring process. In most cases, applicants must
be able to pass a security clearance as a requirement for employment. Students accepted into the program must be
physically, mentally, and emotionally capable of completing the program.
The admission process requires the following:
1. An application letter stating why the prospect wants to be accepted.
2. Two letters of recommendation from an appropriate source, i.e. previous employers, teachers,
instructors/mentors, etc. Not acceptable are family members, friends, colleagues, etc.
3. Applicants must take the Wonderlic scholastic level exam (SLE). Applicants will be admitted into the ADT
program based on a point system that accounts for the complete application, program entrance exam (SLE),
and interview. A score of zero in any category will disqualify an applicant from consideration into the
program.
4. A maximum of 20 students will be selected for admission into each cohort. Several alternates may be selected
to fill available seats in case an applicant declines his/her acceptance into the program or did not complete
the requested requirements on time.
5. Complete applications that meet the minimum requirements as above will be invited for a panel interview
and a short on-site essay will be required.
To ensure optimal objectivity with the interview process, the following measures are taken: all interviewees will
be interviewed utilizing the same set of predetermined questions with a panel.
FOR APPLICANTS PURSUING THE AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY AND DIESEL MECHANICS
PROGRAMS
Hybrid Programs - 80% of the training on-ground and 20% online
Driver’s License Requirement
In addition to the general admissions requirements and enrollment procedure, a prospective student must possess
a valid driver’s license before being allowed to start class.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 12
FOR DIESEL MECHANICS CANDIDATES INTERESTED IN PURSUING THE CDL COURSE IN THE
DIESEL MECHANICS PROGRAM
Hybrid Program - 80% of the training on-ground and 20% online
The Diesel Mechanics program provides an opportunity for students to obtain their Class B Commercial Driver’s
License. The Texas Department of Motor Vehicles has published requirements for candidates interested in obtaining
a Commercial Driver’s License (CDL), and they are as follows:
1. Candidates that are 18-20 years of age, can qualify for an Intrastate CDL.
2. Candidates 21 years of age or older may apply for an Interstate CDL.
3. Candidates must possess and present a current driver’s license from any state. However, candidates must
surrender their auto driver’s license and accept a Texas CDL.
4. Candidates must undergo a background check. Serious felony charges will prevent the DMV from issuing
a CDL. Please check with your admissions representative for the list of those items before choosing to take
this course.
5. Candidates must possess and present a social security identification card.
6. Candidates must produce vehicle insurance and registration on his/her vehicle(s) that are all registered in
his/her name.
7. The applicant must undergo a Department of Transportation (DOT) physical.
8. DOT Drug Test (must return clean).
9. The applicant must pass a vision exam.
10. The applicant must be fingerprinted and have a photo taken.
NOTE: Individuals that have gone through the training for the CDL but were unable to obtain a CDL for failure to
note produce or pass any of the items listed above, will still be charged for the course in its entirety. Also, students
pursuing a CDL in the Diesel Mechanics program are required to undergo a background check before internship.
FOR APPLICANTS PURSUING THE COMMERCIAL DRIVER TRAINING PROGRAM
Hybrid Program - 80% of the training on-ground and 20% online
Applicants that are unable to produce a High School Diploma or GED, the Wonderlic Basic Skills Test (WBST)
exam is administered, and they must score a minimum of a 7th grade level on Verbal Skills, Quantitative Skills and
Skills Composite assessments in order to qualify to be enrolled in the program. If the applicant does not achieve the
required score for the program, he/she may elect to re-take the Wonderlic exam. A student may take a second WSBT
on the same day, however a substantially different test will be administered. Those wishing to make a third attempt
may do so no less than one week after the second attempt. Those wishing to re-take the exam after the third attempt
must wait six months before their fourth attempt. If a student does not pass a section, he/she must re-take only the
section he/she did not pass.
Wonderlic Cut-Off Scores
• Verbal Skills: 211-229 is a 7th Grade Level
• Quantitative Skills: 227-240 is a 7th Grade Level
• Skills Composite: 211-229 is a 7th Grade Level
Prospective students who are unable to meet the requirements above will be referred to the GED coordinator.
The Texas Department of Motor Vehicles has published requirements for Applicants interested in obtaining
a Commercial Driver’s License (CDL):
1. Applicants must be a minimum of 18 years of age.
2. Applicants must be a minimum of 21 years of age for Interstate Licensing for Texas and New Mexico
3. Applicants must possess a valid driver’s license from the USA for at least six (6) months prior to their
admission into the program.
4. Applicants must meet the requirements of the Motor Carrier Federal Regulations, Part 391.11(b)(2) which
states, drivers “…must read and speak the English language sufficiently to converse with the general
public, to understand traffic signs and signals in English.”
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 13
5. Applicants “must provide to the State proof of citizenship or lawful permanent residency” per 49 CFR
383.71.
a. Social security card, or proof of the number.
b. Another document such as a birth certificate or green card
6. Training is provided with trucks equipped with a ten-speed manual drive transmission.
7. Applicants must meet the requirements for licensure as a Commercial Driver established by the Texas
Department of Transportation Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSR) and TX DOT.
8. Applicants for a Texas CDL must be a Texas resident for at least 6 months and have a vehicle Registration.
9. Applicants must be a minimum of 21 years of age for Interstate Licensing. (Note: New Mexico Residents
must be 21 years of age to obtain a CDL from New Mexico).
10. The applicant cannot possess more than one (1) license, cannot have their driving privilege suspended in
any state, nor any unpaid traffic tickets in any state.
11. Applicants testing in Texas from out of state, must surrender their auto driver’s license and accept a Texas
CDL.
12. Applicants must produce vehicle insurance and registration on his/her vehicle(s) that are all registered in
his/her name to the DMV.
NOTE: Program costs PRIOR to enrollment into CDT program are to be paid by the applicant (subject to change).
The following is a list of charges for the CDT program that must be paid by the applicant before being allowed
to enroll into the CDT program. Proof of said requirements needs to be provided to the WTC Admissions
Representative prior to enrollment:
DOT Physical
$45.00
DOT Criminal Background/Urinalysis and drug screen
$45.00
Driving Record (MVR)
$12.00
CDL Permit and License Fee
$86.00
TOTAL
$188.00
13. Background, Driving and Felony Records
14. Applicants must undergo a background check, to include the driving record. Serious felony charges will
prevent the DMV from issuing a CDL. Please check with your admissions representative for the list of
those items before choosing to take this program.
15. Applicants must possess a clear driving record and background check with the following:
a. No DWI or DUI in the past three (3) years
b. No careless or reckless driving in the past three (3) years
c. No more than three (3) moving violations in the last two (2) years
d. No drug or alcohol related misdemeanors during the previous three (3) years
e. No felony convictions in the last five (5) years
f. No drug or alcohol related felonies within the past ten (10) years
g. No felony parole or probation within the past two (2) years
h. No felony charges pending. Students may reapply after their case has been adjudicated
16. Applicants must undergo and pass a Department of Transportation (DOT) physical, to include vision testing
and Drug Testing. A “positive” drug test, if deemed valid after review by a designated medical officer, will
result in the student being ineligible for training. Applicants are required to provide the WTC admissions
representative with the results.
17. Applicants must be fingerprinted and have a photo taken
18. Applicants must release permission to the school to obtain a verifiable Motor Vehicle Report (MVR). For
Non-Residents, or in cases where the school cannot accept MVR’s, the applicant must obtain one (1) pre-
hire prior to enrollment.
NOTE: Individuals that have gone through the training for the CDL but were unable to obtain a CDL for failure to
produce or pass any of the items listed above, will still be charged for the program in its entirety, or if they fail their
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 14
driver’s test. Graduates from this program may transfer their credential towards the Diesel Mechanics AOS Degree
program for the full 96-hour course exemption.
FOR APPLICANTS PURSUING DIESEL ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION (DATE)
VOLVO/ MACK Truck-DATE program is Corporate training-based program
Hybrid Program - 80% of the training on-ground and 20% online
New students enrolling into the Diesel Technology Degree program.
To be eligible to participate in the Volvo/Mack Truck DATE courses the student must meet the following criteria.
1. Have and maintain a 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA throughout the Diesel Degree Program.
2. Have and maintain a 97% or higher attendance rate throughout the Diesel Degree Program.
3. Submit a written application to attend the Volvo/ Mack Truck DATE courses during ninth basic core course.
4. Pass the application interview during the tenth basic core course and be accepted.
5. For returning WTC Diesel Program Alumni of the WTC Diesel Mechanics Program to be eligible to attend
the Standalone Volvo/Mack Truck DATE program must meet the following criteria:
o Be a graduate of the WTC Diesel Mechanics Program within the last five years.
o Be in good financial standing with WTC.
o Be in good standing with Federal Student Loans (if applicable).
o Submit a written application to attend the Volvo/Mack Truck DATE program.
o Pass the application interview and be accepted into the program.
NOTE: Students that fail to maintain the minimum 3.0 GPA and 97% attendance requirements after being accepted
into the Volvo/Mack Truck DATE Program are subject to being removed from the Volvo/Mack Truck DATE
program.
Driver’s License Requirement
To be accepted into the DATE program, in addition to the general admissions requirements and enrollment
procedure, a prospective student must possess a valid driver’s license before being allowed to start class.
CDL Course in The Diesel Advanced Technology Education Program
The Texas Department of Motor Vehicles has published requirements for candidates interested in obtaining a
Commercial Driver’s License (CDL).
1. Candidates that are 18-20 years of age, can qualify for an Intrastate CDL.
2. Candidates 21 years of age or older may apply for an Interstate CDL.
3. Candidates must possess and present a current driver’s license from any state. However, candidates must
surrender their auto driver’s license and accept a Texas CDL.
4. Candidates must undergo a background check. Serious felony charges will prevent the DMV from issuing
a CDL. Please check with your admissions representative for the list of those items before choosing to take
this course.
5. Candidates must possess and present a social security identification card.
6. Candidates must produce vehicle insurance and registration on his/her vehicle(s) that are all registered in
his/her name.
7. The applicant must undergo a Department of Transportation (DOT) physical.
8. DOT Drug Test (must return negative).
9. The applicant must pass a vision exam.
10. The applicant must be fingerprinted and have a photo taken.
NOTE: Individuals that have gone through the training for the CDL but were unable to obtain a CDL for failure to
not produce or pass any of the items listed above, will still be charged for the CDL course in its entirety. Also,
students pursuing a CDL in the Diesel Advanced Technology Education program are required to undergo a
background check before internship.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS PURSUING REFRIGERATION AND HVAC
TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 15
Hybrid Program - 80% of the training on-ground and 20% online
Driver’s License Requirement
In addition to the general admissions requirements and enrollment procedure, a prospective student must possess
a valid driver’s license before being allowed to start class.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS PURSUING MEDICAL BILLING & CODING
PROGRAM
Fully Online Program -100% of the training online
Students who enroll in the Medical Billing and Coding program will receive training through a 100% online
delivery system.
Typing Test
Applicants entering the school’s Medical Billing & Coding program must exhibit a typing proficiency of 25
words per minute and 98% accuracy.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS PURSUING MEDICAL CLINICAL ASSISTANT
PROGRAM
Hybrid Program - 80% of the training on-ground and 20% online
Typing Test
Applicants requesting entry into the Medical/Clinical Assistant program must exhibit a typing proficiency of 35
words per minute (WPM) and 98% accuracy. Applicants, who achieve less than 35 WPM and 98% accuracy, but
not less than 20 WPM and 95% accuracy, are allowed entrance into the MCA program provided they are able to
elevate their typing speed to 35 WPM and 98% accuracy before they enter internship. Applicants must adhere to
the typing remediation requirements of the program.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS PURSUING THE PHYSICAL THERAPIST
ASSISTANT
Hybrid Program - General Education Courses up to 100% online
Admission to the Physical Therapist Assistant program begins with meeting with a WTC admissions
representative. At that time, the prospective student will be informed about the expectations and qualifications
necessary for admission into the program, including the need for immunizations, volunteer hours, background
check, physical examination by a licensed health practitioner (M.D., D.O., P.A. or A.R.N.P.), CPR certification and
admissions panel interview. This information may also be found on our website. Students accepted into the program
must be physically, mentally, and emotionally capable of completing this course.
The WTC PTA applicant must have a minimum of a high school diploma or equivalency certificate (GED) and
be at least 18 years of age. The PTA admission process will be completed as follows:
1. A minimum of 50 volunteer/observation hours, meeting the following criteria: Total hours must include a
minimum of two different settings and may include: acute care, outpatient clinic, rehabilitation facility,
educational therapy setting, home health therapy and/or long-term care facility.
2. Two letters of recommendation from an appropriate source, i.e. previous employers, teachers,
instructors/mentors, etc. Not acceptable are family members, friends, colleagues, etc. A minimum of one
letter of recommendation from a clinical practitioner is required.
3. Official transcript (must be submitted DIRECTLY from the post-secondary institution on to WTC to the
Program Director (see the actual application for details)) that demonstrates a minimum of 2.75 GPA in
secondary or post-secondary education (or minimum score of 500 for those applying with a GED).
4. Applicants are to submit the completed application package by the deadline date. Incomplete and/or late
applications (post-marked or delivered in-person) after the deadline date must reapply for the next
application cycle.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 16
5. Applications are screened and complete applications that meet the minimum requirements as above will be
invited for a panel interview and a short on-site essay will be required. A letter of receipt will inform the
applicant of any missing documents and/or failure to meet any criteria and of the deadline date for completing
the application.
6. The PTA Selection Committee will summarize the final applications and choose the students for the
incoming class. The accepted students will be notified via mail and given a deadline to accept the position
and will be required to have all necessary immunizations, physical examination by a physician, healthcare
provider, CPR certification and completion of a criminal background check (necessary as the prospective
students are required to have an acceptable background check for future gainful employment and
requirements by many clinical affiliation sites) at the applicant’s expense.
7. Alternate student and denial notifications will be sent by mail. An up-to-date shot record, (to include TB test
and Hepatitis vaccine); at least one of the series initiated for the Hepatitis B series vaccine required prior to
admission, and the completed series prior to the first clinical rotation.
NOTE: All prerequisites listed must be completed prior the start of the class. Even if a student is enrolled, the
individual cannot begin participating in class until all prerequisites are completed.
Wonderlic Scholastic Exam SLE
The Wonderlic Scholastic Exam is administered to applicants to the Physical Therapist Assistant Program. If the
applicant does not achieve the required score for the program, he/she may elect to re-take the Wonderlic exam.
Students who take the Wonderlic Scholastic Level Exam (SLE) may take the test and a re-test on the same day.
Those wishing to make a third attempt must do so within one to two weeks after the second try. Those wishing to re-
take the exam after the third attempt must wait six months before their fourth attempt. The applicant will also
complete a student survey as part of the Wonderlic exam. The survey results are forwarded to Program Director for
information only.
WTC Success Initiative Program (WTSI)
Students entering the Physical Therapist Assistant Program at WTC are required to take a college-readiness
assessment (WTSI Assessment). This assessment is designed to measure a student’s skills in relation to a standard
of competence in math, reading and writing, and is offered during regular business hours.
All new and transfer students who have taken an assessment based on Texas Success Initiative (TSI) at another
institution and have met the standard requirement from their previous post-secondary institution are exempt from the
WTSI. Those students that do not qualify for an exemption must take the WTSI Assessment. Any non-exempt student
enrolling or transferring into WTC is required to meet the standards of the WTSI in the areas of reading, writing,
and mathematics by the completion of the first three (3) courses of the PTA program. Students not meeting the
minimum standard requirements in reading, writing, and/or mathematics must complete developmental education to
meet the requirements of the WTSI Program.
In addition, students will receive strengthening in any areas of deficiency, to complete the necessary requirements
for the WTSI. Any fees associated with the WTSI process are included with the published tuition or fees at WTC.
NOTE: If a student does not successfully complete all aspects of the WTSI program initiative, the student cannot be
awarded a degree, even if the student successfully completes all coursework in his/her program of study.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS PURSUING THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN
NURSING PROGRAM IS AS FOLLOWS:
Program is offered fully on-ground
1. The applicant must be at least 18 years of age at the time of start of the program.
2. The applicant must have a clean FBI criminal background check to be accepted into the nursing program.
3. Official high school transcripts must be received directly from the high school, with a 2.75 CGPA or higher,
and sent to the Admission’s Department to process the application. Prospective students may present a copy
of their high school transcript to the admissions representative for initial evaluation, but the application will
not be processed until an official transcript is received.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 17
4. A GED will be accepted in lieu of a high school transcript.
5.
"Completion of 12 semester credit hours or more from an accredited post-secondary college with 3.0 GPA
will be accepted in lieu of high school transcript."
6. Applicants must achieve a minimum score of 60% in Reading, 60% in Math, 60% in English and a minimum
of 50% in Science of the Test of Essential Academic Skills (TEAS) exam. Applicants may register to take
the TEAS exam at www.atitesting.com.
7. The applicant must be able to satisfy, with or without reasonable accommodation, the physical, mental, and
sensory requirements listed in the student health form.
8. A complete health clearance from a healthcare provider.
9. Drug screen test with negative result.
10. Applicants must go through a panel interview.
The ATI TEAS test is comprised of 170 questions set up in a multiple-choice format with four-option answers.
Questions are designed to test the basic academic skills the tester will need to perform in class in the areas of: Reading,
Math, Science, English, and Language usage. The total score is an adjusted percent correct score, which ranges from
0.0% to 100%. It is an equated score generated by the information from the entire set of 150 scored questions. The
Dean of Nursing ranks applicants based on qualifying (TEAS) scores and makes the selection decision for admission.
Admission will be denied to an applicant who fails to meet all the admission requirements. The campus documents
the basis for denial. A letter of denial will be sent to the candidate. WTC will not admit any student into the nursing
program that does not have a clear Criminal Background Check as described by the Texas Board of Nursing. The
applicant must complete the eligibility process prior to admission.
Upon successful completion of all admission requirements, the school will promptly notify the student whether he
or she is admitted into the nursing program. If the number of qualified applicants for admission into the BSN program
exceeds the space available in the program, applicants will be ranked based on the composite score each applicant
received on the TEAS Exam. Students accepted into the nursing program must meet the requirements established by
the nursing program’s admission policy. Applicants should comply with all required eligibility information and
policies of TBON Rule 215.8 to be accepted into the nursing program.
All applicants must successfully complete the Test of Essential Academic Skills (TEAS) exam to be considered
for admission.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS PURSUING THE MASTER OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION (MBA) DEGREE IS AS FOLLOWS:
100% Online
To be eligible for enrollment into the Master of Business Administration program, a prospective student must have
earned a Baccalaureate degree recognized by the United States Department of Education. An official transcript must
be received directly from the college or university and sent to the Admission’s Department in order to be
considered. Students will also be required to write a letter of interest which will be reviewed by a designated
committee. This letter will be used to evaluate the students’ level of interest in the business program, learn about the
student’s goals after earning their Master degree and to ensure their success. The letter will also identify any problems
that may affect the student from completing the program. Appropriate resources may be recommended, and any
areas of concern will be addressed. In addition, the student enrolling into the MBA program will be required to
undergo a virtual or face-to-face interview with a school representative(s) for introductions and to ensure expectations
for the program are clear.
IMMUNIZATION REQUIREMENT FOR BSN, PTA, AND MCA
Immunization requirements are based on the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) immunization
recommendations for health-care workers. Student and faculty, exceptions to the immunization policy will be
determined by the student/faculty’s primary health care provider documentation and in consultation with the clinical
agency.
The following is a list of necessary immunizations for all nursing students attending the nursing program. Proof
of immunization or positive titers must be documented in the student record and may be reflected in a shot record,
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 18
physical examination report, lab report, or a letter from a health care provider. The record statement should include
shot records, physical examination report, and immunization lab report. All immunizations will be completed prior
to the start of upper division nursing courses. WTC complies with all state health care provider laws and regulations.
1. Tetanus (Td or DTP): One immunization within the past 10 years.
2. Measles, Mumps, Rubella (MMR): Two inoculations from childhood should be shown on the records. If only
one is shown, then a recent inoculation as an adult must also be shown. If none from childhood can be shown,
then one as an adult is acceptable. Proof of immunity may also be shown by the positive titer result.
3. Varicella Titer (also known as chickenpox): Two inoculations given four weeks apart or provide proof of
immunity by the positive titer result.
4. Hepatitis B (Hep. B): A series of 3 injections. Injection #1 is given, #2 is given 30 to 60 days after injection
#1. Injection #3 is given 4 to 6 months after #2. If the person waits too long between any of the injections,
they may have to begin the entire series over again. Proof of immunity may also be shown with positive titer
results.
5. Tuberculosis Skin Test or Chest X-Ray (TB, PPD): Skin test results or chest x-ray result within 30 days of
the class start. If the student tested positive to the skin test or is allergic, they must show the results of a
negative chest x-ray every two years.
6. Tdap, TB test (QuantiFERON TB Gold in-Tube), and seasonal flu shots.
Should the student be allergic to any of the above immunizations, they must provide a letter from a physician
stating this. Women who are pregnant or with certain health conditions should not be immunized, therefore it is
imperative that students provide a letter to the school from their attending physician with this information.
Additional immunizations or health screening may be required to meet clinical agency requirements. Students
are responsible for keeping their original immunization record and providing the admission’s department with a copy
for their student record.
MCA Additional Requirement: Pregnant females may be required to provide a physician note stating they may
receive immunizations and TB testing.
NOTE: MCA requires all immunization to be completed prior to starting the program.
NOTE: (Colorado Students Only) -
1. Students should check with appropriate Colorado regulatory agencies to confirm program/coursework will
satisfy initial or renewal licensing or certification of that agency.
2. Apprenticeship councils do not accept training from trade schools for advanced placement if program is in
the apprenticeship area, if applicable
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
WTC is dedicated to serving the needs of the international student from the admission application process through
transfer or graduation. The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) regulations can be difficult to understand, but
we are here to help the international student stay in compliance with DHS requirements while attending WTC. For
the convenience of students, WTC has designated international student advisers at each campus.
How to Obtain A SEVIS I-20 Form
International students wishing to live in the United States while attending college must be admitted as full-time
international students and maintain a full-time course load to stay in compliance with F-1/M-1 Visa requirements.
Applicants seeking to enroll in valid student non-immigrant status must submit each of the following items:
1. A completed application for admissions.
2. A completed and signed enrollment agreement.
3. Original or official copies of educational transcripts (secondary school and, if applicable, university-level
academic records) and diplomas. These educational transcripts and diplomas must be prepared in English or
include a complete and official English translation. WTC will perform this function on behalf of the student
who will assume the cost for the translation. The translation is generally completed within five to seven
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 19
school days.
4. Transcripts from Puerto Rico are accepted.
5. Official evaluation of non-American educational credentials; the official transcript is translated by an
independent 3rd party recognized by the U.S. Department of Education for equivalency status in the United
States.
6. Proof of English language proficiency (see below for proficiency policy).
7. A completed and signed Sponsor’s Statement of Financial Support (This statement is not required if the
student is self-sponsored.).
8. Official financial statements (typically provided by a bank) must verify sufficient funds to cover the cost of
the educational program as well as living expenses.
9. A photocopy of the student’s passport to provide proof of birth date and citizenship (Students outside the
United States who have not yet acquired a passport will need to submit a copy of their birth certificate.).
10. Non-immigrant applicants residing in the United States at the time of application will be required to provide
a photocopy of the visa page contained within the student’s passport as well as a photocopy of the student’s
I/94 arrival departure record (both sides).
11. For all non-immigrant applicants residing in the United States at the time of application in F, M, or J
nonimmigrant classification: written confirmation of nonimmigrant status at previous school attended before
transferring to WTC.
12. Proof of proficiency in the English language is required for enrollment into academic programs. The
following may be used as proof of proficiency:
• Official transcripts from an accredited United States college or university showing completion of
12 semester credit hours with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 on a 4.0 scale.
• Complete test of Adult Basic Education (TABE) and upon approval from the program director
(minimum 10th grade reading level).
Issuance of the I-20 Form General Information
The I-20 form is issued in compliance with The Department of Homeland Security rules, and the General
Issuance Guidelines:
1. I-20 will be issued no earlier than 60 calendar days prior to first day of the program start for which the
prospective student applied.
2. I-20 will generally be issued no later than 30 days prior to the first day of the program start for which the
prospective student applied.
SEVIS I-20/M-1 VISA REQUIREMENTS
After receiving the SEVIS, I-20 form, and F-1/M-1 Visa, you must comply with the following requirements:
1. You must report to WTC’s Student Financial Services Office within 10 days of entering the United States
for the first time on your F-1/M-1 Visa.
2. You must report changes to your address and phone number to the Student Financial Services Office within
(10) days. You must report to the International Students Office any changes in your schedule that causes
you to be out of status, e.g., withdrawing from a class causing less than full-time attendance.
3. To extend your I-20 Form, you must report to the Student Financial Services Office for an extension, four
weeks prior to the expiration date. If the I-20 is not extended or renewed prior to the expiration date, it will
be terminated, and not be allowed to continue to study after the expiration date. must leave the United States
and re-apply for a new I-20 and get a new F-1/M-1 Visa.
Contact the Student Financial Services Office immediately if you plan to transfer to another college or university.
Another school will not be able to issue an I-20 to you unless WTC first releases your SEVIS record.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 20
TRANSFER CREDITS
Transfer credit for previous education, training, military, or work experience must be evaluated by the Campus
President and determined prior to being accepted and starting school.
1. For all degree programs, students that have taken general education coursework over the last ten (10) years,
may be entitled to course exemption provided that the grade(s) earned are a “B” or higher.
2. Applied General Education course exemptions can only be considered for AOS degree programs.
3. Students that took technical courses over the last five (5) years, may be entitled to course exemption provided
they earned a B or higher. For military, WTC will only consider granting credit for coursework,
certifications earned, military or work experience which has occurred within the last five years.
4. Effective January 01, 2019, alumni who wish to take an entire program different from the one they graduated
from may do so at up to 50% off tuition for ONE PROGRAM ONLY. Alumni that enroll in a subsequent
program must be in good standing with WTC, to include zero conduct issues with his/her previous program
and is also in good standing with his/her student loans and student accounts. Detailed information on the
alumni discount is found in the Financial Aid Section of this catalog.
5. The acceptance of transfer credit for technical courses is primarily based on the competencies achieved by
the applicant in previously completed coursework, training or employment and whether the competencies
reasonably align with the WTC coursework and program into which the credit is to be transferred. In addition
to transcripts, applicants may be required to provide course descriptions from the school where the
coursework was performed, to enable WTC to perform a course-by- course evaluation.
6. Additionally, WTC may require applicants requesting transfer credit to take oral, written or performance
exams or a combination thereof. Applicants must achieve a minimum score of 75% on the exam(s) for course
exemption.
7. WTC does not accept credits listed as “transfer” credits on transcripts from other institutions. Actual
transcripts are required for coursework from all institutions previously attended.
8. If the institution which the applicant previously attended is located within the United States, it must be
accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by the United States Department of Education. Transcripts
in Spanish from Puerto Rico or other United States territories are acceptable. If the institution is outside the
United States, it must be accredited or similarly acknowledged by an agency deemed acceptable at WTC’s
discretion. WTC may also require evaluation of foreign transcripts to determine high school equivalency of
credentials by an independent third party at the applicant’s expense.
9. Students receiving credit are not eligible to receive Title IV student financial assistance or Veterans
Administration (VA) funding for any coursework for which credit was granted. They may receive student
financial assistance or VA funding for all other coursework at WTC contingent upon their eligibility.
10. A minimum of 50% of credits earned for graduation must be earned from WTC.
High School Credit
A high school graduate may be eligible for credit from previous training in high school up to one year of
graduating. The student must receive an 80% or higher on the articulated course(s) for credit purposes, and they
must be upper division courses. The credit may result as a course exemption or a reduction in the cost of the course.
The final determination is made by the Program Director and Campus President.
Transfer Credit for Students Entering the BSN Program
Applicants who wish to have their previous education considered for credit must do so prior prior to starting the
program. Students that have taken general education coursework over the last ten (10) years, may be entitled to
course exemption credit provided that the grade(s) earned are a “B” or higher. General education courses that are
nursing related (A & P, Microbiology, Nutrition, Pathophysiology) and that are considered for credit will need to be
retaken even if financial credit is granted.
Students that have taken non-general education courses over the last five (5) years, may be entitled to course
exemption credit provided they earned a B or higher. Although students receiving exemptions will receive financial
credit, they will still be required to retake the courses.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 21
Transfer Credit for Students Entering the Medical Clinical Assistant Program
Medical Clinical Assistant applicants who wish to have their previous education reviewed for transfer credits
must provide transcripts to be evaluated by the Campus President. The Program Director has to ensure that credit
meets transfer credit standards from CAAHEP.
Transfer Credit for Students Entering the Master of Business Administration program
Applicants may present an official transcript for evaluation into the MBA program but WTC will only accept a
maximum of 12 credits from other colleges. The official transcript must be received directly from the college or
university and sent to the Admission’s Department in order to be considered.
Transfer Credit for Students Graduating from WTC to other Institutions of Higher Learning
WTC does not imply, promise or guarantee that credits completed at WTC will be accepted by or transferable to
any other college, university, or institution, and it should not be assumed that any credits earned at WTC can be
transferred to another institution. In the United States Higher Education system, each institution has its own policies
governing the acceptance of credit from other institutions determined by the receiving institution, considering such
factors as course content, grades, accreditation, and licensing. Students seeking to transfer credits earned at WTC to
another institution should contact the other institution to which they seek admission to inquire as to that institution’s
policies on credit transfer.
STUDENT INSURANCE
WTC provides insurance coverage for injuries to students while attending class or school functions on WTC
premises and during internship and group activities sponsored by the College. The Policy does not cover students
once they leave the campus or after they graduate. WTC also provides Medical Malpractice insurance for those
students in the following programs: Medical Clinical Assistant, Medical Billing & Coding, Physical Therapist
Assistant, and Nursing.
STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES
WTC employs dedicated student financial services professionals to help each student to understand the financial
aid programs, understand their rights and responsibilities, navigate the application processes, and manage all the
paperwork associated with financial aid eligibility. Student Financial Services is open during normal business hours
at both campuses, including evenings (Monday through Thursday). We encourage students to stop by any time they
have questions or concerns about financial aid or any aspect of college financing.
WTC participates in Federal Title IV Student Aid programs authorized under Title IV of the Higher Education
Act of 1965 (as amended) and is approved for the training of veterans and other eligible persons in accordance with
the provisions of Section 3675, Title 38, U.S. code. Financial assistance is made available to qualified students
according to the rules of each individual student aid program.
The WTC website contains detailed information about the types and amounts of student aid available, application
procedures, eligibility rules, and the rights and responsibilities of students receiving federal student aid at
www.westerntech.edu.
WTC complies with all applicable state, federal and equal credit opportunity laws; however,
WTC does not guarantee financial assistance to any student.
COMMON TERMS USED IN FINANCIAL AID
Grant or Scholarship is money that is used to help a student pay for school-related expenses. These items are
awards that do not need to be re-paid.
Work-Study award must be earned through work at an hourly wage.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 22
Loan must be re-paid at a future date through monthly payments. Any loan/financing offered at WTC will be
fully explained and provided with written terms and conditions, including terms of repayment. Be sure to read and
understand the terms and conditions prior to agreeing to any loan or financing agreement.
Transfer Credit is credit awarded to a student for a similar course(s) taken at another institution of higher
education, with the same or parallel objectives. Transfer credit may also be given based on an individual’s work
experience in the field of study. Also, updated industry certifications may be applied for transfer credit, depending
on the program of study.
Course Exemption refers to course(s) of study that have been taken by the prospect at the same institution or
different institution of higher education, with the same course objectives that allow the student to forgo having to
take the same class, and not be charged for said course(s) in the new program.
Exceptions Course (s) Credits for Non-Term Programs
For students enrolled in a non-term program (certificate program) that have been granted credit based on transcripts
evaluation; will be granted course (s) exemption credit through a monetary award.
An Award is an external monetary value that is provided through Military Appreciation Award and High School
Articulation or scholarship and applied to tuition only.
Alumni Credit
Graduates that qualify for the alumni discount will also be held accountable to maintain the minimum at least a 2.0
grade point average per course to qualify for the alumni discount benefit. Students who do not meet this benchmark
during the billing cycles (as described below) will not qualify for the alumni discount for that cycle.
Graduated Scale with a 50% Max
1st period-10% of tuition billed for period
2nd period-20% of tuition billed for period
3rd period-30% of tuition billed for period
4th period-40% of tuition billed for period
5th period-50% of tuition billed for period
6th period-50% of tuition billed for period
• Credit posted at the beginning of the next period
• Attendance & GPA Requirements
• No probation for the applicable period
• Business Office will send an inquiry to Administrative Specialist before posting credit.
NOTE: For the alumni to receive the full benefit of the tuition discount, it is imperative that the alumni entering
the new program, maintain minimum academic and attendance requirements.
FEDERAL STUDENT AID
The following are brief descriptions of the aid programs in which WTC participates. More detailed information
is available on the College’s website at www.westerntech.edu.
Federal Pell Grant
Federal Pell is a grant that does not need to be repaid. Eligible students who have not received a bachelor’s
degree may receive this grant based upon their Expected Family Contribution (EFC) as determined through the
FAFSA application process. More detailed can be found in the WTC Financial Services Consumer Guide.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 23
Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant (SEOG)
Pell-eligible students (see above) may also be eligible for an additional grant under this program. SEOG awards
are limited to those eligible students with the lowest EFC’s (generally zero EFC’s only).
Federal Work Study Program
This program enables students who demonstrate financial need to earn a portion of their education expenses.
Students earn at least the current hourly minimum wage by working at the College, non-profit organizations, or
other community employers.
Federal Stafford Loan Program
Eligible students at WTC can borrow a traditional “student loan” from the Federal Direct Student Loan Program.
These loans are called Federal Stafford Loans, and the interest on these loans may be subsidized and/or
unsubsidized.
For maximum loan amounts, explanations of the differences between the Subsidized and Unsubsidized Loan
Programs, and other important information, please visit the College’s website at: www.westerntech.edu.
Federal PLUS Loan (Parents)
The parents of dependent students at WTC are generally able to borrow a Federal Parent PLUS Loan based upon
creditworthiness. Parents can borrow up to the full cost of education minus any other aid received.
Institutional Financing
In the event the student is unable to completely pay for his/her education with Federal Student Aid funds, WTC
offers students two options:
• In-School Payment Plan-The WTC Payment Plan allows students to make equal monthly payments across
the school year for any remaining balance after other forms of financial assistance are considered.
• Long-Term Financing-WTC also offers institutional financing (through a third-party servicer) which
allows for a maximum term of thirty-six months. Interest rates are determined by credit analysis.
Personal Financing
If a student and/or parent would like to obtain personal financing through their own lender, please consult with
the Student Financial Services Office to discuss a personalized payment schedule.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS
The primary purpose of this scholarship program is to encourage high school seniors to enter high-tech career
training. The secondary purpose is to assist disadvantaged students facing financial hardships who, although
academically capable, may not otherwise be able to fully afford specialized career training. The following are brief
descriptions of the scholarships that WTC offers for qualified students:
High School Senior Scholarships
The WTC High School Senior Scholarship awards five (5) total scholarships from each of our (15) eligible
programs to all school districts throughout the Southwest Region. The criteria to complete the High School Senior
Scholarship application is as follows:
• Turn in (2) letters of recommendation from an appropriate source (teachers, employers, counselors).Turn in
a minimum of a (300) word essay "Why you want a career in the field you are applying for" (list your
activities in school, work experience, previous training and goals).
• Provide an official copy of your current high school transcripts, (after the first H.S. Senior semester).
• Schedule a Wonderlic Basic Skills Test (WBST) to be administered at WTC.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 24
The awarded scholarships will be applied towards current tuition using the following formula:
1
st
place will receive 25% off tuition
2
nd
place will receive 20% off tuition
3
rd
place will receive 15% off tuition
4
th
place will receive 10% off tuition
5
th
place will receive 5% off tuition
All seniors who will be graduating High School in the spring are eligible to apply for the High School Senior
Scholarships. Students who wish to apply should see their high school career center or school counselor for a
scholarship application or visit the Westerntech.edu website. The selection process is completed by a committee of
local high school personnel. The application and review process will be completed in mid-April.
WTC High School Senior scholarships and awards are valid for one year after the date and are not a cash award.
They are applied towards tuition fees only. Non-transferable and redeemable only at WTC. Scholarship and awards
are only to be deducted from tuition upon successfully completing the career program of prospect student’s choice.
Skills USA Scholarships
WTC offers scholarships to the winners of the Skills USA competition (El Paso regional area). The High School
Senior participants who place 1st through 3rd in each category will receive a scholarship using the following formula:
1
st
place will receive 20% off tuition
2
nd
place will receive 15% off tuition
3
rd
place will receive 10% off tuition
The High School Junior participants who place 1st through 3rd in each category will receive a scholarship using
the following formula:
1
st
place will receive 10% off tuition
2
nd
place will receive 7.5% off tuition
3
rd
place will receive 5% off tuition
WTC Skills USA Scholarships for HS Seniors and HS Juniors are valid for one year after the date and are not a
cash award. They are applied towards tuition fees only. Non-transferable and redeemable only at WTC. Scholarships
are only to be deducted from tuition upon successfully completing the career program of prospect student’s choice.
Military Appreciation Award
Active duty and reserve service members, honorably discharged veterans or National Guard members, and their
dependents qualify for 10% reduction to current tuition. Supporting documentation to be considered for the award is
as follows:
1. Veteran -A copy of the prospective student DD214 along with a picture ID.
2. Military Dependent Spouse – A copy of military spouse DD214 and/or proof of active duty (active orders),
picture ID, and marriage certificate.
3. Military Dependent Child – Childbirth certificate identifying either parent, picture ID (parent, child) along
with DD214 and/or proof of active duty, reserve, and/or National Guard.
The 10% reduction does not apply to books, tools, or any other charges.
Career Colleges and Schools of Texas (CCST) Scholarships
WTC participates in the Career Colleges and Schools of Texas (CCST) scholarship program, which is available
for high school seniors in both public and private high schools in Texas. The scholarship award is valued at $1,000.00,
and each school receives 10 scholarship certificates per calendar year. The scholarship can be redeemed at
participating colleges and universities throughout the state. The selection process is done at each high school and
only high school counselor(s) may award a scholarship. The career school and high school counselor are both notified
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 25
when a scholarship is issued. Scholarship recipients must graduate high school in the same school year
(September-June) as the issue date of the scholarship, and the deadline for awarding scholarships is August 31 of the
year that the student graduates from high school. Prospects that submit a CCST scholarship that falls outside of the
accepted dates will not be eligible for acceptance at WTC. Please see your Texas high school career center or school
counselor for CCST scholarship information.
Academic Requirements for Scholarships and Awards
Each scholarship/award may have academic requirements for a student to remain eligible for continued payments.
Recipients of each scholarship will be notified in writing of any such requirements. This will be administered by the
College Education Liaison staff.
Limit on Awards
Prospective students who are enrolling cannot be granted more than 50% off tuition in total scholarship and course
exemption awards.
Scholarships from Other Institutions
Prospective students who are enrolling will have the option to use institutional specific scholarship awards granted
to high school students, made out to other colleges and universities, not to exceed the total amount of $5,000.00
towards tuition. Scholarships and awards are valid for one year after the date and are not a cash award. They are
applied towards tuition fees only. Scholarships are non-transferable and redeemable only at WTC.
ACADEMIC PROGRESS FOR FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY
All WTC students must maintain satisfactory progress toward completion of their academic program. Students
who fail to meet the academic progress standards of the College are subject to both academic penalties and the
potential loss of eligibility for federal aid. The standards below apply exclusively to eligibility for federal student
financial aid.
Definitions – Effective 2019
• Degree Programs: are defined as programs which lead to an Associate Degree or Baccalaureate Degree.
• Certificate Programs: Defined as non-term programs that do not result in a degree, but a Certificate of
Completion.
• Graduate degree: is defined as a program that leads to a master’s degree.
Degree Programs are measured in traditional Semester Credit Hours, while Certificate Programs are measured in
Clock-to-Credit Conversion Credit Hours.
Payment Periods
The measurement of Academic Progress for Financial Aid shall occur in increments which correspond to the
“payment periods” for Federal Title IV Financial Aid. Academic Progress shall be measured at the end of each
payment period. For Degree Programs, the payment period is the Semester. For Certificate programs, the payment
period is defined as one-half (as measured in both weeks and credit hours (instructional hours)) of the student’s
scheduled academic year or the remaining scheduled period of instruction until program completion (whichever is
less). If the remaining period of instruction is less than one-half of the standard academic year, (less than twelve
credit hours) it shall be considered a single payment period.
Academic Progress Standards for
Financial Aid
Minimum Cumulative
Grade Point Average
Cumulative Hours Completed/
Attempted
End of 1st payment period
1.50
67 percent
End of 2nd payment period
1.75
67 percent
End of 3rd or subsequent payment period
2.00
67 percent
Additional “Maximum Timeframe” Standard
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 26
Eligibility is also limited to students completing their programs within one and one-half times the normal program
length. The maximum timeframe is reached when the student has attempted more than one and one-half times the
number of clock or credit hours required to graduate from his/her program. The maximum timeframe standard
evaluation for transfer students will consider all credits attempted at WTC or accepted for transfer or proficiency
credit. Students who change programs may request that their maximum timeframe be re-calculated based solely on
those hours that are applicable to the current program of study. A determination of ineligibility based upon the
maximum timeframe standard may be reversed based upon a mitigating circumstance. Please refer to the “Regaining
Academic Eligibility” section (below).
Exempted Course(s) Credit:
Twelve credit hours constitute a full semester, and students exempt from course(s) will not be charged accordingly
however, students enrolled in degree semester programs that are eligible for Title IV funds will receive financial aid
appropriate to their enrollment status for the semester. For more information, please see your Student Financial
Services Specialist.
GPA and Grading Policy
All issues of grading policy, Grade Point Average (GPA) calculation, attendance, etc. are calculated in accordance
with the regular academic policies of WTC.
For Degree Programs, “Attempted Hours”
Defined as any credit hours for which the student was charged or received financial aid. “Completed Hours”
means the number of “attempted” credit hours for which a student received a passing grade. For Certificate programs,
“Attempted Hours” means the number of scheduled credit hours in the program as listed in the academic calendar to
the measurement point. “Completed Hours” means the number of “attempted” credit hours a student attended.
Transfer Students
Accepted transfer credit shall be considered as completed coursework for purposes of this policy. However, since
no grades are assigned to transfer courses, they will not impact the student’s GPA. Academic years and payment
periods for transfer students shall be defined individually based upon the remaining period of instruction.
Return after a Leave of Absence
A student who returns after a leave of absence, withdrawal, or other extended absence of 180 calendar days or
less, shall not have the period of absence considered in the calculation of academic progress. In all other aspects, the
student’s progress will be evaluated in the same manner as if the absence had not occurred, except for any necessary
changes to the start and end dates of planned payment periods. A student, who returns after a withdrawal, dismissal,
or other absence of more than 180 days, shall be measured in a manner consistent with a transfer student (see above).
Students who do not return on their scheduled return date from their LOA, will be dropped.
Financial Aid Warning Status
Students who fail to meet the standards defined above will be placed on Financial Aid Warning Status for their
subsequent payment period. Students in Warning Status remain eligible for federal student aid. If a student has not
returned to “good” academic standing (according to the chart on the preceding page) by the end of the Financial Aid
Warning Status payment period, lose eligibility for federal student aid from that point forward. Such dismissal/loss
of eligibility may be subject to appeal (see below).
Data Corrections
If a student’s academic record is corrected after the evaluation date, a student may submit a written request to
the Student Financial Services Director for re-evaluation of the student’s financial aid eligibility.
Regaining Academic Eligibility for Financial Aid
Mitigating Circumstances Appeal: A determination of loss of eligibility for federal financial aid may be appealed
based on mitigating circumstance(s). A mitigating circumstance is defined as an exceptional or unusual event(s)
beyond the student’s direct control, which contributed to or caused the academic difficulty. Examples include: the
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 27
death of a relative, an injury or illness of the student, or other special circumstances. Appeal letters should be
addressed to the Financial Services Director and must include a complete description of the circumstances that led
to the academic difficulty, how those circumstances have changed, and a plan for future academic success. Copies
of supporting documentation should be included. All appeals are reviewed by a committee of academic and
administrative staff whose determination is final. A mitigating circumstance appeal may also be used to override the
Maximum Timeframe Standard.
1. A student for whom a mitigating circumstance appeal is approved will be placed in Financial Aid Probation
Status for one payment period. If the student has not returned to good academic standing (according to the
chart) by the end of a probationary payment period, lose eligibility for future financial aid.
2. Regaining Eligibility Other Than Through Appeal: Students who have lost federal financial aid eligibility
may potentially regain academic eligibility by one or more of the following methods: 1) be accepted into a
different academic program at WTC, if the re-evaluated student’s record (based upon the courses applicable
to the new program) will be in compliance with all academic standards; and/or make up the academic
deficiencies at WTC without benefit of federal financial aid. In each of these circumstances, approval is at
the discretion of the Campus President.
Return to Good Standing
Once a student has returned to good academic standing, any previous academic difficulty, warning, or probation
shall have no future bearing on the student’s status. Hence, such students will have benefit of all provisions of this
policy, including a warning payment period.
CANCELLATION & REFUND POLICY
CANCELLATION POLICY
If the Student wishes to cancel this contract, and thereby cancel his or her enrollment in the Program designated
above, he or she should provide written notice, addressed to Administration. If delivered by mail, the Student
should send the notice of cancellation via registered mail to the appropriate campus address listed above. If the
Student cancels this enrollment contract within 72 hours after the enrollment contract is signed (until midnight of
the third day excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays), a full refund will be made. If the Student cancels
this contract, or fails to begin his or her program, within 14 school days of the program start date, a full refund will
be made, less the $100 Registration Fee. The Student also will be eligible for a full refund of books and supplies
for any such items returned to Western Tech in good condition. Any books and supplies that are distributed and are
not returned to Western Tech will be billed to the student. Any balances that remain for non-returned items will be
billed to the Student, and any balance owed needs to be paid within three months to avoid the account being sent to
collections.
REFUND POLICY
Refunds will be calculated, as appropriate, if the Student withdraws or is withdrawn from Western Tech more
than 14 school days following the program start date, and prior to the completion of the program. If the Student
withdraws from Western Tech, he or she should submit a written withdraw request to the Administrative Specialist.
Refunds will be calculated as set forth below.
1. Refund computations will be based on scheduled clock hours of class attendance through the last date of
attendance. Leaves of absence, suspensions, and school holidays will not be counted as part of the scheduled
class attendance.
2. The effective date of termination for refund purposes will be the earliest of the following:
a. The last day of attendance, if the Student is terminated by Western Tech;
b. The date of receipt of written notice from the Student; or
c. Ten school days following the last date of attendance.
3. If the Student account has a credit balance, it is the policy of Western Tech to refund the amount according
to the completed Student Account Closeout form on file with the Financial Aid office. Refunds are only
issued in the event of a credit balance.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 28
4. If the Student enters a residence or synchronous distance education program and withdraws or is otherwise
terminated, Western Tech will not refund the $100 registration fee. The refund of the remaining tuition and
fees will be the pro rata portion of tuition, fees, and other charges that the number of hours remaining in the
portion of the course or program for which the Student has been charged after the effective date of termination
bears to the total number of hours in the portion of the course or program for which the Student has been
charged, except that the Student may not collect a refund if the Student has completed 75 percent or more of
the total number of hours in the portion of the Program for which the Student has been charged on the effective
date of termination.
5. Refunds for books and supplies will be handled separately from refund of tuition and other academic fees.
The Student will not be required to purchase books and supplies until these materials are required for the
Program. Once these materials are purchased, no refund will be made.
6. If the Student withdraws for a reason unrelated to the Student’s academic status after the 75 percent
completion mark and requests a grade at the time of withdrawal, he or she shall be given a grade of
“incomplete” and permitted to re-enroll in the course or program during the 12-month period following the
date the Student withdrew without payment of additional tuition for that portion of the course or program.
7. A full refund of all tuition and fees is due and refundable in each of the following cases:
a. A prospective Student is not accepted by Western Tech;
b. If the course of instruction is discontinued by the school and this prevents the Student from
completing the course; or
c. If the Student's enrollment was procured because of any misrepresentation in advertising,
promotional materials of the school, or representations by the owner or representatives of Western
Tech.
d. A full or partial refund may also be due in other circumstances of program deficiencies or violations
of requirements for career schools and colleges.
8. If, during the program, Western Tech determines that the Student is unlikely to be successful in his or her
Program, the school reserves the right to terminate the student’s training. In any such instance, tuition will
be refunded in accordance with the refund policy.
REFUND POLICY FOR STUDENTS CALLED TO ACTIVE MILITARY SERVICE
If the Student withdraws because he or she is called to active duty in a military service of the United States or
the Texas National Guard, the Student may elect one of the following options:
a. If tuition and fees are collected in advance of the withdrawal, a pro rata refund of any tuition, fees, or
other charges paid by the Student for the program and a cancellation of any unpaid tuition, fees, or
other charges owed by the Student for the portion of the program the Student does not complete
following withdrawal;
b. A grade of incomplete with the designation "withdrawn-military" for the courses in the program, other
than courses for which the Student has previously received a grade on the Student's transcript, and the
right to reenroll in the program, or a substantially equivalent program if that program is no longer
available, not later than the first anniversary of the date the Student is discharged from active military
duty without payment of additional tuition, fees, or other charges for the program other than any
previously unpaid balance of the original tuition, fees, and charges for books for the program; or
c. The assignment of an appropriate final grade or credit for the courses in the program, but only if the
instructor or instructors of the program determine that the Student has:
i. satisfactorily completed at least 90 percent of the required coursework for the program; and
ii. demonstrated sufficient mastery of the program material to receive credit for completing the
program.
2. The payment of refunds will be totally completed such that the refund instrument has been negotiated or credited
into the proper account(s), within 60 days after the effective date of termination.
3. In all cases, refunds issued under this section will meet or exceed the requirements of TEC, §§132.061 and
0611.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 29
REFUND POLICY FOR COLORADO
Western Technical College is approved and regulated by the Colorado Department of Higher
Education, Private Occupational School Board. Any questions regarding this Agreement may also be
directed to the Colorado Department of Higher Education, Division of Private Occupational School Board
at 1600 Broadway, Suite 200, Denver, CO 80202 (303)862-3001. Complaints may be filed online at
highered.colorado.govd/pos within two years of the student’s last day of attendance.
Student is responsible to check with appropriate Colorado regulatory agencies to confirm program/course
work will satisfy initial or renew all licensing or certification of that agency.
General Provisions
A. The College’s full Cancellation and Refund Policy is contained in the College’s catalog.
B. Non-Title IV refunds will be paid within 30 days from the effective date of withdrawal as defined
below.
C. The College will mail a written acknowledgment of Student’s cancellation or written withdrawal
to Student unless a refund has been mailed to Student.
D. Applicants not accepted by the Collee will receive a refund of all monies paid.
E. Granting credit for previous training shall not impact the refund policy.
Cancellation Policy
A. The Collee will refund all fees to applicants who request a refund within 7 calendar days of signing
the Enrollment Agreement.
B. An applicant who has not toured or visited the College campus prior to enrollment will have an
additional 7 calendar days following the applicant’s tour to cancel his/her enrollment without penalty.
C. If the College cancels a course or program during a time when the applicant could have reasonably
completed it, the College will refund all fees.
Refund Policy for Colorado Residents called to active military duty the refund policy is contained in
the College catalog
A. The College is required to have a fair and equitable refund policy under which the College refunds
unearned tuition, fees, room, and board (if applicable) and other charges to Student.
B. Once the Title IV return calculation is performed and after any excess funds have been returned
to the Title IV programs, the College will calculate the refund due to Student, if any follows:
1. A full refund of all monies paid if a student is not accepted by the college.
2. A full refund of tuition and fees paid if a student withdraws within 7 calendar days after
signing the enrollment agreement or making an initial payment if the student has not attended
orientation, toured the campus, or commenced training.
3. A full refund, without penalty, if a student withdrew within 7 calendar days following
his/her visit to the college and/or regularly scheduled orientation.
4. A full refund of tuition and fees paid if the college discontinues a course or program of
education during a period within which a student could have reasonably completed the same,
except that this provision shall not apply if the college ceases operation.
5. The policy for cancellation, settlement, and refund of tuition and fees provides for at least
the following:
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 30
Student is entitled to upon
withdrawal or termination
Refund*
Within first 10% of program (Same
for Ground/Online courses)
90% less cancellation charge,
exclusive of books, tools, and supplies
After 10% but within first 25% of
program (Same for Ground/Online
courses)
75% less cancellation charge,
exclusive of books, tools, and supplies
After 25% but within first 50% of
program (Same for Ground/Online
courses)
50% less cancellation charge,
exclusive of books, tools, and supplies
After 50% but within first 75% of
program (Same for Ground/Online
courses)
25% less cancellation charge,
exclusive of books, tools, and supplies
After 75% (Same for Ground/Online
courses. If paid in full, cancellation
charge is not applicable.)
No refund
(*) The above calculations are performed on an academic year (payment period) basis as
determined by the date period in which a student withdrew. All charges are based on the
contract price of the program.
6. A student may return his/her books and/or tools (not opened software or software
subscriptions) to the college for a refund upon withdrawal. Only if a student’s books and/or
tools are judged to be in excellent condition will he/she receive a refund (or credit, if
applicable – depreciated value to the student’s account). This offer is for 7 calendar days
from the effective date of withdrawal.
7. The effective date of termination (date of determination/cancellation/withdrawal) is
defined as any one of the following:
a. The date of receipt of a student’s notification
b. The date the institution determines the student is no longer attending
8. All non-Title IV refunds will be paid within 30 days from the effective date of
termination/withdrawals defined above.
New students have the right to cancel any time through the 7th calendar day of their first term of enrollment
and will be entitled to a full refund of all tuition and fees paid and a reversal of all charges for tuition and
fees other than any materials that are not returned. All cancellation requests must be in writing.
1. Payment of refunds will be made within 30-days of termination.
2. Postponement of a starting date, whether at the request of the school or the student, requires a written
agreement signed by the student and the school. The agreement must set forth:
a. Whether the postponement is for the convenience of the school or the student, and.
b. A deadline for the new start date, beyond which the start date will not be postponed.
c. If the course has not commenced, or the student fails to attend by the new start date set forth
in the agreement, the student will be entitled to an appropriate refund of prepaid tuition and
fees within 30 days of the deadline of the new start date set forth in the agreement, determined
in accordance with the school’s refund policy and all applicable laws and rules concerning the
Private Occupational Education Act of 1981.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 31
RETURN OF TITLE IV FUNDS
Return to Title IV/ Refund Repayments Policy
This policy applies to recipients of Federal Title IV Financial Aid funds who cease enrollment for any reason
prior to graduation. Students that are no longer attending may owe funds to the College to cover unpaid tuition, fees,
and other charges. Also, the College will attempt to collect from the student any funds that the College was required
to return to the financial aid programs under this policy.
The College will calculate how much federal aid may be retained or disbursed for a student who withdraws prior
to the end of a payment period. The calculation is referred to as “Return of Title IV Funds” (R2T4). The calculation
of Title IV funds earned by the student has no relationship to the student’s tuition and fees that may be owed to the
College. All students subject to this policy will have their eligibility calculated according to the following definitions
and procedures, as prescribed by regulation.
Withdrawal before 60%:
The College must perform a R2T4 to determine the amount of earned aid up through the 60% point in each
payment period and use the Department of Education’s proration formula to determine the amount of financial aid
funds the student has earned at the time of withdrawal.
Withdrawal after 60%:
After the 60% point in the payment period or period of enrollment, a student has earned 100% of the Title IV
funds he or she was scheduled to receive during the period. For a student who withdraws after the 60% point-in-
time, there are no unearned funds. However, the College will still calculate the student’s eligibility for a post-
withdrawal disbursement.
Calculating R2T4
Title IV funds are earned in a prorated manner up to the 60% point in the payment period. The proration is based
upon scheduled classroom/instructional hours (clock hours) for clock-hour programs, and calendar days for credit
hour programs. The College will determine the earned and unearned Title IV aid as of the student’s last date of
attendance (LDA) and the College’s academic calendar.
In accordance with federal regulations, when Title IV financial aid is involved, the calculated amount of the R2T4
funds is allocated in the following order: Unsubsidized Direct Loans, Subsidized Direct Loans, Direct PLUS loans
followed by Federal Pell Grants and Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (FSEOG). The
calculation steps are outlined as follows:
1. Calculate the percentage of Title IV aid earned by the student. Days or clock hours scheduled through
LDA/days or clock hours in the payment period.) = 15.3% (% of completed calendar days within the payment
period) 118 (scheduled days). Calculate the dollar amount of Title IV aid earned by the student. Percentage
as calculated in step one above Amount of aid which was disbursed to the student or could have been
disbursed to the student.
2. If the earned amount is greater than the total Title IV aid disbursed for the payment period, a Post-
Withdrawal Disbursement will be calculated; if the amount is less than the amount of Title IV aid disbursed,
the difference will be returned to the federal student aid programs.
Return to Title IV Funds Timeframe
WTC College adheres to the maximum timeframes prescribed regulation to return unearned funds. The date of
the determination of the student’ withdrawal remains 14 days from the student’s last day of attendance; with
exception of students determined to be on an approved leave of absence. The institution will return any unearned
funds with 45 days after the date the institution determined that the students withdrew.
Post-Withdrawal Disbursement
If a student earned more aid than was disbursed to him/her, the student may be eligible for a post-withdrawal
disbursement. The College will notify the student in writing if he/she is eligible for a post-withdrawal disbursement
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 32
of Title IV loan funds. A student or parent borrower must first confirm in writing whether he/she accepts/declines
all or some of any loan funds offered as a post-withdrawal disbursement. A post-withdrawal disbursement of Federal
Pell Grant funds does not require student acceptance or approval. The College will seek the student’s authorization
to use a post-withdrawal disbursement for all other educationally related charges in addition to tuition and fees.
Overpayments
Any amount of unearned grant funds that a student must return directly is called an overpayment. The maximum
amount of a grant overpayment that you must repay is half of the Pell Grant funds you received or were scheduled
to receive. Students in this circumstance must decide with the College and/or the U.S. Department of Education to
return the unearned grant funds. Failure to do so will result in ineligibility for future federal financial aid.
ACTIVE MILITARY AND VETERAN AFFAIRS
WTC is designated by GI Jobs magazine and Best for Vets, as a Military Friendly School for seven (7) consecutive
years. WTC will help you complete required forms and submit documentation for veterans’ educational benefits
under chapters 1606, 30, 31, 33, 35, MyCAA, and Tuition Assistance. WTC provides ongoing services to veterans
and their dependents in every step of the college experience and is responsible for creating and maintaining records
used to certify a student’s status for the VA.
Flexibility of programs and procedures particularly in admissions, advising, credit transfer, course articulations,
recognition of nontraditional learning experiences, scheduling, course format and residency requirements are
provided to enhance access of service members, veterans, and their family members to WTC’s education programs.
For More Detailed Information, please refer to the WTC’s Veterans Guide
https://www.westerntech.edu/financial-assistance-for-military-veterans/
For immediate information call:
• Main Campus- (915)532-3737 or 1(800)225-5984
• Branch Campus- (915)566-9621 or 1(800)225-5984
Evaluation of military training record must apply to the student’s declared degree or certificate program for
consideration of course exemption.
All new and returning students who intend to receive VA Educational Benefits while enrolled at WTC need to be
aware of the following:
1. Be sure you are certified. Registration for WTC classes does not automatically certify you for VA benefits.
To be certified, the student will need to come by the Veterans Affairs Office and complete the Certificate of
Eligibility (COE).
2. Students are required to submit copies of all transcripts from each institution previously or currently
attending, to the Veterans Affairs Office. Students are responsible for requesting transcripts and making sure
they are received at the correct office. Transcripts are required by the VA even if you have never received
benefits before; VA regulations stipulate that all prior training must be evaluated by the Campus President
and program director to receive educational benefits. Any consideration for course exemption based on
previous training and/or education, will need to be processed before the student begins school. This includes
military Joint Services Transcripts (JST) from any military branch.
3. It is the students responsibility to promptly report and submit supporting documentation of any changes in
your Degree Plan or Preliminary Program of Study, degree objective, course(s) substitution(s), enrollment
(part of terms), or address to the Veterans Affairs Office.
4. If you receive a non-punitive grade, our office will notify the Veterans Affair Office. VA educational benefits
will not be paid if you withdraw from a course or for a course that will not be used in computing requirements
for graduation. The VA may reduce or terminate your benefits if you cannot show mitigating circumstances.
“Mitigating circumstances”:
Unanticipated or unavoidable events which interfere with a student’s pursuit of a course. A student may submit
evidence to substantiate mitigating circumstances; however, the VA will determine eligibility for resumption of
benefit payments.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 33
“Non-punitive grades”:
• A “W” grade for withdrawing from a course.
• An “I” grade for an incomplete course, which is not made up during the time required by the school.
• You must maintain satisfactory attendance and progress toward completion of your educational objective. If
you do not meet the school standards, our office will notify the Veterans Affairs Office.
• Please note VA regulations are subject to change without notice. For current information, check with the
WTC Veterans Affairs Office or you may contact the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), Muskogee, OK
at 1-888-442-4551.
Course Retakes
Students that have failed a course will be required to repeat the course (or courses) and will be charged for the
cost of the course(s). Students are reminded that retaking a course may affect the student’s graduation date and
depending on course schedules and availability, may require the student to change class schedules for the remainder
of their training. May also affect agency and/or Title IV funding. Please check with Financial Aid and Student
Accounts.
Exempted Course(s) Credit:
Twelve credit hours constitute a full semester, and students exempt from course(s) will not be charged accordingly
however, students enrolled in degree programs are that are eligible for Title IV benefits will receive financial aid
appropriate to their enrollment status. Basic Allowing Housing (BAH) paid in accordance with student enrollment
status. Please check with the WTC’s VA Certifying Official office for more details.
Veterans Information Sources:
Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) www.va.gov or www.gibill.va.gov
Department of Veterans Affairs
Muskogee Regional Processing Office (Education) PO Box 8888
Muskogee, OK 74402-8888
Educational Benefits Inquiries: 1-888-442-4551 (1-888-GIBILL-1)
Website: www.vba.va.gov/Muskogee.htm
E-mail: muskrpo@vba.va.gov
AIR FORCE:
Community College of the Air Force
ARMY, COAST GUARD, MARINE CORPS, AND NAVY:
Joint Services Transcript (JST)
CCAF/DFRS
100SouthTurner Blvd Gunter Annex AL
36114-3011
http://www.au.af.mil/au/ccaf/
NETPDTC
ATTN: JST Operations Center N615 6490 Saufley Field Road
Pensacola, FL 32509
Email: [email protected]
https://jst.doded.mil/
Military Transcript Request
VA regulations stipulate that for any student that has previously qualified for VA educational benefits, transcripts
from all previously attended institutions must be requested and submitted by the student to the VA office for
evaluation prior to being certified for any additional VA benefits.
Veteran Leave of Absence Policy
All LOAs requested by Veterans must be approved by the Program Director, and the VA Certifying Official for
both campuses. All Chapter 31 students are required to receive authorization for a Leave of Absence from their
designated Vocation Rehabilitation Counselor before they are granted a LOA. Any student requesting a Leave of
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 34
Absence (LOA) will be notified that their veteran benefits may be suspended until they have returned which at that
time; the veteran will be reinstated and recertified. Veterans are encouraged NOT to take a LOA in the middle of the
course but rather at the end of the course. If a veteran request a LOA in the middle of the course, the veteran will be
responsible to pay back the money received. Furthermore, upon recertification, it can take up to two (2) months for
the Veterans Affairs office to process recertifications, which may result in delay of further payments.
Military Obligations, Attendance, and Make-up Work
Many students choose to serve while pursuing their education. Standing by its reputation as a military friendly
school, it is the policy of WTC to accommodate a student’s continuing service. For members of the National Guard
and Reserves, there may be times when students might miss a class or two due to a weekday drill or similar military
training. If orders are not issued, the student must contact the Administrative Specialist and bring a signed letter
(usually from the unit CO) that specifically outlines the date(s) on which the student was in a military status. The
Administrative Specialist, upon verifying the letter, will send a clearance notification via email directly to the student.
Notification will be sent to the instructor, either in person or through email.
It cannot be emphasized enough that students are responsible to keep their course instructor(s), program director,
Administrative Specialist, and VA certifying official informed of all military absences in order to agree upon and
document make-up work or a leave of absence.
Internship
VA students must complete their internship by the end of the module or their expected grad date, whichever
comes first.
TIME CODES
The following time code is used on all courses in every program to illustrate the amount of time students will
spend in class or lab per course and the subsequent number of credit hours awarded.
44/48/4.0- Theory hours per course / Lab hours per course / Semester Credit Hours
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 35
PROGRAM OFFERINGS
C E R T I F I C A T E P R O G R A M S
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY
Available at 9624 Plaza Circle Campus
Individuals portrayed in photos are actual students, graduates, or employees of WTC
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY
Employment of welders, cutters, solderers, and brazers is projected to grow 4 percent from 2016 to 2026.
Employment growth reflects the need for welders in manufacturing because of the importance and versatility of
welding as a manufacturing process. Employment growth reflects the need for welders in manufacturing because of
the importance and versatility of welding as a manufacturing process. Welders work in a wide variety of industries,
from car racing to manufacturing. The work that welders do and the equipment they use vary with the industry. There
are more than 100 different processes that a welder can use. The type of weld normally is determined by the types
of metals being joined and the conditions under which the welding is to take place.
(Source: D.O.L. Occupational Outlook Handbook, 2018-2019 Edition).
Labor Market Information (2016 thru 2026 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
54,410
438,900
Projected Employment 2016
64,155
378,200
Absolute Change 2016-2016
9,745
13,600
Percent Change 2016-2016
17.90%
3.0%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$22.18
$20.43
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
Not available
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
7,183
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY
COURSES 1-10
1030 CLOCK HOURS
39.0 Semester Credit Hours
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The objective of the Advanced Welding Technology program is to train the student as a qualified welder. The
qualified welder is capable of interpreting welding blueprints, cutting and welding with oxyacetylene, and plate
welding with Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW), Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW), Gas Metal Arc Welding
(GMAW), Innershield (IS), and Flux Core Arc Welding (FCAW). In addition, students will learn skills for pipe lay-
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 36
out & fit-up, flange applications, rolling offset & pipe blueprint reading.
Those who complete the program successfully will be prepared to work at an entry-level position as structural or
pipe welders in various welding environments such as construction companies, shipyards, factories, fabrication
companies, welding shops and other enterprises.
CERTIFICATIONS
(6) STRUCTURAL CERTS. - 2G,3G,4G (POSITIONS), SMAW (STICK), 1/4” PLATE ‘OPEN V GROOVE’
PIPE CERTS. - 6G (45*POSITION), SMAW (STICK) - 4” SCH. 40 PIPE (45*POSITION)
COMBINATION: SMAW (STICK) / GTAW (TIG)- 4” SCH. 40 PIPE
NOTE: The Advanced Welding program requires that all “Structural” certification tests be passed as a prerequisite
for the “Pipe” welding portion of the program. WTC Welding certifications will only be awarded upon completion
of the program in its entirety.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT:
The Advanced Welding program requires that all “Structural” certification tests be passed as a prerequisite for
the “Pipe” welding portion of the program. WTC Welding certifications will only be awarded upon completion of
the program in its entirety. Students will be required to demonstrate an entry- level degree of proficiency in each
competency, outlined in each course throughout the programs. An inability to achieve the required level of
competency will prevent the student from being able to graduate from WTC.
Students graduating from this program must meet general graduation requirements.
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Students entering this program must be able to meet these standards and perform essential functions with or
without reasonable accommodations to be successful in completing this program satisfactorily.
1. Ability to adhere to concise safety policies/procedures
2. Ability to stand for extended periods of time
3. Ability to flex, bend or twist with body, arms & legs
4. Ability to see detail at close range.
5. Ability to maintain prescribed attendance/performance levels that meet academic requirements.
NOTE: The sequential order of classes may differ from than what is listed in the program outline below. Courses
with prerequisites are denoted in the course outline with an asterisk (*).
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY
#
Course
Number
Course Title
Hrs.
Theory/
Lab
% On-
Ground/
Online
Semester
Credit
Hours
1
OR 101
Orientation
60
40/20
80/20
3.0
*2
PR 102
Blueprint Reading Fundamentals
120
24/96
80/20
4.5
*3
PR 103
Blueprint Structural Shapes &
Symbols
120
24/96
80/20
4.5
4
PM 104
Pipe Welding Symbols & Metallurgy
120
24/96
80/20
4.5
*5
CW 105
Structural Code Welding
120
24/96
80/20
4.5
6
PW 301
Pipe Welding & OSHA Safety
120
40/80
80/20
5.0
7
PW 302
Combination Pipe Welding
120
24/96
80/20
4.5
8
PW 303
Code Pipe Welding
100
30/70
80/20
4.0
9
EP 103
Employment Preparation
50
30/20
80/20
2.5
*10
IN 108
Internship
100
0/0/100
00/00
2.0
Total Hours and Credits -
Certificate of Completion in
Advanced Welding
1030
260/670/100
39.0
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 37
ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
OR 101 ORIENTATION 40/20/3.0
During this orientation course new students are introduced to the history of welding, the oxy/acetylene process for
welding and cutting, basic math concepts, safety precautions, and the proper use of hand tools and measuring
equipment. This course is also designed to assist students in developing positive safety and work habits for their
entry into the Workforce.
PR 102 BLUEPRINT READING FUNDAMENTALS 24/96/4.5
In this course students will become familiar with the fundamentals of blueprint reading and understand the use of
various engineering drawings and terminology. Students will interpret and fabricate weldments from a blueprint
using the SMAW process and begin welding in the 2F/3F/4F positions.
PR 103 BLUEPRINT STRUCTURAL SHAPES & SYMBOLS 24/96/4.5
In this course students will learn to identify shapes and welding symbols used in structural blueprints. Students will
also be trained to operate a track torch and weld in the 2G position using the SMAW process. An introduction to
‘Destructive’ testing will be covered.
PM 104 PIPE WELDING SYMBOLS AND WELDING METALLURGY 24/96/4.5
In this course students will learn pipe welding symbols for fabrication and execute pipe welds using blueprints and
shop drawings. This course will also introduce welding metallurgy with focus on the Crystalline structure of metal,
the annealing process and alloy welding. Students will weld with the GMAW (MIG), GTAW (Tig) and FCAW / I.S.
(Flux cored / Innershield) processes.
CW 105 STRUCTURAL CODE WELDING 24/96/4.5
In this course students will be introduced to the requirements of AWS D1.1 Code Welding, understand the principles
of structural weld testing, perform practice structural welding tests, and take the prescribed AWS Structural
certification tests using the SMAW welding process.
PW 301 PIPE WELDING AND OSHA SAFETY 40/80/5.0
In this course students will be introduced to pipe welding using the SMAW process and the certification requirements
of the API 1104 pipe welding codebook. OSHA safety procedures for Excavation/Trench, Fall Protection, and
Confined Space safety will also be covered. Students will be trained on 2G/5G/6G pipe welding positions.
PW 302 COMBINATION PIPE WELDING 24/96/4.5
In this course students will learn the procedures for SMAW/GTAW (Combination) pipe welding and advanced pipe
fit-up techniques. Practice certification tests using the ‘Combo’ process will be administered and students will
fabricate from piping blueprints using the required formulas and layout procedures.
PW 303 CODE PIPE WELDING 30/70/4.0
In this course students will take API 1104 pipe welding certification tests, receive a comprehensive review of all
previous courses, and complete a final exam.
EP 103 EMPLOYMENT PREPARATION 30/20/2.5
In this course students will be prepared for the job-seeking process. Resume construction, job application completion
and interviewing techniques will be the focus. Students will undergo mock (practice) interviews and the appropriate
attire and mannerisms for successful interviewing will be covered.
IN 108 INTERNSHIP 0/0/100/2.0
In this course students will experience the daily routines of a Welding/Fabrication shop or ‘on site’ work environment.
Students will have the opportunity to apply the skills and knowledge acquired in the Advanced Welding Technology
program and gain real world work experience in the Industry.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 38
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN COMMERCIAL DRIVER TRAINING
Available at 9624 Plaza Circle Campus
Individuals portrayed in photos are actual students, graduates, or employees of WTC
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN COMMERCIAL DRIVER TRAINING
Employment of heavy truck and Semi truck drivers is projected to grow 9% percent from 2016 to 2026, about as
fast as the average of all occupations. The economy depends on truck drivers to transport freight and keep supply
chains moving. As the demand for goods increases, more truck drivers will be needed. Trucks transport most of the
freight in the United States, so, as households and businesses increase their spending, the trucking industry will grow.
The number of heavy trucks on the road has not reached prerecession levels, despite the increasing demand for freight
transportation. To meet the demand, companies are starting to invest in new trucks that are more fuel efficient and
easier to drive. For example, some new heavy trucks are equipped with automatic transmissions, blind-spot
monitoring, and variable cruise control. Demand for truck drivers is expected to remain strong in the oil and gas
industries as more drivers are needed to transport materials to and from extraction sites. (Source D.O.L. Occupational
Outlook Handbook. 2018-2019 Edition)
The median annual wage for heavy truck and Semi truck drivers was $41,340 in May 2016. The median wage is
the wage at which half the workers in an occupation earned more than that amount, and half earned less. The lowest
10 percent earned less than $27,920, and the highest 10 percent earned more than $73,140. In May 2016, the median
annual wages for heavy and tractor-trailer truck drivers in the top industries in which they worked were as follows:
General Freight Trucking: $43,520 Specialized Freight Trucking: $41,650 Wholesale Trade: $40,330.
Drivers of heavy trucks and Semi truck usually are paid by how many miles they have driven, plus bonuses. The
per-mile rate varies from employer to employer and may depend on the type of cargo and the experience of the
driver. Some long-distance drivers, especially owner–operators, are paid a share of the revenue from shipping.
Labor Market Information (2016 thru 2026 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
185,215
2,697,700
Projected Employment 2026
217,493
131,600
Absolute Change 2016-2026
32,278
12,300
Percent Change 2016-2026
17.40%
9%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$21.76
$20.32
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
Not available
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
24,414
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 39
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN COMMERCIAL DRIVER TRAINING
COURSES 1-3
200 CLOCK HOURS
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The Commercial Driver Training offered at WTC College is a 200-hour program, conducted in five weeks for
day classes and ten weeks for night classes when offered. The program is designed to prepare individuals.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT: To receive a Certificate of Completion for this program, a student must
maintain a cumulative grade average of 70 and obtain a Commercial Driver License by the final day of the program
session, depended on driving test scheduling availability. WTC works hard to ensure students are prepared to challenge
the CDL exams through the Texas Department of Safety. The Department allows examinees up to three chances to
test in each section which are made up of the “The Pre-Trip, The Backing Skills and The Driving Skills.” When
students fail to pass an exam, WTC has provided additional time for practice which requires the help of instructor(s),
trucks, trailers, and fuel costs at no additional charge. The use of these resources has caused a strain on WTC’s
resources, therefore effective immediately, after any CDT student fails three road test exams, they will be required to
pay WTC College an additional $250.00 to cover the additional costs involved with practicing maneuvers and use of
equipment and additional road test. Students must also meet the general graduation requirements
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Students entering this program must be able to meet these standards and perform essential functions with or
without reasonable accommodations to be successful in completing this program satisfactorily.
1. The ability to read and communicate effectively in English.
2. Must be able to operate a manual drive transmission and standard automatic.
3. The ability to detect or tell the differences between sounds that vary in pitch and loudness.
4. The ability to sit for long periods of time.
5. The ability to drive at night.
6. The ability to drive long distances and always stay alert.
7. The ability to climb steps.
8. The ability to match or detect differences between colors, including shades of color and brightness.
9. Must be flexible and able to bend, stretch, twist, or reach with arms extended, and/or legs.
10. The ability to adjust the controls of a vehicle quickly and repeatedly to exact positions.
11. The ability to lift to 50 pounds.
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN COMMERCIAL DRIVER TRAINING
#
Course Title
Theory/Lab
% On-
Ground/
Online
Clock
Hours
1
PCDT 101
Practical Application to Truck Driving
75/5
80/20
80
2
PCDT 102
Basic Vehicle Operations/Range Training
13/27
80/20
40
3
PCDT 103
Advanced Vehicle Operations/Road Training
5/75
80/20
80
Total Hours – Certificate of Completion in Commercial Driver
Training
93/107
200
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 40
COMMERCIAL DRIVER TRAINING COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
PCDT 101 PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS TO TRUCK DRIVING 75/5
This course introduces students to the rules, regulations and procedures that govern and regulate the trucking
industry. During the first week of training, students will study and prepare for the required knowledge tests, which
will be taken at the Department of Transportation. Students will receive their driving permit once all endorsement
tests have been successfully completed. During the Second week training, students will demonstrate the correct use
and inspection of each vehicle control, instrument, and component. Students will describe and/or demonstrate the
methods and procedures for correct cargo handling and documentation, accident reporting, logbook entries, and trip
planning. They will also learn about the culture of the trucking industry to prepare themselves and their families for
life on the road. Additionally, students will receive training on the recognition and prevention of human trafficking.
Student can expect 20 hours of homework during this course. Upon completion of this course, be able to Inspect a
vehicle, complete industry forms, prepare for a trip, recognize and take actions to prevent human trafficking, and
become certified under the National Safety Council Professional Truck Driver Defensive Driving Course. No
prerequisite.
PCDT 102 BASIC VEHICLE OPERATIONS/RANGE TRAINING 13/27
Range training provides a secure environment for students to learn and become proficient in the basic maneuvers
and skills needed to control a tractor-trailer safely and effectively. Range instruction will include hands-on training
in vehicle inspection procedures, which will prepare the student for the CDL Pre-trip Inspection Skills Test. They
will practice maneuvering skills and vehicle controls necessary to pass the CDL Basic Control Skills Test and be
successful trainee drivers. (Range 13 hours/Observation 27 hrs.) Prerequisite is PCDT 101. Upon completion of this
course, be able to demonstrate the correct procedures for coupling and uncoupling, backing, and hooking up a tractor-
trailer unit to safely dock, and pickup and deliver freight as a working driver.
PCDT 103 ADVANCED VEHICLE OPERATIONS/ROAD TRAINING 5/75
Students must successfully complete CDT 103. During this course of the program, students will be given the
opportunity to operate a tractor-trailer in the real-world street and highway environment amongst regular traffic.
Road instruction will allow students to develop the skills necessary to prepare for the CDL Road Test conducted by
a state examiner, and to safely operate a tractor-trailer on public roadways. Prerequisite is PCDT 101 and PCDT 102.
Upon completion of this course, be able to drive on public roads, develop the skills necessary to operate to safely
operate the tractor trailer, and develop skills needed to challenge and pass the CDL road test.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 41
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN DIESEL ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION (DATE)
Available at 9624 Plaza Circle Campus
Individual portrayed in photos are actual students, graduates, or employees of WTC.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES FOR DIESEL ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION (DATE)
Diesel service technicians and mechanics held about 363,900 jobs in 2016. Diesel technicians usually work in
well-ventilated and sometimes noisy repair shops. They occasionally repair vehicles on roadsides or at worksites.
Most diesel technicians work full time. Overtime is common, as many repair shops extend their service hours during
evenings and weekends. As more freight is shipped across the country, additional diesel-powered trucks will be
needed to carry freight where trains and pipelines are not available or economical. Additionally, diesel cars and light
trucks are becoming more popular, and more diesel technicians will be needed to maintain and repair these vehicles.
Employment of diesel service technicians and mechanics is projected to grow 14 percent from 2016 to 2026, faster
than the average for all occupations. Diesel engine maintenance and repair is becoming more complex as engines
and other components use more electronic systems to control their operation. For example, fuel injection and engine
timing systems rely heavily on microprocessors to maximize fuel efficiency and minimize harmful emissions. In
most shops, workers often use hand-held or laptop computers to diagnose problems and adjust engine functions.
(Source: D.O.L. Occupational Outlook Handbook, 2016-2026Edition).
Labor Market Information (2016 thru 2026 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
22,140
119,300
Projected Employment 2026
22,620
131,600
Absolute Change 2016-2026
5,080
12,300
Percent Change 2016-2026
24.80%
10.30%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$22.39
$23.57
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
510
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
410
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The objective of the Certificate of Completion in Diesel Advanced Technology Education is to prepare the student
for entry-level employment as a Volvo/Mack Truck diesel technician with the basic knowledge and skills to diagnose
malfunctions, perform preventative maintenance and make necessary repairs on the following systems: diesel
engines, suspension and steering, air brakes, electrical/electronics, drive train, heating ventilation and air
conditioning. The student who completes the program will be prepared to work as an entry-level diesel service
technician in medium/heavy-duty Volvo/Mack Truck dealerships, diesel repair facilities, service, and fleet
maintenance facilities.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT: Students graduating from this program must pass one professional level
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 42
medium/heavy truck series exam prior to their scheduled graduation date and students must actively participate in all
assigned OEM training modules and must meet general graduation requirements.
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Students entering this program must be able to meet these standards and perform essential functions with or
without reasonable accommodations to be successful in completing this program satisfactorily.
1. The ability to detect or tell the differences between sounds that vary in pitch and loudness.
2. The ability to see detail at close range (within a few feet of the observer).
3. The ability to match or detect differences between colors, including shades of color and brightness.
4. Sufficient flexibility to bend, stretch, twist, or reach with your body, arms, and/or legs.
5. The ability to adjust the controls of a machine or a vehicle quickly and repeatedly to exact positions.
6. Sufficient finger dexterity and steadiness to make precisely coordinated movements of the fingers of one or
both hands to grasp, manipulate, or assemble very small objects.
7. Sufficient manual dexterity, strength, and steadiness to quickly move your hand, your hand together with your
arm, or your two hands to grasp, manipulate, or assemble objects.
8. The ability to coordinate two or more limbs while sitting, standing, or lying down.
9. The ability to use your abdominal and lower back muscles to support and balance part of your body repeatedly
or continuously over time without ‘giving out’ or fatiguing. Work may be done up to 6 feet off the ground.
10. The ability to lift to 50 lbs.
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN DIESEL ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION COURSES
COURSES 1-12
672 CLOCK HOURS
28.0 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN DIESEL ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION
#
Course Course Title Hrs.
Theory/
Lab
% On-
Ground/
Online
Semester
Credit
Hours
1
VMVF 201
Vehicle Familiarization
48
24/24
80/20
2.0
2
VMCM 202
Computer Navigation
48
24/24
80/20
2.0
3
VME 203
Volvo/Mack Electronics
48
24/24
80/20
2.0
4
VMAD &
SRS 204
Aftertreatment Devices &
Secondary Restraint Systems
48 24/24 80/20 2.0
5 VMA 205
Volvo/Mack Advanced
Diagnostics I & II
96 40/56 80/20 4.0
6
VMEN 206
Volvo/Mack Engines
48
24/24
80/20
2.0
7
VMH 207
Volvo/Mack HVAC
48
24/24
80/20
2.0
8
VMPT 208
Volvo Mack Powertrains
48
24/24
80/20
2.0
9
VMB 209
Volvo/Mack Brake Systems
48
24/24
80/20
2.0
10 VMSS 210
Volvo/Mack Steering &
Suspension
48 24/24 80/20 2.0
11 VMAD 211
Volvo/Mack Advanced
Diagnostics III
48 24/24 80/20 2.0
12
CDL 212
CDL Training
96
40/56
00/00
4.0
Or
12
DTW 212 Basic Cutting & Welding 96 40/56 00/0 4.0
Total Hours and Credits - Certificate Of
Completion
in Diesel Advanced Technology
Education
672 320/352/00 28.0
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 43
DATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
VMVF 201 VEHICLE FAMILIARIZATION 24/24/2.0
Students will be introduced to Mack and Volvo Trucks OEM information, model identification, and product specific
theory, and perform preventative maintenance on Mack and Volvo Trucks. Students will gain knowledge and skills
in time management, warranty, safety, basic shop management and organizational skills. The student can expect at
least 12 hours of homework and OEM factory training modules during this course.
VMCM 202 COMPUTER NAVIGATION 24/24/2.0
Students are introduced to basic computer skills needed to for the Truck Dealer Portal (TDP) to view OEM
information based on model and vehicle identification number. Students will learn how to access all technician
support portals within TDP including, Impact, E-media, Electronics Schematics Viewer, VMAC, Mack Electronic
Information Systems (EIS), MV Assist, E-Service, and Learning Management System (LMS). The student can
expect 12 hours of homework and OEM training modules during this course.
VME 203 VOLVO/MACK ELECTRONICS 24/24/2.0
Student will review electricity theory and how it is used in vehicles, the differences between voltage, amperage,
current and series, parallel, and series-parallel circuits. Students will review how to read and interpret wiring
schematics, identifying proper wiring and harness repairs. The student can expect 12 hours of homework and OEM
modules during this course.
VMAD&SRS 204 AFTERTREATMENT DEVICES & SECONDARY RESTRAINT SYSTEMS 24/24/2.0
Students will be given instruction on Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) systems & Secondary Restraint Systems.
Students will train on the emissions systems on Mack and Volvo Trucks, how to identify exhaust after treatment
system (EATS) components and perform correct troubleshooting procedures accordingly. Throughout the shop/lab
time apply the recommended Mack and Volvo Truck procedures to diagnose and repair aftertreatment devices, the
regeneration of diesel particulate filter (DPF) and the selective catalyst reduction (SCR) systems. The student can
expect 12 hours of homework and OEM training modules during this course.
VMA 205 VOLVO/MACK ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS I & II 40/56/4.0
Students will be given instruction on general and advanced diagnostic troubleshooting procedures, techniques, and
how to identify fault codes using proprietary TDP and PTT diagnostic software. Understand HD-OBD, J1939, and
J1587/1708 data link systems and multiplexing, the use of oscilloscopes to test injectors, cam and crank sensing
timing, and data link troubleshooting. Throughout the shop/lab time, students will apply the recommended Mack
and Volvo Truck procedures for diagnostic troubleshooting, identify fault codes using proprietary diagnostic
software, diagnosis J1939, and J1587/1708 data link, multiplexing systems and use oscilloscopes to troubleshoot
electrical faults.
VMEN 206 VOLVO/MACK ENGINE 40/24/2.0
In this course students will be given instructions on how to identify and explain the components of a Volvo D- series
and/or Mack MP-series engine. Students will learn how to disassemble, inspect, and overhaul a Volvo or Mack
engine. Throughout the shop/lab time apply the recommended Mack Truck and Volvo Truck procedures and special
tools for engine overhaul, parts failure analyzes and correct repair parts selection. The student can expect 12 hours
of homework during this course. This course includes OEM training modules.
VMH 207 VOLVO/MACK HVAC 40/24/2.0
Students will be given instruction on Mack and Volvo HVAC component location and function, operate the cab and
sleeper HVAC controls and how to service, diagnose and repair HVAC systems, using a/c recovery/recycling
equipment. Throughout the shop/lab time apply the recommended Mack Truck and Volvo Truck procedures and
special tools for HVAC system diagnosis and repair. The student can expect 12 hours of homework and OEM training
modules in this course.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 44
VMPT 208 VOLVO/MACK POWERTRAINS 40/24/2.0
Students will be given instruction on Mack and Volvo I-shift and M-drive transmissions service, diagnose, and
repair. Throughout the shop/lab time apply the recommended Mack Truck and Volvo Truck procedures and special
tools for transmission and differential diagnosis and repair. Students can expect 12 hours of homework and OEM
training modules during this course.
VMB 209 VOLVO/MACK BRAKE SYSTEMS 24/24/2.0
Students will be given instruction on Mack and Volvo mechanical and electronic braking systems and details of the
air braking systems used on Mack and Volvo Trucks, how to service, diagnose, repair, and adjust the vehicle’s
brakes, and what type of ABS system is in use on an individual truck. Students will learn how to test, repair, or
replace sensor and ABS controls. The student can expect 12 hours of homework and OEM training modules during
this course.
VMSS 210 VOLVO/MACK STEERING & SUSPENSION 24/24/2.0
Students will be given instruction on Mack and Volvo steering and suspension systems, how to service and adjust
air ride suspension systems and steel leaf spring systems, how to identify, diagnose steering and stability system
issues and correct alignment angles. learn to identify tire wear patterns and how steering and suspension systems
effect tires. Throughout the shop/lab time apply the recommended Mack and Volvo Truck procedures and special
tools for steering and suspension systems diagnostics and repairs, alignment of tires and correction of tire ware
problems.
The student can expect 12 hours of homework and OEM training modules during this course.
VMAD 211 VOLVO/MACK ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS III 24/24/2.0
Students will be given an review of general diagnostic procedures and techniques, then how to apply more advanced
diagnostics to identify fault codes using Mack and Volvo Trucks proprietary software, The advanced use of TDP
and PTT with HD-OBD, ISO, J1939, J1587/1708 data link systems and multiplexing. Advanced use of an
oscilloscope on injectors, cam and crank sensing timing, and data links. Throughout the shop/lab time apply the
recommended Mack and Volvo Truck procedures and special tools for diagnostic, procedures, and techniques and
correction of vehicle fault codes. The student can expect 12 hours of homework and OEM training modules during
this course.
CDL 212 OPTION #1 CDL TRAINING 40/56/4.0
Students will receive entry-level training in commercial vehicle operation and driving with classroom and behind-
the-wheel instruction. Including laws relating to intrastate commercial motor vehicle operations; pre- trip inspection,
vehicles safety and operational equipment, placing the commercial motor vehicle in safe operation, the use of
controls and emergency equipment. Inspection of mechanical components, defensive driving techniques,
documentation, DOT logbooks, accident and fire prevention, reporting, Students will also be given demonstration
and skill development of basic maneuvers of driving. Successful completion of this class should prepare the student
to pass the Commercial Driver's License Class B (CDL) skill examination.
DTBCW 204 OPTION #2 BASIC CUTTING AND WELDING 40/56/4.0
During this course students will be taught how to set-up the oxyacetylene process for cutting and welding. learn the
basic techniques for basic fillet welds. Safety precautions will be strictly enforced.
The shop/lab work will consist of the student applying the recommended shop and personal safety procedures,
practice metal cutting and Horizontal welding.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 45
Certificate of Completion FCA MOPAR Automotive
Available at the Plaza Campus
Individuals portrayed in photos are actual students, graduates, or employees of Western Tech
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN THE AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTURY
Automotive service technicians and mechanics held about 739,900 jobs in 2014. Numerous openings will be in
automobile dealerships and independent repair shops, and about 1 in 10 automotive service technicians and
mechanics were self-employed in 2014. Employment of automotive service technicians and mechanics is projected
to grow 5 percent from 2014 to 2024, about as fast as the average for all occupations. The number of vehicles in use
continues to rise, and more entry-level service technicians will be needed to perform basic maintenance and repair,
such as replacing brake pads and changing oil. New technologies, however, such as electric vehicles, may limit
future demand for automotive service technicians and mechanics because they will be more reliable and thus
require less maintenance and repair. Of these workers, those who have completed formal postsecondary training
programs or achieved ASE certification should enjoy the best job prospects. (Source: D.O.L. Occupational Outlook
Handbook, 2016 - 2017 Edition).
Labor Market Information (2012 thru 2022 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2012
51,540
701,100
Projected Employment 2022
60,680
731,500
Absolute Change 2012-2022
9,140
60,400
Percent Change 2012-2022
17.70%
8.60%
Average Hourly Wage 2014
$18.85
$19.22
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
1,305
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
915
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
FIAT CHYSLER AUTOMOTIVE (FCA), MOPAR CAP LOCAL SCHOOL TRANING
There is great demand for high quality and skilled automotive technicians at FCA Dealerships. This demand has
outpaced the number of technicians the regular OEM programs can produce and FCA (Fiat Chrysler
Automobiles) is the first to look at high quality colleges to help their local dealers find the technicians they need.
The foundational training that you receive in class paired with the factory FCA training sets you apart from the
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 46
other applicants in the industry when applying at an FCA dealer. The fact that you will be able to show success and
completion in actual dealership OEM training demonstrates your ability to learn and a solid baseline of technical
knowledge. These credentials make you employable, more so than just a college education alone. Together they
prepare you for success right now and into the future. Chrysler modules are a required part of the program, and
accounts for 30% of the student’s grade. Successful graduates upon leaving the program who has completed Levels
0, 1 and 2 can then begin working at an FCA dealership at a Level 2 and complete the warranty work that comes
into the Dealership.
EXPERIENCED INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF
Our instructors are required to have recent and sufficient field experience and training before joining the
Western Tech team. They share insights with our students that might otherwise take years to learn. We continually
update our instructors with seminars and workshops to keep them abreast of new technology. In turn, they pass this
knowledge on to our students. All Western Tech’s automotive instructors are required to be ASE and Mopar
Certified. A large percentage of the instructional staff is Master Certified in all areas of the automobile.
Driver’s License Requirement
To be accepted into the FCA Mopar Automotive Certificate program, in addition to the general admissions
requirements and enrollment procedure, a prospective student must possess a valid driver’s license before being
allowed to start class.
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Western Tech’s FCA Mopar Automotive Certificate program has established technical standards and essential
functions for the program as more fully listed below. The ability to meet these standards and essential functions,
with or without reasonable accommodation, is required in order to complete the program satisfactorily. Please
review the following technical standards and essential functions carefully.
1. The ability to understand course materials and maintain a certain grade/performance level that meets the set
academic requirements.
2. The ability to maintain a professional demeanor at all times and interact professionally with fellow students,
internship site employees and clientele, administration and faculty.
3. The ability to adhere to a professional dress code acceptable to the profession and as set by Western Tech.
4. The ability to listen, understand, and communicate ideas presented through spoken words and sentences.
5. The ability to detect or tell the differences between sounds that vary in pitch and loudness.
6. The ability to see detail at close range (within a few feet of the observer).
7. The ability to match or detect differences between colors, including shades of color and brightness.
8. Sufficient flexibility to bend, stretch, twist, or reach with your body, arms, and/or legs.
9. The ability to quickly and repeatedly adjust the controls of a machine or a vehicle to exact positions.
10. Sufficient finger dexterity and steadiness to make precisely coordinated movements of the fingers of one or
both hands to grasp, manipulate, or assemble very small objects.
11. Sufficient manual dexterity, strength, and steadiness to quickly move your hand, your hand together with your
arm, or your two hands to grasp, manipulate, or assemble objects.
12. The ability to coordinate two or more limbs while sitting, standing, or lying down.
13. The ability to use your abdominal and lower back muscles to support part of your body repeatedly or
continuously over time without ‘giving out’ or fatiguing.
14. The ability to lift up to 50 lbs.
15. The ability to utilize computers and perform basic computer functions with programs such as Word, Outlook,
and Excel.
16. Must be able to utilize E-Books.
The College does not discriminate in admission or access to programs on the basis of any characteristic protected
by law, including disability. Persons with disabilities are eligible for admission, as long as, they can carry out
classroom, laboratory and internship assignments; pass written, oral and practical examinations; and meet all of the
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 47
requirements of the program and generally accepted requirements of the profession, with or without reasonable
accommodation. Western Tech will make reasonable accommodations for disabilities. Applicants and students who
require accommodation should contact the Campus President and submit a written request for accommodation.
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN FCA-MOPAR AUTOMOTIVE
COURSES 1-7
600 CLOCK HOURS
24 SEMESTER CREDIT UNITS (TWC & THECB)
24 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS (ACCSC)
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The objective of the FCA-Mopar Automotive Certification is to train the student as an entry level Mopar
technician by providing them with the skills and knowledge to repair today’s highly technical Mopar vehicles. The
student will be trained in Mopar specific diagnosis, service, and repair.
Graduates of this program will be prepared for entry level positions as technicians at FCA and Mopar dealerships.
TIME CODES
The following time code is used on all courses to illustrate the amount of time students will spend in class or lab
per course and the subsequent number of credit hours awarded.
30/120/6.0
Theory hours per course /
Lab hours per course /
Semester Credit Hours
NOTE:
The sequential order of classes may differ from that included in the program outline below.
Graduation Requirement
The student must successfully complete all assigned course work with a GPA of 2.0 or higher, maintain an
attendance of 85% or greater and complete all required MOPAR modules before they are allowed to graduate and
receive their certificate.
Certificate of Completion in FCA-Mopar Automotive
#
COURSE
NUMBERS
FOR
AUTOMOTIVE
TECHNOLOGY
AUTOMOTIVE
TECHNOLOGY
COURSE TITLE
HOURS
THEORY/
LAB
PERCENTAGE
ON CAMPUS/
ONLINE
SEMESTER
CREDIT
UNITS
1 FCA ELECT 101
Automotive
Electronics
150 30 /120 100/0 6.0
2
FCA G&D ENG
102
Gas & Diesel
Engines
Fundamentals
150 30 / 120 100/0
6.0
3
FCA BAC 103
Basic Automotive
Air Conditioning
50
15/ 35
100/0
2.0
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 48
4
FCA BDT 104
Basic
Drive Trains
50
15 / 35
100/0
2.0
5
FCA BSS 105
Basic Suspension &
Steering
50
15 / 35
100/0
2.0
6
FCA AD 106
Automotive
Diagnosis
50
15 / 35
100/0
2.0
7
FCA ATT 107
Automatic
Transmissions &
Transaxle
100
30/70
100/0
4.0
Total Hours- FCA – Mopar Automotive
Certificate
600 150/450 100/0 24.0
FCA MOPAR AUTOMOTICE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
FCA ELECT 101 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS 30/120/6.0
Introduction to the fundamental principles of the automobile's electrical and electronic systems. The course
covers basic electrical circuits, schematics, theories, design, construction, and operation of electrical components,
use of multimeters, wire repair, connector repair and wire soldering. The course then progresses to advanced
automotive computer systems and diagnostic equipment. The concepts and functions of lighting circuits, electronic
and conventional analog instrumentation, indicator lights, warning lights, electrical accessories, and direct current
motors, starting and charging systems, the fundamentals of design, construction, and operation of electronic
computer-controlled components and systems will be covered. The principles of hybrid, full electric and fuel-cell
vehicles. You will learn high voltage hybrid vehicle safety procedures, the benefits, functions and operation of
hybrid vehicle components and systems. This course includes 24 Mopar modules and an end of course exam.
Shop/Lab
Using recommended shop and personal safety procedures you will correctly identify and use electrical /electronic
system service tools and equipment to diagnose and repair the electrical / electronic systems and their
corresponding components. You will read and interpret electrical wiring diagram circuits and perform diagnosis,
service, and repairs on electronic components and systems. You will use scan tools, oscilloscopes, and other
computer system service and diagnostic equipment. You will diagnosis, service, and repairs computer-controlled
components and systems. You correctly use hybrid vehicle service equipment to diagnose and repair hybrid vehicle
systems and components.
Upon completion of this course, you will be able to:
1. Check basic electrical circuits with a test light and digital multi-meter and determine needed repairs. Check
supply voltage and voltage drop using a digital multi-meter (DVOM) and determine necessary repairs.
2. Measure and diagnose key-off battery drain.
3. Find shorts, grounds, opens, and resistance problems in electrical circuits and determine necessary repairs.
4. Perform battery and starter tests.
5. Use wiring diagrams to diagnose starting and charging systems.
6. Inspect, test, and diagnose circuits and systems.
7. Diagnose failure of computerized engine controls with and without stored diagnostic trouble codes and
determine needed repairs.
8. Inspect, test, adjust and replace computerized engine control system sensors, actuators, and circuits.
9. Diagnose drivability, and emission problems on vehicles with electronic ignition (distributor less) systems
and determine needed repair.
10. Diagnose hot or cold no starting, hard starting, incorrect idle speed, hesitation, misfire, power loss, stalling
and emission problems on computer-controlled vehicles.
11. List the precautions that must be adhered to when working with or around high voltage electrical systems.
12. Understand how regenerative braking works.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 49
13. Describe how the operation of accessories and auxiliary systems in a hybrid electric vehicle differ from those
in an internal combustion engine vehicle and a battery electric vehicle.
14. Explain why high voltage is needed in assist-type vehicles.
15. Demonstrated entry-level competency of the skills related to the courses and Mopar modules within this
session.
FCA G & D ENG 102 GAS & DIESEL ENGINE FUNDAMENTALS 30/120/6.0
Introduction to the theory of operation of the Automotive internal combustion spark ignition and the Light Duty
Diesel compression ignition engine. You will learn automotive safety practices and the laws of physics related to
engine operation. You will learn the principal operation of engine sub systems to include lubrication, cooling, gas
and diesel fuel systems, emission systems, intake, and exhaust systems. Engine components and sub systems along
with disassembly, inspection, recondition and assembly of the engine cylinder block and cylinder head assemblies
will be covered. You will perform diagnosis, service, and repair on engine systems. This course includes two
Mopar 16 modules and an end of course exam.
Shop/lab
Using recommended shop and personal safety procedures you will correctly use gas and diesel engine service tools
and equipment. You will use gas and diesel engine fuel system and emission systems service tools and test
equipment. You will perform diagnosis, service, and repairs on fuel and emission systems and components. Engine
removal / installation, disassembly, reconditioning, and reassembly of engine blocks, cylinder heads turbo chargers
and engine sub systems are covered.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Inspect, test and repair cooling systems. Mix coolant for gas & diesel engine using the correct proportions of
water, antifreeze, and supplemental cooling system additives to meet manufacturer recommendations and
ambient temperature requirements.
2. Inspect, test and repair lubrication systems.
3. Inspect, test and repair intake and exhaust systems.
4. Inspect, test and repair engine related electrical system.
5. Inspect and test valve springs for squareness, pressure, and free height comparison.
6. Adjust valves (mechanical or hydraulic lifters).
7. Remove and inspect cylinder heads for cracks and check gasket surface areas for warpage, leaks, and passage
conditions.
8. Inspect crankshaft for surface cracks and journal damage.
9. Inspect pistons, rings, wrist pins for ware and damage.
10. Inspect, repair, or replace fuel systems.
11. Prime and bleed the fuel system; diagnose, check and repair or replace the primer pump.
12. Inspect, diagnosis test, adjust, repair and/or replace the fuel injectors.
13. Diagnosis, test, and service diesel emission systems.
14. Demonstrated entry-level competency of the skills related to the courses and Mopar modules within this
session.
FCA BAC 103 BASIC AUTOMOTIVE AIR CONDITIONING 15/35/2.0
Introduction to the automotive heating and air conditioning systems. Using correct health and safety practices
you will correctly use air conditioning service tools and equipment to maintain, service and repair A/C systems.
You will learn the principles of temperature, pressures, and the differences between sensible, latent, and specific
heat values. The design, construction, operation service and repair of the air conditioning system and components,
will be covered. This course includes 4 Mopar modules and an end of course exam.
Shop/lab
Using the recommended shop and personal safety procedures you will use air conditioning manifold gauge and
service equipment to diagnose, service and repair air conditioning systems and components to include compressors,
clutches, and control systems.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 50
1. Conduct a performance test of the A/C system and determine needed repairs.
2. Perform leak test on A/C system and determine needed repairs.
3. Diagnose A/C system problems that cause the protection devices (pressure thermal and PCM) to interrupt
system operation and determine needed repairs.
4. Inspect, test, and replace A/C compressor, clutch components, or assembly.
5. Inspect evaporator housing water drain and repair as needed. Diagnose failures in the electrical controls of
heating and A/C systems and determine needed repairs.
6. Demonstrated entry-level competency of the skills related to the courses and Mopar modules within this
course.
FCA BDT 109 BASIC DRIVE TRAIN 15/35/2.0
Introduction to the design, construction, and operation of automotive powertrain systems and components. You
will learn and understand the basic theories related to torque and torque multiplication. You will gain an
understanding of powertrain system and their sub-components to include clutches, manual transmissions,
transaxles, drive axles, drive shafts, universal joints, differentials, and four-wheel drive systems. This course
includes 5 Mopar modules and an end of course exam.
Shop/Lab
You will use recommended shop and personal safety procedures and perform diagnostics, service and repairs on
powertrain systems and components.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Diagnose clutch noise, binding, slippage, pulsation, and chatter problems.
2. Diagnose transmission noise, hard shifting, jumping out of gear, and fluid leakage, and determine the
necessary repairs.
3. Disassemble, clean, and reassemble transmission components.
4. Diagnose front-wheel drive (FWD) and rear-wheel drive (RWD) shaft and universal/ constant velocity (CV)
joint noise and vibration problems and determine the necessary repairs.
5. Inspect, adjust, repair, or replace the hydraulic slave and master cylinders, lines, and hoses.
6. Demonstrated entry-level competency of the skills related to the courses and Mopar modules within this
course.
FCA BSS 105 BASIC SUSPENSION AND STEERING 15/35/2.0
Introduction to the design and operation of suspension and steering systems and subcomponents. You will learn
basic theories related to static and dynamic balance. You will learn how to use steering and suspension alignment
and measuring equipment to identify needed repairs.
Shop/Lab
Using correct shop and vehicle lifting procedures you will diagnose, service, and repair front and rear suspension
systems, wheel bearing, tires, wheels, shock absorbers, struts, steering columns, steering linkage mechanisms,
power steering pumps, rack and pinion gears, and computer-controlled suspension systems. This course includes 4
Mopar module and an end of course exam.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Remove, inspect, and replace steering and suspension components.
2. Inspect, remove, and replace shock absorbers and MacPherson Struts.
3. Balance wheel and tire assembly (static and dynamic) utilizing the latest computerized balancing machines.
4. Preform a wheel alignment.
5. Demonstrated entry-level competency of the skills related to the courses and Mopar modules within this
course.
FCA AD 106 AUTOMOTIVE DIAGNOSIS 15/35/2.0
Introduction to diagnostic procedures of engine control systems and drivability issues. You will learn and
understand the use of diagnostic test tools and scanners to detect and interpret diagnostic trouble codes (DTC) and
apply the necessary repairs. This course includes 4 Mopar modules and an end of course exam.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 51
Shop/Lap
You will use recommended shop and personal safety procedures. You will use emission analyzers, oscilloscopes,
scanners, and other diagnostic tools to diagnose, service and repair diagnostic trouble codes (DTC) and drivability
issues. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Use scan tools to retrieve diagnostic trouble codes (DTC) and determine necessary repairs.
2. Perform engine vacuum tests and determine necessary repairs.
3. Inspect and test ignition systems.
4. Diagnose engine mechanical, electrical, fuel and emission problems with diagnostic equipment and
determine needed action.
5. Diagnose no starting, drivability, and emission problems and determine needed repair.
6. Demonstrated entry-level competency of the skills related to the courses and Mopar modules within this
course.
FCA ATT 107 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND TRANSAXLES 30/70/4.0
Introduction to the fundamentals of design and operation automatic transmissions and transaxles. You will learn
and understand the theory and function of torque converter, planetary gear sets hydraulic circuits, apply devices,
power flow and gear ratios. The Mopar eight and nine speed transmission operation and diagnostic will be covered.
This course includes 6 Mopar modules and an end of course exam.
Shop/lab
Using recommended shop and personal safety procedures you will use transmission diagnostic and repair tools to
perform basic diagnosis, service, and repairs on automatic transmission and transaxles.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Perform lock-up torque converter system tests and determine needed repairs.
2. Inspect, adjust, or replace manual shift valve, throttle linkages or cables and check gear select indicator (as
applicable).
3. Explain how Pascal’s law applies to the operation of automatic transmissions.
4. Check torque converter stator clutch operation and measure torque converter endplay.
5. Remove, disassemble, clean, inspect, reassemble, and reinstall transmissions and transaxles.
6. Inspect, test, and replace electrical/ electronic transmissions and transaxles.
7. Retrieve trouble codes from common electronically controlled automatic transmissions switches and sensors.
8. Diagnose & recondition electronic automatic transmissions/transaxles.
9. Demonstrated entry-level competency of the skills related to the courses and Mopar modules within this
course.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 52
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING
Offered 100% online
Individuals portrayed in photos are actual students, graduates, or employees of WTC.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING
Medical records and health information technicians held about 188,600 jobs in 2016. Medical records and health
information technicians, commonly referred to as health information technicians, organize and manage health
information data by ensuring that it maintains its quality, accuracy, accessibility, and security in both paper files and
electronic systems. They use various classification systems to code and categorize patient information for insurance
reimbursement purposes, for databases and registries, and to maintain patients’ medical and treatment histories.
Employment of health information technicians is projected to grow 15 percent from 2016 to 2026, much faster than
the average for all occupations. (Source: D.O.L. Occupational Outlook Handbook, 2018-2019 Edition). Medical
billers and coders will typically obtain, record, and update personal and financial information, schedule appointments,
and verification and coordination of insurance. Obtain revenue by recording and collecting patient charges, acquire
pre-authorization for procedures. (Source: D.O.L. Occupational Outlook Handbook, 2018-2019).
Labor Market Information (2016 thru 2026 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
17,355
186,300
Projected Employment 2026
21,111
227,500
Absolute Change 2016-2026
3,756
41,100
Percent Change 2016-2026
21.60%
22.10%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$20.17
$18.68
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
Not available
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
1,513
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING COURSES
COURSES 1-11
1060 CLOCK HOURS
41.0 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The Medical Billing & Coding program is designed to prepare the individual for entry-level employment as a
records coder, claims examiner, medical biller or related occupation in private health care practices, clinics, hospitals,
government agencies, skilled nursing facilities, insurance companies, consulting firms and other health care facilities.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 53
The Medical Billing & Coding program teaches students how to evaluate coding and billing practices and
provides tools for developing compliance programs that will help minimize the risk of investigation.
The program balances knowledge of medical science, technical skills, and coding experience with assessment
evaluation by professional coding specialists who care about a student’s success. The practical approach takes
students through a careful step-by-step study of what medical coders and billers need to get the job done right.
CERTIFICATION AND EXAMINATION
The following certification examinations are offered:
National Healthcare Association (NHA) • NHA – CEHRS – Certified Electronic Health Records Specialist
American Academy of Professional Coders(AAPC) • AAPC-CPC-A- Professional Coder Apprentice
American Health Information Management Association (AHIMA) • AHIMA-CCS-P- Certified Coding Specialist
Physician
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT: Students graduating from this program must meet general graduation
requirements.
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Students entering this program must be able to meet these standards and perform essential functions with or
without reasonable accommodations to be successful in completing this program satisfactorily.
1. The ability to understand course materials and maintain a certain grade/performance level that meets the set
academic requirements.
2. The ability to listen, understand, and communicate ideas presented through spoken words and sentences.
3. Satisfactory visual acuity for reading and documenting patient charts and creating patient accounts.
4. The ability to tolerate sitting and/or standing for extended periods of time without a break.
5. Students shall use confidentiality standards in accordance with professional health care environments about
other students and/or internship patients.
6. Students shall not violate professional, ethical and safety standards.
7. The ability to utilize computers and perform basic computer functions with programs such as Word, Outlook,
and Excel.
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING
#
Course
Course Title
Hrs.
Theory/
Lab/
Internship
% On-
Groun
d/
Semester
Credit
Hours
1
MTAP 1401
Medical Terminology / Anatomy &
Physiology
100 45/55 0/100 4.5
2
MOA 1401
Medical Office Administration
100
45/55
0/100
4.5
3
ICPT 1401
Introduction to Coding Principles & Theory
100
40/60
0/100
4.5
4
HC 1401
Health Claims
100
40/60
0/100
4.5
5
HC 1402
Health Claims
100
30/70
0/100
4.0
6
ACPT 1402 Advanced Coding Principles & Theory 100 30/70
0/100
4.0
7
DC 1401
Diagnostic
Coding
100
25/75
0/100
4.0
8
AACPT
1403
Advanced Coding Principles & Theory
100
25/75
0/100
4.0
9
EP1101
Employment
Preparation
15
0/15
0/100
0.5
10
MRC 1301
Medical Record Coder
85
15/70
0/100
3.0
11
IN1308
Internship
160
0/0/160
100/0
3.5
Total Hours and Credits – Certificate of Completion in
Medical Billing & Coding
1060 285/615/160 41.0
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 54
Program courses for the Medical Billing and Coding curriculum are designed in a sequential manner. Each
course of the curriculum is ordered such that the subsequent material is based on skills acquired from prerequisite
courses.
MEDICAL BILLING AND CODING COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MTAP 1401 MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY / ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY 45/55/4.5
During the first several days of class, the students will receive a general school and program orientation, to include
training on how to utilize the Learning Resource Center. This course will acquaint the students with the meaning and
pronunciation of medical terms, including prefixes, root words, and suffixes. The students learn provider and medical
abbreviations as well as disease, physiology, and treatment methodology. The students will also learn the names,
pronunciation and locations of all body systems and their principal parts. The major instructional units will stress the
following body systems: cardiovascular, integumentary, urinary, musculoskeletal, respiratory, nervous, digestive,
reproductive, endocrine, eyes, ears, nose, and throat.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define, interpret, and use the medical terminology in a variety
of allied health fields. Students will develop a critical understanding of the structure of the Digestive, Urinary,
Nervous, Cardiovascular, Blood, Respiratory, Lymphatic, Musculoskeletal, Endocrine, Female and Male organs as
a prerequisite to comprehending its function, and define and know the possible causes of disease.
MOA 1401 MEDICAL OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 45/55/4.5
The course is designed to meet the needs of the beginning student by introducing him/her to the basic principles of
insurance terminology, health insurance and medical billing. In addition, continue to learn A&P and begin medical
coding. Students will be taught fundamentals of Medical Billing & Coding to provide them with the importance of
written communication skills, accounts receivable, management, supportive documentation, and customer service.
Introduction into the use of different types of medical billing forms will be covered. Students will also learn cost
containment programs, traditional insurance carriers and private plans to include managed care, and fraud guidelines.
Students will work with Word 2010 for basic business letters, editing documents, and applying font styles, sizes, and
emphasis on text in a document. A requirement to create a proper APA formatted research paper will be covered
during these projects. The students will also start grammar exercises to improve the ability to correspond in the
medical business world.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to research and apply knowledge of insurance rules and
regulations for major insurance programs in the local or regional area, claims submission using CMS-1500 for private
insurance plans. They will understand and comply with managed care plan coverage and the benefits and eligibility
requirements of each.
ICPT 1401 INTRODUCTION TO CODING PRINCIPLES & THEORY 40/60/4.5
The major theme of this course is the theoretical aspect of medical record coding. Introduction to ICD- 10-CM Expert
(International Classification of Diseases, 10th Revision, Clinical Modification), basic coding rules and conventions,
sequencing codes, and other coding principles. Introduction to CPT (Current Procedural Terminology) Coding
System Structure of the two levels of CPT, general guidelines for using CPT, HCPS (Health Care Procedural Coding
System), basic steps to assign CPT, HCPS and understanding the sequencing and linking requirements.
During this course, the students will become familiar with the terminology in the procedure and diagnostic coding
systems to use them efficiently and provide accurate descriptions of services rendered and maximize payment from
insurance companies. The practical application is designed to provide the student the practical experience necessary
to understand and code CPT. Students will continue their education in basic principles of insurance as well as in
Anatomy and Physiology during this phase.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply coding conventions when assigning ICD-10-CM
Expert. They will apply coding conventions when assigning Medicare, Medicaid, Military Carriers, Workers Comp
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 55
and Disability Insurance, assign CPT Level I Codes and Modifiers, and assign Level II, National Codes and
Modifiers.
HC 1401 HEALTH CLAIMS 40/60/4.5
This course is designed to provide the student with the understanding and practical skills necessary to abstract from
the medical record relevant information for completing the CMS-1500 claim form. Students will recognize general
guidelines for completing forms for different carriers to include Medicare, Medicaid, and Workers’ Compensation
for physician services, DXL, surgery, anesthesia, and coordination of benefits. Students will have the opportunity to
simulate the entire claims examination process in a group and individual setting. This course will provide the student
with the skills needed to understand and process the insurance claims for physician services, x-ray, and laboratory
services. The student will acquire the skills necessary to understand COB (Coordination of Benefits) in organizing
the difference between primary and secondary payers, organize the order of benefit rules and rights. Students will
also learn to determine coordination of benefits as they apply to managed care, Preferred Provider Organizations,
and Health Maintenance Organizations. They will also learn to optimize payment in a timely and cost-efficient
manner and the difference between clean, pending, rejected, incomplete and invalid claims and recognize and
describe the reasons why claims are rejected. Students will learn to record proper information in financial records
or on the patient’s ledger card after claim submission. The course will provide understanding on how to complete
the UB-04 (Uniformed Bill Inpatient and Outpatient) claim form and to know when it may or may not be used to
minimize their chances of rejection by insurance companies. Students will understand medical reports and how they
relate to billing forms and they will learn to recognize triage, operative, diagnostic, and medical history report.
Students will continue their education in Anatomy and Physiology during this phase.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to translate medical reports and their relation to billing forms,
abstract from the patient record relevant information for completing the CMS-1500 claim form, recognize and apply
proper guidelines for completing the CMS-1500 forms. Students will edit and complete insurance claims in both
hospital inpatient and outpatient settings to minimize the chance of rejection by insurance carriers and comply with
the National Correct Coding Initiative.
HC 1402 HEALTH CLAIMS 30/70/4.0
Students will have the opportunity to manipulate industry related practice management software and familiarize
themselves with today’s computerized work environment which must be completed during the course, through a
structured self-paced program. Students will be training for Electronic Health Records. Students will also continue
their education in Anatomy and Physiology during this phase.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to possess a working knowledge of the computerized electronic
health record, train on Electronic Health Records, process, and Post payments, and eligible to sit for the Certified
Electronic Health Records Specialist exam.
ACPT 1402 ADVANCED CODING PRINCIPLES & THEORY 30/70/4.0
Students will learn the importance of capturing all aspects of Inpatient and Outpatient billing, which will give the
students an understanding of procedures performed, services rendered, additional supplies, drugs, etc. that may be
used in the medical practice. Students will continue their education in Anatomy and Physiology during this phase.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to understand the procedures and services offered in an
Inpatient and Outpatient setting, review and code from the operative, laboratory, and radiology reports, and
understand how to abstract relevant information from the physician’s progress notes in a medical chart. Students
will be required to apply all coding guidelines and regulations set forth by CMS.
DC 1401 DIAGNOSTIC CODING 25/75/4.0
In this course the student will also have the practical application of diagnostic coding from various medical records
and they will be able to apply advanced anatomy and physiology with pathophysiology as it applies to the appropriate
diagnostic codes.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 56
Students will continue their education in Anatomy and Physiology during this phase. Upon completion of this
course, students will be able to understand the procedures and services offered with Ambulance and DME and
interpret medical documentation, to extract all appropriate diagnostic code.
AACPT1403 ADVANCED CODING PRINCIPLES & THEORY 25/75/4.0
In this course students will learn the coding of more complex diagnostic and procedural statements. Clinical
information regarding specific disease processes will be covered, as well as diagnostic and procedural terminology
which builds upon previous knowledge of the basic principles and conventions of the ICD-10-CM, CPT, HCPS.
Students will understand how to use the medical record to provide necessary information essential to the assignment
of accurate codes. Students will recognize when multiple coding is required and when it is not recommended, and
when it should not be used. At the conclusion of this course, students will understand the theory, function, and
application of multiple coding and sequencing of codes.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply instructional notations and conventions of the ICD-
10-CM, CPT, HCPS classification systems, ability to follow the detail guidelines related to their use in assigning
single and sequence multiple diagnosis and procedure codes for appropriate reimbursement and data collection,
assign ICD-10-CM codes to the highest level of specificity, and review the medical record and abstract information
to identify diseases and procedures.
EP 1101 EMPLOYMENT PREPARATION 0/15/0.5
This course is designed to prepare students for the job-seeking process. Students will be required to demonstrate
personal and job-related behavioral skills both orally and in written format. Résumé construction will be covered.
Appropriate dress, persuasive interviewing techniques and mannerisms will be covered. Students will be required to
undergo a “mock” interview with an employer from their field of study. A total of 15 clock hours of instruction is
committed to EP 101 and can be delivered at any time during the student’s training. The course may include
employers/alumni visiting the school and addressing students about relevant issues in their chosen fields of study.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to appropriately complete an application for employment,
create an effective résumé, interview in a professional manner, demonstrate his/her knowledge in responding to
interview questions appropriately, conduct a self-directed job search and understand employer expectations.
MRC 1301 MEDICAL RECORD CODER 15/70/3.0
This course will provide the student with the understanding and practical skills necessary to process claims.
Practical work experience will consist of coding and billing compliance for Medical Practices. Students will review
current practices with respect to the ICD-10-CM diagnosis and CPT procedure coding and modifier knowledge for
the generation of medical visit APC’s. Students will explore the Medicare Rebates PQRS (Physician Quality
Reporting System), the measures, and how to apply and what information is needed.
In addition, students will learn detailed instructions in test taking strategies, as well as timed practical experience
needed to sit for any billing and coding national certification exam. Students will also learn how to correctly abstract
claims, which is finding errors on claims that have been processed and denied. Students will learn how to effectively
audit medical charts.
IN1308 INTERNSHIP PROGRAM 0/0/160/3.5
Students must satisfactorily complete all 9 courses and EP101 before being placed in an internship participating site.
Internship will allow the student to apply the knowledge and skills learned throughout the theoretical and clinical
setting in the work environment. The student, with no financial remuneration, is placed in a doctor’s office, clinic or
hospital and is closely supervised to ensure that the school’s objectives are being met.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 57
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN MEDICAL CLINICAL ASSISTANT
Available at 9624 Plaza Circle Campus
Individuals portrayed in photos are actual students, graduates, or employees of WTC.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN MEDICAL CLINICAL ASSISTANT
Employment of medical assistants is projected to grow 29 percent from 2016, much faster than the average for
all occupations. The growth of the aging baby-boom population will continue to increase demand for preventive
medical services, which are often provided by physicians. As a result, physicians will hire more assistants to perform
routine administrative and clinical duties, allowing the physicians to see more patients. Employment of medical
assistants held about 634,400 in 2016. By 2026 projected employment is about 818,400.
Medical assistants typically do the following: Record patient history and personal information, Measure vital signs,
such as blood pressure, Help physicians with patient examinations, Give patients injections or medications as directed
by physicians and as permitted by state law, Schedule patient appointments, Prepare blood samples for laboratory
tests, Enter patient information into medical records. Medical assistants take and record patients’ personal
information. They must be able to keep that information confidential and discuss it only with other medical personnel
who are involved in treating the patient. Electronic health records (EHRs) are changing some medical assistants’
jobs. More and more physicians are adopting EHRs, moving all their patient information from paper to electronic
records. Assistants need to learn the EHR software that their office uses. Medical assistants should not be confused
with physician assistants, who examine, diagnose, and treat patients under a physician’s supervision.
In larger practices or hospitals, medical assistants may specialize in either administrative or clinical work.
(Source: D.O.L. Occupational Outlook Handbook, 2018-2019).
Labor Market Information (2016 thru 2026 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
58,571
634,400
Projected Employment 2026
79,526
818,000
Absolute Change 2016-2026
20,955
183,900
Percent Change 2016-2026
35.80%
29.00%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$15.18
$16.16
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
Not available
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
9,367
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
MISSION STATEMENT OF THE MEDCIAL CLINCIAL ASSISISTANT PROGRAM
The mission of Medical/Clinical Assistant faculty and staff at WTC College is to prepare competent entry level
medical assistants with the cognitive (knowledge), psychomotor (skills), and affective (behavior) learning domains
needed in the medical community.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 58
PROGRAMMATIC ACCREDITATION
The Medical Clinical Assistant program at Western Technical College is programmatically accredited by the
Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP), (www.caahep.org
) upon the
recommendation of the Medical Assisting Education Review Board (MAERB).
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
This program will cross train students for multiple skills areas, so they can become more employable. Students
will receive 900 hours of comprehensive training in medical terminology, anatomy and physiology, concepts of
effective communication; basic finances, third-party reimbursement, procedural and diagnostic coding, legal and
ethical implications, applied mathematics, infection control, nutrition; electronic health records charting, patient
data collection, clinical duties with special focus on phlebotomy, EKG, hemodialysis are incorporated into the
training as well the completion of 168 hours of internship.
The following certification examinations are offered through the National Healthcareer Association (NHA):
•
Certified Phlebotomy Technician
•
Certified Electrocardiograph Technician
•
Certified Clinical Medical Assistant
•
Certified Medical Administrative Assistant
Our goal is to train students to be able to have the qualifications and training that allows them the option of what
type of clinical setting they would like to work primarily in: physician office, clinics and/or hospitals. They will gain
expertise to provide effective clinical and administrative skills.
Upon satisfactory completion of the training, students will be qualified to assume entry-level positions as a
Medical/Clinical Assistant performing the medical procedures, lab techniques and front office duties described
above.
NOTE: Students are required to demonstrate proficiency in both the psychomotor and affective competencies during
each course. An inability to achieve the required level of competency will prevent the student from passing the
course even if the overall grade for the course is “passing”. Example: If a student has an overall score of 75% in the
course but fails a psychomotor or affective competency, she/he will have to repeat the course.
NOTE: Courses with prerequisites are denoted in the course outline with an asterisk (*).
NOTE: Students enrolled into the first course (AP101) are required to achieve 70% academically by day 14 or they
will be canceled from the program.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT: Students graduating from the MCA program are required to achieve at a
minimum one (1) industry certification. Not passing a certification will result in WTC holding the Certificate of
Completion/Final Transcript. Students will not be allowed to walk at formal graduation.
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Students entering this program must be able to meet these standards and perform essential functions with or
without reasonable accommodations to be successful in completing this program satisfactorily.
1. Must be able to communicate effectively (written and verbal)
2. Students shall practice confidentiality standards in accordance with professional health care environment and
the ability to maintain a professional demeanor at all times while interacting with fellow students, internship
site employees and clientele, administration, and faculty
3. Students shall display professional demeanor, language, and conduct that fosters a safe, productive, and
ethical learning environment for them, and other students enrolled in the program
4. The ability to transfer patients safely from a variety of surfaces, i.e.: wheelchairs, beds, etc. and to lift
equipment needed for patient care
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 59
5. Sufficient manual dexterity to perform fine motor tasks such as palpation, measurements, and steadiness, to
grasp, manipulate, or assemble needle syringe units, administer safe injections, and perform blood draws
6. Satisfactory visual and hearing acuity for reading, listening, and documenting in patient charts and
administering treatment
7. The ability to tolerate sitting and/or standing for extended periods of time without a break
8. The ability to provide and receive needle sticks, to include injections, and blood draws without any restriction.
9. Sufficient finger dexterity and steadiness to make precisely coordinated movements of the fingers of one or
both hands to grasp, manipulate, or assemble very small objects
10. Sufficient manual dexterity, strength, and steadiness to quickly move your hand, your hand together with
your arm, or your two hands to grasp, manipulate, or assemble objects
11. The ability to use your abdominal and lower back muscles to support and balance part of your body repeatedly
or continuously over time without ‘giving out’ or fatiguing. Work may be done up to 6 feet off the ground.
12. The ability to lift to 50 lbs.
13. The ability to utilize computers and perform basic computer functions with programs such as Word, Outlook,
and Excel.
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION IN MEDICAL/CLINICAL ASSISTANT
# Course Course Title Hrs.
Theory/
Lab
% On-
Ground/
Online
Semester
Credit
Hours
1 AP101
Anatomy & Physiology/
Medical Terminology
96 50/46 80/20 4.5
2 MF102
Medical/Clinical Assistant
Fundamentals
96 50/46
80/20
4.5
3 IB103
Medical Insurance/
Bookkeeping & Billing
96 50/46
80/20
4.5
4 CL101 Clinical I 96 50/46
80/20
4.5
5 CL103 ECG/CPR 96 50/46
80/20
4.5
6 HM104 Fundamentals of Hemodialysis 96 50/46
80/20
4.5
7 EP 101 Employment Preparation 30 15/15 100/00 1.5
8 CL102 Phlebotomy 126 66/60
80/20
6.0
*9 INT 105 Internship 168 0/0/168 00/00 3.5
Total Hours and Credits - Certificate of
Completion in Medical Clinical Assistant
900 381/351/168
38.0
MEDICAL CLINICAL ASSISTANT COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
AP 101 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY 50/46/4.5
Develop a critical understanding of anatomical structures and functions of the digestive, urinary, female & male
reproductive, cardiovascular, respiratory, blood, lymphatic & immune, nervous, integumentary, and the endocrine
systems. learn primary medical terms, word parts, word roots, prefixes, suffixes, pronunciation. and determining
meanings of the basic word parts, spelling, diagnosis procedures and medical specialties. dissect various organs.
We will also introduce proper handwashing techniques.
Upon completion of this course, students will have a greater understanding of medical terms that describe positions,
directions, planes, and cavities of the body. They will be able to name the organs of each system and describe their
locations and functions, various pathological conditions affecting each system, and detail the meanings of combining
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 60
forms, prefixes, and suffixes of the system’s terminology. Students will list and explain some clinical procedures,
lab tests, and abbreviations that pertain to the systems and build and analyze medical terms.
CL 101 CLINICAL I 50/46/4.5
During this course, the importance of infection control, medical asepsis and sterilization methods will be practiced.
take measurements and vital signs. learn how to take medical history, prepare patients for examinations and how to
assist a physician and the patient with those examinations. The principles of pharmacology and how to dispense
medication under the direct supervision of a physician will be discussed. Hands-on clinical training will be
incorporated.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply principles of aseptic technique and infection control;
use of the autoclave, take body measurements and vitals sings, provide instructions and teaching for health
maintenance and disease prevention, and prepare and administer medications, and demonstrate professionalism.
Students will be able to assist with physical examinations and minor surgery, identify and care for instruments used
in surgery, and obtain medical history and screen patients.
MF 102 MEDICAL CLINICAL ASSISTANT FUNDAMENTALS 50/46/4.5
this course will acquaint the student with basic concepts of working in a medical office to include professional and
career responsibilities. Develop interpersonal communication through telephone procedures, appointment setting
and learning receptionist duties. Learn to maintain and file drug and prescription records. Also gain first-hand
knowledge of written communication consisting of written correspondence, processing mail and telecommunication
and professional reports. Learn professionalism skills in the allied health professions.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to understand the importance of exercising interpersonal
communication, perform appointment scheduling, create a patient file including SOAP notes, and maintain and file
medical records. Students will also be able to demonstrate proper telephone etiquette and have a better understanding
of employer expectations.
CL 103 ECG/CPR 50/46/4.5
This course will introduce the student to Electrocardiography (ECG). The basic principles of the cardiovascular
system will be taught in this course. Students will learn how to set up and operate ECG equipment. Patient instruction
and procedural considerations will be addressed. also be instructed on the lead systems and placement and identifying
rhythms. learn the importance of quality assurance and continual quality improvement. CPR and First Aid Training
are given during this course. Spirometry, peak-flow, nebulizer treatment will be taught during this course. Topics
related to maintaining health such as nutrition, exercise, and self-examination techniques, rehabilitation and healthy
living are discussed.
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to perform an Electroencephalogram (EEG), Identify normal
and abnormal heart rhythms, detect, and distinguish arrhythmias, perform CPR and First Aid training following the
American Heart Association guidelines. Students will perform spirometry and peak flow, understand employer
expectations, identify principle of body ergonomics, and describe dietary nutrients, dietary needs, and health concerns
IB 103 MEDICAL INSURANCE / BOOKKEEPING & BILLING 50/46/4.5
This course will acquaint the student with the skills and knowledge of financial management and health insurance as
they relate to daily functions in a medical office. learn the basic aspects of filing accurate claim forms for insurance
reimbursement. ICD-10-CM, CPT, HCPS coding systems will be introduced. Records management to include
patients’ medical records through manual and electronic charting. Students will complete online HIPAA training and
may receive certificate of completion.
Upon completion of this course, students should be able to obtain reimbursement through accurate claim submission
using the CMS-1500 claim form, perform basic procedural and diagnostic coding, demonstrate accounts receivable
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 61
and accounts payable procedures, and use a physician’s fee schedule. Students will also understand legal
guidelines/requirements for healthcare and principles of medical ethics decision making, understand employer
expectations, and understand HIPAA guidelines.
HM 104 FUNDAMENTALS OF HEMODIALYSIS 50/46/4.5
This course is designed to provide the student with the principles of renal dialysis, the normal operation of dialysis
equipment and the procedure for performance of renal dialysis. This course includes the study of the anatomy and
physiology of the kidney and hands-on dissection of an actual kidney. The course will introduce the student to the
technical aspects of preparing, operating, monitoring, and maintaining dialysis equipment. Attention is given to
medications routinely used in renal dialysis and the role of the dialysis technician. Patient needs and safety issues are
addressed. End-stage renal disease, methods for patient assessment and documentation, patient comfort and transfer
are also discussed during this course. Students are introduced to the standards and regulations pertinent to water
treatment and other quality control issues. Theoretical information is supplemented with clinical observation and
practice.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to understand infection control in the dialysis setting,
understand the anatomy and function of the kidney, understand the fluid dynamics, osmosis, diffusion, and ultra-
filtration, set up an arterial-venous blood line, and understand nutrition and renal diet. Students will prepare the
dialysate, understand pre-assessment and post-patient assessment, and understand complications during the dialysis
application.
CL 102 PHLEBOTOMY 66/60/6.0
This course will introduce the student to phlebotomy including basic human anatomy and physiology, anatomy and
physiology of the circulatory system, phlebotomy equipment, and phlebotomy techniques and safety. learn customer
service and patient compliance. Specimen considerations and preparation and handling, as well as special procedures
and challenges will also be taught in this course. learn sample consideration, preparations, and handling. Customer
service, compliance with legal and ethical issues will be addressed.
Upon completion of this course, students will perform capillary and veni-punctures, use methods of quality control
in the lab and demonstrate proper documentation, collect and process blood, urine, and other specimen for testing,
and understand and implement CLIA and OSHA guidelines. Students will obtain various specimen for
microbiological, serology, hematology testing, screen, and follow-up test results.
EP 101 EMPLOYMENT PREPARATION 15/15/1.5
This course is designed to prepare students for the job-seeking process to include demonstration of personal and job-
related behavioral skills. Resume construction, appropriate dress, persuasive interviewing techniques and mannerism
will be covered. Students will be required to undergo a “mock” interview with the employer from their field of study.
Furthermore, students will prepare through mock certification testing for their national certification exam. Students
must receive a passing grade in EP 101 to qualify for graduation. Prerequisites: AP 101, Cl 101, MF 102, Cl 102, IB
103, Cl 103, HM 104.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create an effective resume, interview in a professional
manner, demonstrate his/her knowledge in responding to interview question appropriately, and conduct a self-
directed job search.
INT 105 INTERNSHIP 0/0/168/3.5
Students must satisfactorily complete all 8 core courses, which are administered throughout the program before being
placed in an internship participating site. Internship enables the student to apply the knowledge and skills learned
throughout the theoretical and clinical setting in the work environment. The student, with no financial remuneration,
is placed in a medical office or clinic and is closely supervised to ensure that the school’s objectives are being met.
Internship is 168 hours in length.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 62
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate effective customer service skills, recognize areas
that need improvement in performance and knowledge, and understand that there is more than one way of acceptable
performance. Students will apply technical skills learned in the classroom in both the administrative and clinical
areas, obtain a satisfactory grade on their final evaluation, and demonstrate how to properly interact with patients.
Students will establish a network of support through colleagues, understand legal guidelines/ requirements for
healthcare and principles of medical ethics and decision making. Students will demonstrate that they understand
concepts of mental health and applied psychology, recognize, and respond to verbal and nonverbal communication,
demonstrate proper telephone etiquette to include triaging and responding appropriately to emergency calls, and
check patients in for office visits. They will establish, maintain, and file patient medical records; and schedule
appointments, demonstrate their knowledge with Electronic Health Records. Upon the conclusion of the experience,
students will update their resume, and final copy turned in to Program Director and Career services.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 63
A S S O C I A T E O F O C C U P A T I O N A L S T U D I E S D E G R E E S
ASSOCIATE OF OCCUPATIONAL STUDIES IN AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY
Available at 9624 Plaza Circle Campus
Individuals portrayed in photos are actual students, graduates, or employees of WTC
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY
Automotive service technicians and mechanics held about 739,900 jobs in 2016. Numerous openings will be in
automobile dealerships and independent repair shops, and about 1 in 10 automotive service technicians and
mechanics were self-employed in 2016. Employment of automotive service technicians and mechanics is projected
to grow 5 percent from 2016 to 2026, about as fast as the average for all occupations. The number of vehicles in use
continues to rise, and more entry-level service technicians will be needed to perform basic maintenance and repair,
such as replacing brake pads and changing oil. New technologies, however, such as electric vehicles, may limit future
demand for automotive service technicians and mechanics because they will be more reliable and thus require less
maintenance and repair. Of these workers, those who have completed formal postsecondary training programs or
achieved ASE certification should enjoy the best job prospects. (Source: D.O.L. Occupational Outlook Handbook,
2018-2019 Edition).
Labor Market Information (2016 thru 2026 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
54,144
701,100
Projected Employment 2026
61,823
761,500
Absolute Change 2016-2026
7,679
60,400
Percent Change 2016-2026
14.20%
8.60%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$21.28
$19.22
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
Not available
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
6,096
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
CUSTOM TRAINING GROUP
A tremendous opportunity awaits WTC Automotive Graduates!
With today’s shortage of skilled automobile and diesel technicians, some manufacturers are willing to provide
outstanding benefits to attract new employees. Manufacturers are promoting FREE training, education, and
placement with five luxury automotive and diesel manufacturers. If minimum qualifications are met, students who
complete WTC’s Automotive Technology program may be accepted for one of the following manufacturer’s training
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021 Page | 64
programs: AUDI TTC, VOLKSWAGEN VSTT, BMW STEP, MERCEDES-BENZ ELITE, VOLVO.
HOW TO PARTICIPATE IN MANUFACTURER TRAINING PROGRAMS
Participation in these programs is available to graduates of WTC’s Automotive Technology Program. Graduates
must pass a written test and an interview with the Custom Training Group (CTG). Only students with outstanding
attendance records, grades, and attitudes can take the test. If selected, the student’s tuition is paid by the
manufacturer. After completing the training, CTG assists the graduates by sending out blanket résumés to all its
participating dealerships. It is really a great opportunity for the students, and we at WTC are proud to be involved
with CTG.
ASE EDUCATION FOUNDATION ACCREDITED PROGRAM IN AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY
WHAT DOES ASE MASTER LEVEL ACCREDITED IN AUTOMOTIVE MEAN?
ASE Education Foundation Master Level Accredited in Automotive means that WTC’s Automotive Technology
program has been accredited by ASE Education Foundation, in the following nine subject areas:
A1. Engine Repair
A2. Automatic Transmission/Transaxle
A3. Manual Drive Train and Axles
A4. Suspension and Steering
A5. Brakes
A6. Electrical/Electronic Systems
A7. Heating and Air Conditioning
A8. Engine Performance
HOW DID WTC’S AUTOMOTIVE PROGRAM BECOME ASE EDUCATION FOUNDATION
ACCREDITED?
WTC completed an extensive evaluation and application process. Upon ASE Education Foundation review, an
evaluation team conducted an on-site inspection of our campus to review the curriculum, teaching techniques,
equipment and training aids, task sheets, tools, budget, and safety measures. WTC remains one of the few private
career schools in the nation to be ASE Education Foundation Master LEVEL ACCREDITED in Automotive.
HOW DOES A WTC GRADUATE BENEFIT FROM AN ASE EDUCATION FOUNDATION MASTER
LEVEL ACCREDITED PROGRAM?
To become ASE Certified, a person must have two years’ work experience and pass ASE certification
examinations. A graduate of the school’s ASE Master Level Accredited program can substitute the training for one
year of work experience toward ASE’s two-year work requirement. In addition, information covered in the curriculum
helps to prepare students to take the ASE examinations.
EXPERIENCED INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF
Our instructors are required to have recent and sufficient field experience and training before joining the WTC
team. They share insights with our students that might otherwise take years to learn. We continually update our
instructors with seminars and workshops to keep them abreast of new technology. In turn, they pass this knowledge
on to our students. All of WTC’s automotive instructors are required to be ASE Certified. A large percentage of the
instructional staff is Master Certified in all areas of the automobile.
ASE EDUCATION FOUNDATION MASTER LEVEL ACCREDITED
WTC is one of the few private career schools in the nation to offer an automotive program that is Master Level
Accredited by the ASE Education Foundation.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 65
FIAT CHYSLER AUTOMOTIVE (FCA), MOPAR CAP LOCAL SCHOOL TRANING
There is great demand for high quality and skilled automotive technicians. This demand has outpaced the number
of technicians the regular OEM programs can produce and FCA (Fiat Chrysler Automobiles) is the first to look at high
quality colleges to help their local dealers find the technicians they need. The foundational training that you receive
in class paired with the factory FCA training sets you apart from the other applicants in the industry, whether applying
at a FCA dealer or not. The fact that the student will be able to show success and completion in actual dealership OEM
training demonstrates your ability to learn and a solid baseline of technical knowledge. These credentials make you
employable, more so than just a college education alone. Together they prepare you for success right now and into the
future. Chrysler modules are a required part of the program, and accounts for 10% of the student’s grade. Successful
graduates upon leaving the program who has completed Level 0 and 1 can then begin working at an FCA dealership at
a Level 2 status, and complete 80-90% of the warranty work that comes in while continuing to be trained in Level 2.
This is the great value in the CAP Local program. Even if the graduate does not choose an FCA dealership, the OEM
training they have received will look good on a resume and demonstrates their ability to complete factory training.
WTC has partnered with Toyota for the Toyota Certification Program.
AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY COURSES 1-20
1524 CLOCK HOURS
63.0 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The objective of the Automotive Technology Program is to train the student as an entry level automotive
technician by providing them with the skills and knowledge to repair today’s highly technical automobiles. be trained
in automotive electronics and computer systems, diagnosis, engine rebuild, fuel and emission systems, air
conditioning, brakes, steering and suspension, and drive trains. Students will learn the soft skills needed to be
successful in the automotive workplace to include applied math, business writing and psychology.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT: Students graduating from these programs are required to achieve at a minimum
one (1) ASE certification and must also meet the general graduation requirements.
Graduates of this program will be prepared for entry level positions as technicians or in independent auto repair
shops, automotive dealerships, tune-up shops and fleet vehicle maintenance.
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Students entering this program must be able to meet these standards and perform essential functions with or
without reasonable accommodations to be successful in completing this program satisfactorily.
1. Must be able to operate a manual drive transmission.
2. Must be able to drive and shift a vehicle with a standard transmission.
3. The ability to detect or tell the differences between sounds that vary in pitch and loudness.
4. The ability to decipher detail in short range (within a few feet from the observer).
5. The ability to sit for long periods of time.
6. The ability to stand for long periods of time.
7. Sufficient manual dexterity, strength, and steadiness to make precisely coordinated movements of the
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 66
fingers, hands, arms, to grasp, manipulate and assemble objects.
8. The ability to climb steps.
9. The ability to match or detect differences between colors, including shades of color and brightness.
10. Sufficient flexibility and to bend, stretch, twist, or reach with arms extended, and/or legs.
11. The ability to adjust the controls of a vehicle quickly and repeatedly to exact positions.
12. The ability to lift to 50 pounds.
NOTE: The sequential order of classes may differ from that included in the program outline below. Courses with
prerequisites are denoted in the course outline with an asterisk (*).
ASSOCIATE OF OCCUPATIONAL STUDIES IN AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY
#
Course
Number
Automotive
Technology
Course Title
Course
Number
for
Electives
Performance
Tuning
Course Title
Hrs.
Theory
/ Lab
%On
Campus/
Online
Semester
Credit
Units
1 AT 101
Fuel Systems &
Electronics I
144 72/72 80/20 6.0
2 AT 102
Electronics II &
Engine Diagnosis
I
96 48/48 80/20 4.0
3 AM 101 Applied Math 48 48/0 80/20 3.0
4 AT 103
Engine Diagnosis
II
Engines
144 72/72 80/20 6.0
5 AT 104
Automotive
Brakes
Steering
Suspensions I
144 72/72 80/20 6.0
6 AT 105
Steering
Suspensions II
Powertrains I
96 48/48 80/20 4.0
7 BWE 102 Business Writing 48 48/0 80/20 3.0
8 AT 106
Powertrains II
Automatic
Transmissions
144 72/72 80/20 6.0
9 AT 201
HVAC
Hybrid
Technology
PT 201
HVAC
Performance
Brakes &
Suspensions
144 72/72 80/20 6.0
10 AT 202
Light Duty
Diesel Engines
&
Fuel Systems
PT 202
Engine
Enhancements
Forced
Induction
144 72/72 80/20 6.0
11
AT 203
Advanced Fuels
&
Advanced
Electronics
PT 203
Engine
Management
Systems
96 48/48 80/20 4.0
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 67
12
COMM
200
Human
Communications
48 48/0 80/20 3.0
13 IN 203
Capstone &
Internship
228
16/32/
180
00/00 6.0
Total Hours and Credits - AOS
Degree in Automotive Technology
1524
672/
672/
180
63.0
AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
AT 101 FUEL SYSTEMS & ELECTRONICS I 72/72 6.0
The student will be introduced to the fundamentals of design, construction, and operation of the internal
combustion, spark ignition engine's basic fuel and emission control systems. Automotive safety and basic
engine theories. The student will also be introduced to the fundamental principles of the automobile's
electrical and electronic systems. The course covers the various types of electrical circuits and how they
operate, as well as the theories and laws which dictate electrical circuit behavior. The student will also learn
the fundamentals of design, construction, and operation of electrical components, meters, wiring, and circuit
diagrams. During shop/lab work, the student will apply the recommended safety procedures relating to the
subject matter. The student is required to identify and use the proper automotive electronic fuel injection and
emission control systems service tools and equipment. The student must perform diagnostic evaluation,
service, and repairs on each of the systems covered during the course. This course includes Chrysler modules.
The student can expect 38 hours of homework during this course.
AT102 ELECTRONICS II & ENGINE DIAGNOSIS I48/48 4.0
The student will continue to learn the concepts and functions of the body control module (BCM), advanced
lighting circuits, electronic and conventional analog instrumentation, indicator lights, warning lights,
electrical accessories, and direct current motors. Starting and charging systems will also be covered and will
be introduced to the diagnosis procedures for the basic systems related to the automotive engine. The student
will be required to use various test equipment to analyze emission levels and determine the cause of abnormal
emission readings. The student will practice automotive safety procedures and perform diagnosis on the
following engine systems. This course includes Chrysler modules. The student can expect 38 hours of
homework during this course.
AM101 APPLIED MATH 48/ 3.0
The Applied Mathematics course will refamiliarize the students with basic applied mathematics functions and
concepts as they apply in the automotive field. The student will work on decimals, common fractions, ratios
and proportions, and percentages as they apply to the automotive field. The math course will improve the
student’s ability to navigate through some complex formulas in this field and touch on a few elements of the
automotive business. This course may include Chrysler module. The student can expect 12 hours of homework
during this course.
AT103 ENGINE DIAGNOSIS II & ENGINES 72/72 6.0
This course will review the diagnosis procedures for the basic systems related to the automotive engine. The
course will cover the use of diagnostic test tools and scanners to detect and interpret diagnostic trouble codes
(DTC) and apply the necessary repairs. The student will also learn the theory and operation of the automotive
internal combustion spark ignition engine. The student will learn automotive safety practices and laws of
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 68
physics involved with the automobile’s engine operation. The student will be taught the principal operation
of several engine systems, to include lubrication, cooling, oil, fuel, intake, and exhaust. The student will learn
to perform diagnosis, service and repair on these same engine systems. This course includes Chrysler modules.
The student can expect 38 hours of homework during this course.
AT104 AUTOMOTIVE BRAKES & STEERING & SUSPENSION I 72/72 6.0
During this course, the student will be introduced to the basic concepts involved in the brake, steering and
suspension system. General safety practices, as well as safety procedures specific to brake systems, will be
covered. The student will become familiar with how Pascal’s law is used to increase force in a hydraulic
system. The student will also be introduced to the design and operation of the following systems: front
suspension, rear suspension, wheel bearing, tires, wheels, shock absorbers, struts, steering columns, steering
linkage mechanisms, power steering pumps, rack and pinion gears, computer-controlled suspension systems,
frames and four-wheel alignment. This course includes Chrysler modules. The student can expect 38 hours of
homework during this course.
AT105 STEERING & SUSPENSIONS II POWERTRAINS I 48/48 4.0
During this course, the student will continue to work with various suspension designs and the use of various
alignment equipment. The student will also be introduced to the fundamentals of design, construction, and
operation of the automotive powertrain systems which transmit the engine’s power to the vehicle’s drive
wheels. The student will learn the safety procedures and the basic theories that directly relate to the powertrain
system. This course includes Chrysler modules. The student can expect 38 hours of homework during this
course.
BWE102 BUSINESS WRITING ESSENTIALS 48 3.0
The Business Writing Essentials course will teach students the skills required to write business memos,
business letters, and technical reports and to do research when necessary. Students will prepare a resume that
can be used throughout their program. Team and individual effort will be required for a student to be
successful in this course. A formal oral presentation will be required. This course includes one Chrysler
module. The student can expect 12 hours of homework during this course.
AT106 POWERTRAINS II & AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS 72/72 6.0
The student will continue to gain knowledge of the powertrain system and be introduced to the fundamentals
of design, operation, and construction of the automobile’s automatic transmissions and transaxles, which uses
a combination of a torque converter and a planetary gear system to change gear ratios automatically. The
students will review and practice drive train theory and automatic transmissions and transaxle theories of
operation prior to learning the following systems: hydraulic circuits and apply devices, power flow, planetary
gears, shafts, torque converter, clutch engagement and the basic transmission and transaxle
electrical/electronic components, sensors, and their respective computer-controlled circuits. This course
includes Chrysler modules. The student can expect 38 hours of homework during this course.
AT201 HVAC & HYBRID TECHNOLOGY 72/72 6.0
During the theory portion of this course, students will be introduced to the automotive heating and air
conditioning systems. The students will learn health and safety practices, the proper use and care of air
conditioning tools and equipment, as well as the basic theories, rules and regulations that apply to automotive
air conditioning systems. The student will also be introduced to the fundamental principles of the electric
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 69
battery-operated Hybrid, Electric and Fuel-Cell Vehicles. The student will learn hybrid safety, hybrid benefits
and the concepts and basic functions of the following Hybrid Systems: Series, Parallel, and Series Parallel,
Mild and Assist. This course includes Chrysler modules. The student can expect 38 hours of homework during
this course.
PERFORMANCE ELECTIVE
PT201 HVAC & PERFORMANCE BRAKE & SUSPENSIONS 72/72 6.0
During the theory portion of this course, students will be introduced to the automotive heating and air
conditioning systems. The students will learn health and safety practices, the proper use and care of air
conditioning tools and equipment, as well as the basic theories, rules and regulations that apply to automotive
air conditioning systems. The student will also review to the basic concepts involved with the automobile’s
brake and suspension systems. The student will be taught the correct procedures needed to customize brake
components specifically to produce the best results for a variety of different applications, such as road racing,
drag racing and high-performance street cars. This course includes Chrysler modules. The student can expect
38 hours of homework during this course
AT202 LIGHT DUTY DIESEL ENGINES & FUEL SYSTEMS 72/72 6.0
This course will introduce the student to the fundamentals of design, construction, theory, and laws of physics
involved with the operation of four (4) stroke cycle light duty diesel engines. The student will learn the
principle operation and interaction of the major components of 4 stroke diesel engines, exhaust turbochargers,
and superchargers. The student will also be introduced to the fundamentals of design, construction, and
operation of the Dodge, GM, and Ford, diesel engine fuel injection, governors, and emission controls systems.
Basic diesel engine theories and laws which govern the formulas concerning force, work, torque, and power
will also be covered. This course includes Chrysler modules. The student can expect 38 hours of homework
during this course.
PERFORMANCE ELECTIVE
PT202 ENGINE ENHANCEMENTS FORCED INDUCTION 72/72 6.0
This course will teach the student the terminology along with the special parts associated with high
performance modified engine components designed to strengthen the motor. The student will also be
introduced to the fundamentals of the three power adders: nitrous, superchargers, and turbochargers. The
student will learn the operation and theory of wet and dry nitrous systems, as well as nitrous do’s and don’ts,
and centrifugal and root’s type superchargers, selection and sizing, for both journal and ball bearing. This
course includes Chrysler modules. The student can expect 38 hours of homework during this course.
AT203 ADVANCED FUELS & ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS 48/48 4.0
The students will review conventional and computer-controlled carburetors, emission control systems, on-
board computers and computer input sensors before being introduced to the fundamentals of design,
construction and operation of the common components found in most electronic fuel injection (EFI) systems
and be introduced to the purpose and function of special computers, electrical/electronic diagnostic test
equipment, and the basic theory of computer operation prior to the study of the automotive computer systems.
This course includes Chrysler modules. The student can expect 38 hours of homework during this course.
COMM200 HUMAN COMMUNICATIONS 48 3.0
The Human Communication course serves to introduce the student to basic principles of human
communication and apply those principles of effectively communication in the work environment. This course
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 70
is designed to develop the students written and verbal communication. This course is designed to address the
need employers have for skilled employees who are proficient at problem-solving, who possess
communication and soft skills. The student will be required to work on developing their soft skills and will
be required to participate in group discussion, group presentations, and individual presentations, and
individual presentation on real-world practical applications. The student can expect 12 hours of homework
during this course.
PERFORMANCE ELECTIVE
PT203 ENGINE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 48/48 4.0
This course will introduce the student to the basic fundamentals and theory of how to select, install, and
calibrate engine management systems, such as piggy-back and stand-alone systems. This course will focus on
proper air/fuel ratios and timing maps, specifically for both low and wide-open throttle and will cover the
actual “tuning” process. The student will be taught the different fuel and timing parameters for the three
different power adders and they will learn how to “make power” using correct air/fuel ratios and ignition
timing. This course includes Chrysler modules. The student can expect 38 hours of homework during this
course
IN203 CAPSTONE & INTERNSHIP 228/6.0
In this course, students will be tested with written and hands on ASE based tests to demonstrate their
knowledge and understanding of all the courses they have taken within the Automotive Technology Program.
Upon demonstrating their proficiency, they student will be able to apply the knowledge and skills they have
learned in a workplace environment in the Western Tech’s Automotive Technology Internship Program. The
Internship Program will allow students to experience situations that occur during the daily operation of a
working shop. Students will be able to apply the knowledge and skills they have learned in previous courses
to the workplace environment. Students entering this program must have satisfactorily completed all previous
courses of the Automotive Technology Program.
Each student will be placed in an approved automotive repair, service, or maintenance facility without
monetary compensation to continue his/her training alongside experienced automotive technicians. The
Internship Coordinator will closely supervise each student's progress for a total of one-hundred eighty (180)
hours. Supervision will consist of reviewing student evaluations and scheduled/unscheduled weekly extern
site contact. Student evaluations will be completed by the extern site manager or supervisor on a weekly basis.
The Internship Program Coordinator will review the student's weekly evaluation as well as any extern site
recommendations with each student individually. During the review, any deficiencies indicated will be
addressed with the student. The student will work with the Internship Program Coordinator to establish an
individual study program designed to address and correct the areas that need improvement. The students will
follow their individual study program during the weekly classroom sessions until satisfactorily completed.
This course includes Chrysler modules. The student can expect 12 hours of homework during this course.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 71
ASSOCIATE OF OCCUPATIONAL STUDIES IN DIESEL MECHANICS
Available at 9624 Plaza Circle Campus
Individuals portrayed in photos are actual students, graduates, or employees of WTC.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN DIESEL MECHANICS
Diesel service technicians and mechanics held about 263,900 jobs in 2016. Diesel technicians usually work in well-
ventilated and sometimes noisy repair shops. They occasionally repair vehicles on roadsides or at worksites. Most
diesel technicians work full time. Overtime is common, as many repair shops extend their service hours during evenings
and weekends. As more freight is shipped across the country, additional diesel-powered trucks will be needed to carry
freight where trains and pipelines are not available or economical. Additionally, diesel cars and light trucks are becoming
more popular, and more diesel technicians will be needed to maintain and repair these vehicles. Employment of diesel
service technicians and mechanics is projected to grow 12 percent from 2016 to 2026, faster than the average for all
occupations. Diesel engine maintenance and repair is becoming more complex as engines and other components use
more electronic systems to control their operation. For example, fuel injection and engine timing systems rely heavily
on microprocessors to maximize fuel efficiency and minimize harmful emissions. In most shops, workers often use
hand-held or laptop computers to diagnose problems and adjust engine functions. (Source: D.O.L. Occupational
Outlook Handbook, 2018-2019 Edition).
Labor Market Information (2016 thru 2026 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
14,140
119,300
Projected Employment 2026
17,220
131,600
Absolute Change 2016-2026
3,080
12,300
Percent Change 2016-2026
21.80%
10.30%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$22.17
$23.42
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
410
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
310
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 72
DAIMLER TRUCKS NORTH AMERICA (DTNA) GET AHEAD PROGRAM
Take real web-based factory training that is recognized by Freightliner® and Western Star® Truck Dealerships
and Detroit™ Engine Distributors. WTC’s partnership with DTNA and the DTNA service network offers advanced
job opportunities for you. The fifty-five Daimler modules are a requirement of the program and accounts for 20% of
the student’s grade. It is a dealership-based program.
VOLVO-DATE program is Corporate training-based program.
DATE Program Eligibility
New students enrolling into the Diesel Technology Degree program. To be eligible to participate in the Volvo/Mack
Truck DATE courses the student must meet the following criteria.
1.
Have and maintain a 3.0 or higher cumulative GPA throughout the Diesel Degree Program.
2.
Have and maintain a 97% or higher attendance rate throughout the Diesel Degree Program.
3.
Submit a written application to attend the Volvo / Mack Truck DATE courses during ninth basic core
course.
4.
Pass the application interview during the tenth basic core course and be accepted.
NOTE: Students that fail to maintain the minimum 3.0 GPA and 97% attendance requirements after being accepted
into the Volvo/Mack Truck DATE courses are subject to being removed from the Volvo / Mack Truck DATE courses.
The student may be allowed to continue the Diesel Program by attending the alternative Diesel Technology courses.
ASE EDUCATION FOUNDATION ACCREDITED PROGRAM IN DIESEL MECHANIC
WHAT DOES ASE MASTER LEVEL ACCREDITED IN DIESEL MECHANIC MEAN?
ASE Education Foundation Master Level Accredited in Automotive means that WTC’s Automotive Technology
program has been accredited by ASE Education Foundation. WTC completed an extensive evaluation and application
process. Upon ASE Education Foundation review, an evaluation team conducted an on-site inspection of our campus to
review the curriculum, teaching techniques, equipment and training aids, task sheets, tools, budget, and safety measures.
WTC remains one of the few private career schools in the nation to be ASE Education Foundation Master LEVEL
ACCREDITED in Automotive.
HOW DOES A WTC GRADUATE BENEFIT FROM AN ASE EDUCATION FOUNDATION MASTER
LEVEL ACCREDITED PROGRAM?
To become ASE Certified, a person must have two years’ work experience and pass ASE certification examinations.
A graduate of the school’s ASE Master Level Accredited program can substitute the training for one year of work
experience toward ASE’s two-year work requirement. In addition, information covered in the curriculum helps to
prepare students to take the ASE examinations.
EXPERIENCED INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF
Our instructors are required to have recent and sufficient field experience and training before joining the WTC team.
They share insights with our students that might otherwise take years to learn. We continually update our instructors with
seminars and workshops to keep them abreast of new technology. In turn, they pass this knowledge on to our students.
All of WTC’s automotive instructors are required to be ASE Certified. A large percentage of the instructional staff is
Master Certified in all areas of the automobile.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 73
ASE EDUCATION FOUNDATION MASTER LEVEL ACCREDITED
WTC is one of the few private career schools in the nation to offer an automotive program that is Master
Level Accredited by the ASE Education Foundation.
• T2. Truck Diesel Engines T3. Truck Drive Train T4. Truck Brakes
• T5. Truck Suspension & Steering
• T6. Truck Electrical & Electronic Systems T7. Truck HVAC
• T8. Truck PM Truck Hydraulics
AOS DEGREE IN DIESEL MECHANICS COURSES
COURSES 1-12
1524 CLOCK HOURS
63.0 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The objective of the Associate of Occupational Studies in Diesel Mechanics is to prepare the student for entry-level
employment as a diesel technician with the basic knowledge and skills to diagnose malfunctions, perform preventative
maintenance and make necessary repairs on the following systems: diesel engines, suspension and steering, air brakes,
electrical/electronics, drive train, heating ventilation and air conditioning, and hydraulics.
The student who completes the program will be prepared to work as an entry-level diesel service technician in
medium/heavy-duty dealerships, diesel repair facilities, service, and fleet maintenance facilities.
NOTE: The sequential order of classes may differ from that included in the program outline below. Courses with
prerequisites are denoted in the course outline with an asterisk (*).
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT: Students graduating from these programs are required to achieve at a minimum
one (1) ASE certification and must also meet the general graduation requirements.
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Students entering this program must be able to meet these standards and perform essential functions with or without
reasonable accommodations to be successful in completing this program satisfactorily.
1. Must be able to operate a manual drive transmission.
2. Must be able to drive and shift a vehicle with a standard transmission.
3. The ability to detect or tell the differences between sounds that vary in pitch and loudness.
4. The ability to decipher detail in short range (within a few feet from the observer).
5. The ability to sit for long periods of time.
6. The ability to stand for long periods of time.
7. Sufficient manual dexterity, strength, and steadiness to make precisely coordinated movements of the
fingers, hands, arms, to grasp, manipulate and assemble objects
8. The ability to climb steps.
9. The ability to match or detect differences between colors, including shades of color and brightness.
10. Sufficient flexibility and to bend, stretch, twist, or reach with arms extended, and/or legs.
11. The ability to adjust the controls of a vehicle quickly and repeatedly to exact positions.
12. The ability to lift to 50 pounds.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 74
ASSOCIATE OF OCCUPATIONAL STUDIES IN DIESEL MECHANICS
#
Course
Number
Volvo/
Mack Course
Title
Course
Numbers
for Diesel
Technolo
gy
Diesel
Technology
Course Title
Hrs.
Theory/
Lab
% On-
Campus/
Online
Semester
Credit
Hours
*1 DT 101
Electronic
&
Hydraulic
Fundamentals
144 72/72 80/20 6.0
2 DT 102
Engines
&
Engine
Accessories
96 48/48 80/20 4.0
3 AM101
Applied
Mathematics
48 48/0 80/20 3.0
4
DT 103
Intro to
Diagnostics
Drive Trains
Steering &
Suspension
144 72/72 80/20 6.0
5 VM 201
Basic Brakes
Vehicle
Familiarization
Computerized
Navigation
DT 201
Basic Brakes
Preventive
Maintenance
144 72/72 80/20 6.0
5 VM 202
VM HVAC
VM Engines
DT 202
HVAC
Advanced
Electrical
144 72/72 80/20 6.0
6 VM 203
V/M
Electrical
Drive Trains
DT 203
Hydraulic
Principles
Advanced
Drive Trains
96
48/48
80/20 4.0
7
BWE
102
Business Writing BWE 102 Business Writing 48 48/0 80/20 3.0
8 VM 204
VM Steering
& Suspension
Brakes
After Treatments
DT 204
Fuel System &
Emission
Systems
144 72/72 80/20 6.0
9 VM 205
VM Advanced
Diagnostics
I, II & III
DT 205
Advanced
Steering &
Suspensions
Advanced Brakes
PC Based
Diagnostics
144 72/72 80/20 6.0
10
VMC
206
or
Commercial
Driving
or
DTC 206
or
Commercial
Driving
or
96 40/56 *80/20 4.0
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 75
VMW
206
Welding
DTW206
Welding
11
COMM
200
Human
Communications
48 48 80/20 3.0
*12 IN 206
Capstone &
Internship
228
16/32/1
80
6.0
Total Hours and Credits - AOS
Degree in Diesel Mechanics
1524
726/618
/180
63.0
* Commercial Driving is a Non-Hybrid course
DIESEL MECHANICS COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
DT101 ELECTRONIC & HYDRAULIC FUNDAMENTALS 72/72/6.0
This course introduces the student to the fundamental principles of the medium/heavy-duty diesel trucks
basic electronic and hydraulic systems. The course covers the various types of electrical circuits and how they
operate, as well as the theories and laws, which dictate electrical circuit behavior. In addition, this course
introduces the fundamentals of design, construction, theory and operation of hydraulic components and
systems, to include hydraulic pumps, tanks, hoses, fittings, valves, and actuators. Throughout the shop/lab
time, the students will apply the recommended shop and personal safety procedures and learn how to correctly
identify and use special service tools and test equipment required to perform diagnosis, service, and repairs
on hydraulic systems. This course includes OEM training modules. The student can expect 38 hours of
homework during this course. This course includes OEM training modules.
DT102 ENGINES & ACCESSORIES 48/48/4.0
This course will introduce the student to the fundamentals of design, construction, theory, and laws of physics
involved with the operation of four (4) stroke cycle diesel engines. The student will learn the principle
operation and interaction of the major components of 2 and 4 stroke diesel engines, such as engine blocks,
crankshafts, cylinder heads, and valve train components. The student will also be introduced to the
fundamentals of design, construction, and operation of the diesel engine accessory systems, such as oil
lubrication, cooling, fuel, intake, exhaust turbochargers, superchargers, and engine braking. The student will
perform diagnosis, service, and repairs on these same systems. During the shop/lab time, the students will
apply the recommended diesel shop and personal safety procedures, and they will learn to correctly identify
and use diesel engine and accessory service tools, equipment, and repair manuals. The student can expect 38
hours of homework during this course. This course includes OEM training modules.
AM101 APPLIED MATHEMATICS 48/0/3.0
The Applied Mathematics & Precision Measurements course will refamiliarize the students with basic applied
mathematics functions and concepts as they apply in the Heavy Truck field and the use of precision
measurement tools. The student will work on decimals, common fractions, ratios and proportions, and
percentages as they apply to the Heavy Truck field. The math course will improve the student’s ability to
navigate through some complex formulas in this field. This course includes OEM training modules.
DT103 INTRO TO DIAGNOSTICS, DRIVE TRAINS, STEERING & SUSPENSIONS 72/72/6.0
During this course, the student will be introduced to the fundamentals and theory of the medium/heavy truck
onboard computer system diagnostics, drive trains and steering and suspension systems. To include engine
and body computers, input/output sensors, electronic instrumentation. This course will also introduce the
student to the operating principles of medium/heavy-duty truck drivetrain systems that include manual
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 76
transmissions, clutches, drive shafts, universal joints and tires/rims. Basic theories such as engine torque
multiplication and gear theory will be taught. The basic theory of the medium/heavy-duty truck front and rear
suspensions systems will be discussed as well. The shop/lab work will consist of the student is applying the
recommended shop and personal safety procedures, to read and interpret wiring diagrams correctly identifying
and using the service tools and test equipment to perform diagnosis of on-board computer systems. The student
can expect 38 hours of homework during this course. This course includes OEM training modules.
DT201 BRAKES & PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE 72/72/6.0
This course will introduce the student to the fundamentals of design, construction, operation, and theory of
the medium/heavy-duty truck air and air/hydraulic brake systems and components. The student will learn how
to correctly perform preventative maintenance procedures on all medium/heavy-duty truck systems, be taught
the proper procedure to follow when preforming PM inspections, the required forms and state and federal
regulations related to on highway vehicle maintenance and inspections. Students will learn basic shop safety
practices. The student will perform preventative maintenance procedures on all medium/heavy-duty truck
systems and add components, to include trailers and fifth wheels. The student will follow the proper procedure
in preforming PM inspections with detailed inspections of the following systems: brakes, exterior lights,
engine compartment, interior cabin, tires, and steering and suspension components. Students will learn basic
shop management and organizational skills. Special emphasis will be placed on shop safety practices. Students
will also participate in organization and workflow management while in a shop environment. The student can
expect 38 hours of homework during this course. This course includes OEM training modules.
VM201
Volvo/Mack BRAKES & VEHICLE FAMILIARIZATION/COMPUTER NAVIGATION 72/72/6.0
This course will introduce the student to the fundamentals of design, construction, operation, and theory of
the medium/heavy-duty truck air and air/hydraulic brake systems and components.
This course introduces students to industry and OEM information based on Mack Trucks and Volvo Trucks,
model identification, and product specific truck theory. During this course, the student will learn the history
of Mack Trucks and Volvo Trucks. Students will learn how to correctly perform preventative maintenance
procedures on Mack Trucks and Volvo Trucks, systems and components. Students will be taught the proper
procedure to follow when inspecting Mack Trucks and Volvo Trucks. Students will gain knowledge and build
skills in time management, warranty, safety, basic shop management and organizational skills. This course
also introduces students to using basic computer skills needed to open the Mack and Volvo Truck Dealer
Portals (TDP) to view OEM information based on model and vehicle identification number. Lab safety
procedures, proper use of tools and demonstrate the ability to exercise time management and professionalism
will be taught. The student can expect 38 hours of homework during this course. This course includes OEM
factory training modules.
DT202 HVAC & ADVANCED ELECTRICAL 72/72/6.0
During this course, the student will be introduced to the theory, design, construction, operating principles and
diagnostics of the climate control system components: compressors, clutches, evaporator cores, air ducts and
case, refrigerant flow, heater cores, electrical/ electronic temperature controls and their required subsystems.
The student will learn the principles of temperature, pressures and the differences between sensible, latent,
and specific heat values. In addition, the student will review the basic electrical systems previously covered
and then introduced to the design, construction, and theory of the medium/heavy truck onboard computer
systems that include engine and body computers, input/output sensors, electronic instrumentation, electronic
lighting, anti-theft, passive restraint, electrical accessories, and electronic chassis controls. The shop/lab work
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 77
will consist of the student is applying the recommended shop and personal safety procedures, and learning
how to read and interpret wiring diagrams, and correctly identifying and using the service tools and test
equipment required to perform service, and repairs on on-board computer systems. The student can expect 38
hours of homework during this course. This course includes OEM training modules.
VM202
Volvo/Mack HVAC / ENGINES 72/72/6.0
In this course the student will be given instruction on Mack and Volvo HVAC component location and
function during normal operation, how to locate and operate the cab and sleeper HVAC controls during the
servicing procedure and how to service, troubleshoot and repair the vehicle’s HVAC system for the cab and
sleeper using a/c recovery/recycling equipment. The student will be given instruction on how to identify and
explain the components of a Volvo D-series and/or Mack MP-series engine. Students will learn how to
disassemble, inspect and overhaul a Volvo or Mack engine. Students will also learn the ability to properly
identify parts failure and how to properly research parts needed to repair the engine to working order as
needed. Throughout the shop/lab time the student will apply the recommended Mack Truck and Volvo Truck
procedures and special tools for engine overhaul, parts failure analyzes and correct repair parts selection.
Students will also participate in organization and workflow management while in a shop environment. The
student can expect 38 hours of homework during this course. This course includes OEM training modules.
DT203 ADVANCED HYDRAULICS & ADVANCED DRIVE TRAINS 48/48/4.0
During this course, the student will review Hydraulic Fundamentals that were previously covered before they
will be introduced to the design, construction, theory and operation of the medium/heavy-duty truck
mechanical and hydraulic systems, to include hydraulic pumps, tanks, hoses, fittings, valves, and actuators.
In addition, during this course, the student will review basic drivetrains that was covered and will be
introduced to advanced theory, design, construction, operating principles and diagnostics of medium/heavy-
duty truck drivetrain systems that include manual transmissions, clutches, drive shafts, universal joints, semi-
full floating drive axles, multi-wheel drive systems, power take off, air operated shifting, two speed and
controlled traction differentials, and tires/rims. Students will review air/hydraulic principles and components
operation, and the basic theories such as engine torque multiplication and gear theory will be taught. The
student can expect 38 hours of homework during this course. This course includes OEM training modules.
VM203
Volvo/Mack ELECTRICAL & DRIVE TRAINS 48/48/4.0
In this course the student will review what electricity is and how it is used within the vehicle, the differences
between voltage, amperage, and current and how they apply to Ohm’s Law. Various circuit types including
simple, series, parallel, and series-parallel circuits. Identifying proper volt drops and amperage draws for a
starting and charging circuit. The student will also review how to read and interpret wiring schematics and
identifying proper wiring and harness repairs on the vehicle. The student will learn how to identify Volvo
Trucks specific and Mack Trucks Specific Engine Control Module configurations and the three-module design
used by Volvo Trucks and Mack Trucks. The student will also learn how to determine the function of the
sensors, controls, and actuators of Mack and Volvo Engine platforms.
In addition the student will be given instruction on Mack and Volvo I-shift or M-drive transmissions, how to
service, troubleshoot, and repair transmissions (M-Drive and I-Shift) using Mack and Volvo specific
electronic resources, how to use PTT and VCADS to properly actuate the automated transmission diagnostic
tools, how to correctly identify a Mack top-load differential assembly. Students will also learn how to service,
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 78
troubleshoot, and repair Mack differential and power divider assemblies and completely disassemble and
reassemble the Mack differential using the specified repair manual.
Throughout the shop/lab time the student will apply the recommended Mack Truck and Volvo Truck
procedures and special tools for transmission and differential diagnosis and repair. Students will also
participate in organization and workflow management while in a shop environment. The student can expect
38 hours of homework during this course. This course includes OEM factory training modules.
BWE102 BUSINESS WRITING 48/0/3.0
The Business Writing Essentials course will teach students the skills required to write business memos,
business letters, and technical reports and to do research when necessary. Students will prepare a resume that
can be used throughout their program. Team and individual effort will be required for a student to be
successful in this course. A formal oral presentation will be required. This course includes OEM training
modules
DT204 FUEL & EMISSION SYSTEMS 72/72/6.0
The student will be introduced to the fundamentals of design, construction, and operation of the Detroit,
International, Cummins, and Caterpillar diesel engine fuel injection, and governors. Additionally, the
fundamentals of design, construction, and operation of EPA diesel fuel emission system requirements will be
taught. Students will also be trained on Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) systems. Student will learn how to
identify catalyzed and non-catalyzed Diesel Particulate Filter systems, the components specific to catalyzed
and non-catalyzed DPF systems, how to properly diagnose, repair and maintain DPF and be able to describe
the process of regeneration and what chemical changes are occurring in the DPF unit. The regeneration and
sublimation process for the diesel particulate filter (DPF) and the selective catalyst reduction (SCR) system,
what environmental contamination is reduced, diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) and the proper handling procedures,
how to service, diagnose and repair the vehicle emission systems.
Students can expect 38 hours of homework during this course. This course includes OEM training modules.
VM204 72/72/6.0
Volvo/Mack STEERING & SUSPENSIONS, BRAKES, AFTER TREATMENTS & SCR SYSTEMS
In this course the student will be given instruction on Mack and Volvo specific steering and suspension
systems. The student will also be given instruction on Mack and Volvo specific Mechanical and electronic
braking systems. The student will learn details about the air braking systems used on Mack Trucks and Volvo
Trucks, how to service, troubleshoot, repair, and adjust as necessary the vehicle’s brakes, and what type of
ABS system is in use on an individual truck. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) systems & Secondary Restraint
Systems on Mack Trucks and Volvo Trucks will also be taught. Student will learn how to identify catalyzed
and non-catalyzed Diesel Particulate Filter systems, the components specific to catalyzed and non-catalyzed
DPF systems, how to properly diagnose, repair and maintain DPF and be able to describe the process of
regeneration and what chemical changes are occurring in the DPF unit.. Students will also diagnosis and repair
Mack and Volvo Secondary Restraint Systems. Students will participate in organization and workflow
management while in a shop environment. The student can expect 38 hours of homework during this course.
This course includes OEM training modules.
DT205 72/72/6.0
ADVANCED STEERING & SUSPENSIONS, BRAKES & PC BASED DIAGNOSTICS
During this course, the student will review basic steering and suspension systems. They will then be
introduced to advanced design, construction, and theory of the medium/heavy-duty truck front and rear
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 79
suspensions and brake systems. Students will also perform diagnosis, service, and repairs on these same
systems. Students will also be introduced to advanced design, construction, and theory of the medium/heavy
truck onboard computer systems that include engine and body computers, input/output sensors, electronic
instrumentation, electronic lighting, anti-theft, passive restraint, electrical accessories, and electronic chassis
controls. The shop/lab work will consist of the student is applying the recommended shop and personal safety
procedures, and learning how to read and interpret wiring diagrams, and correctly identifying and using the
service tools and test equipment required to perform diagnosis, service, and repairs on on-board computer
systems. The student can expect 38 hours of homework during this course. This course includes OEM training
modules.
VM254
Volvo/Mack ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS I, II & III 72/72/6.0
In this course the student will be given instruction on general and advanced diagnostic troubleshooting
practices, procedures, and techniques in a shop environment. Student will learn how to identify fault codes on
a vehicle using Mack Trucks and Volvo Trucks proprietary diagnostic software, how to use TDP and PTT
during troubleshooting procedures, how to identify HD-OBD and how it will be used in Mack Trucks and
Volvo Trucks, J1939, and J1587/1708 data link systems as well as multiplexing, the use of oscilloscopes for
electrical fault troubleshooting. In this course the student will be given a review on previously learned general
and advanced diagnostic troubleshooting practices, procedures, and techniques, the student will also learn
how to use the general diagnostics and advanced diagnostics in a shop environment, how to successfully
identify fault codes on a vehicle using Mack Trucks and Volvo Trucks proprietary diagnostic software, and
how to the use of TDP and PTT during troubleshooting procedures. The student will learn how to identify
HD-OBD and how it will be used in Mack Trucks and Volvo Trucks, an understanding of the ISO, J1939, and
J1587/1708 data link systems as well as multiplexing and detailed use of oscilloscope usage on injectors, cam
and crank sensing timing, and data link troubleshooting.
Throughout the shop/lab time the student will apply the recommended Mack Truck and Volvo Truck
procedures and special tools for diagnostic troubleshooting practices, procedures, and techniques and
correction of vehicle fault codes. Students will also participate in organization and workflow management
while in a shop environment. This course includes OEM training modules. The student can expect 38 hours
of homework during this course.
DTC 206/VMC 206 OR DTW 206 /VMW 206 46/48/4.0
COMMERCIAL DRIVING OR BASIC CUTTING & WELDING
OPTION #1- 96 HOURS- COMMERCIAL DRIVER LICENSE (CDL) TRAINING
The student will receive entry-level training in commercial vehicle operation and driving with classroom and
behind-the-wheel instruction. This will include laws relating to intrastate commercial motor
vehicle operations, pre-trip inspection, vehicles safety and operational equipment. Coupling and uncoupling
of combination units, placing the commercial motor vehicle in safe operation, the use of controls and
emergency equipment. The student will be trained on inspection of mechanical components, defensive driving
techniques, cargo loading, securing load, documentation, map reading, DOT logbooks, trip planning, accident
and fire prevention, reporting, hazardous material transportation and documentation. The students will also
be given demonstration and skill development of basic maneuvers of driving a combination vehicle. Driving
proficiency development will include vehicle control, backing, visual search, shifting, turning, space and
speed management, and hazard perception. Successful completion of this class should prepare the student to
pass the Commercial Driver's License (CDL) skill examination.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 80
Classroom and behind-the-wheel instruction will consist of: laws relating to either interstate and/or
intrastate commercial motor vehicle operations; pre-trip inspection of commercial motor vehicles and both
safety and operational equipment; coupling and uncoupling of combination units, if the commercial motor
vehicle to be driven includes such units; placing the commercial motor vehicle in operation; use of the
commercial motor vehicle's controls and emergency equipment; operation of the inner-city and interstate
highway traffic and passing; turning, backing, and parking the commercial motor vehicle; braking and slowing
the vehicle by means other than application of the brakes; and completing driver's daily log books. Students
that select this option must meet all state and Federal requirements related to obtaining a Class “B” CDL.
* Commercial Driver Training is a Non-Hybrid course
OPTION #2-96 HOURS-BASIC CUTTING AND WELDING
During this course, the student will be taught how to set-up the oxyacetylene process for cutting and welding.
The student will learn the basic techniques for basic fillet welds. Safety precautions will be strictly enforced.
The shop/lab work will consist of the student applying the recommended shop and personal safety procedures,
the student will practice metal cutting and horizontal welding.
COMM 200 HUMAN COMMUNICATIONS 48/0/3.0
The Human Communication course serves to introduce the student to basic principles of human
communication and apply those principles of effectively communication in the work environment. This course
is designed to develop the students written and verbal communication. This course is designed to address the
need employers have for skilled employees who are proficient at problem-solving, who possess
communication and soft skills. The student will be required to work on developing their soft skills and will
be required to participate in group discussion, group presentations, and individual presentations, and
individual presentation on real-world practical applications. The student can expect 38 hours of homework
during this course.
IN206 CAPSTONE & INTERNSHIP 16/32/180/6.0
In this course, students will be tested with written and hands on ASE based tests to demonstrate their
knowledge and understanding of all the courses they have taken within the Automotive Technology Program.
Upon demonstrating their proficiency, they student will be able to apply the knowledge and skills they have
learned in a workplace environment in the Western Tech’s Automotive Technology Internship Program. The
Internship Program will allow students to experience situations that occur during the daily operation of a
working shop. Students will be able to apply the knowledge and skills they have learned in previous courses
to the workplace environment. Students entering this program must have satisfactorily completed all previous
courses of the Automotive Technology Program.
Each student will be placed in an approved automotive repair, service, or maintenance facility without
monetary compensation to continue his/her training alongside experienced automotive technicians. The
Internship Coordinator will closely supervise each student's progress for a total of one-hundred eighty (180)
hours. Supervision will consist of reviewing student evaluations and scheduled/unscheduled weekly extern
site contact. Student evaluations will be completed by the extern site manager or supervisor on a weekly basis.
The Internship Program Coordinator will review the student's weekly evaluation as well as any extern site
recommendations with each student individually. During the review, any deficiencies indicated will be
addressed with the student. The student will work with the Internship Program Coordinator to establish an
individual study program designed to address and correct the areas that need improvement. The students will
follow their individual study program during the weekly classroom sessions until satisfactorily completed.
This course includes Chrysler modules. The student can expect 12 hours of homework during this course
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 81
ASSOCIATE OF OCCUPATIONAL STUDIES IN REFRIGERATION AND HVAC
TECHNOLOGY
Available at 9624 Plaza Circle Campus
Individuals portrayed in photos are actual students, graduates, or employees of WTC.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN REFRIGERATION AND HVAC TECHNOLOGY
Employment of heating, air conditioning, and refrigeration mechanics and installers is projected to grow 14 percent
from 2016 to 2026, much faster than the average for all occupations. Commercial and residential building construction
will drive employment growth. Heating and air conditioning systems control the temperature, humidity, and overall air
quality in homes, businesses, and other buildings. By providing a climate-controlled environment, refrigeration systems
make it possible to store and transport food, medicine, and other perishable items. The growing number of sophisticated
climate-control systems is also expected to increase demand for qualified HVACR technicians. Job opportunities for
HVACR technicians are expected to be excellent, particularly for those who have completed training at an accredited
technical school or through an apprenticeship. Candidates familiar with computer tablets and electronics, as well as those
who have developed troubleshooting skills, will have the best job opportunities as employers continue to have difficulty
finding qualified technicians to install, maintain, and repair complex new systems. (Source: D.O.L. Occupational
Outlook Handbook, 2018-2019 Edition).
Labor Market Information (2016 thru 2026 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
26,371
367,600
Projected Employment 2026
32,562
523,500
Absolute Change 2016-2026
6,191
65,900
Percent Change 2016-2026
23.50%
22.90%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$22.15
$25.17
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
3,409
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 82
HVAC TECHNOLOGY
COURSES 1-28
1488 CLOCK HOURS
60.0 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The Associate of Occupational Studies Degree in Refrigeration and HVAC Technology program trains students
in basic refrigeration principles, basic electricity, air conditioning, and sheet metal work. Students receive additional
training in commercial refrigeration, commercial air conditioning, motor controls, and ice machines. The
Refrigeration and HVAC Technology program incorporates modern efficiency concepts that tie in energy
sustainability and weatherization. This program incorporates energy management, thermography, and energy
auditing concepts along with basic solar electricity (photovoltaics) and wind power.
The Refrigeration and HVAC Technology program prepares graduates for entry level positions as refrigeration
technicians, air conditioning technicians, maintenance technicians, or sheet metal workers. With the special training,
the graduates have the possibility for rapid advancement due to their knowledge of high efficiency systems and
concepts.
CERTIFICATIONS
• Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)-608
• R-410 Refrigerant Safety Certification
• HVAC Excellence Electrical Assessment Exam
• NABCEP Level Exam
• Texas Dept. of Licensing &Regulations Registered Technician License*
NOTE: Students will have to pass a background check to register with the Texas Dept. of Licensing & Regulations.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT: All students graduating from this program are required to achieve the EPA
608 certification (minimum TYPE II certification) prior to their scheduled graduation dates must meet general
graduation requirements.
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Students entering this program must be able to meet these standards and perform essential functions with or
without reasonable accommodations to be successful in completing this program satisfactorily.
1. The ability to see detail at close range (within a few feet of the observer).
2. The ability to match or detect differences between colors, including shades of color and brightness.
3. Sufficient flexibility to bend, stretch, twist, or reach with your body, arms, and/or legs.
4. Sufficient finger dexterity and steadiness to make precisely coordinated movements of the fingers of one or
both hands.
5. Ability to grasp, manipulate, or assemble very small objects.
6. Ability to support body while standing, sitting, squatting, or lying down repeatedly or continuously over time
without “giving out” or fatiguing.
7. The ability to lift to 50 lbs.
8. The ability to climb both step and extension ladders.
9. The ability to work in high places (i.e. roof tops, catwalks, platforms)
NOTE: The sequential order of the classes may differ from that included in the program outline below. Courses
with prerequisites are denoted in the course outline with an asterisk (*).
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 83
ASSOCIATE OF OCCUPATIONAL STUDIES IN REFRIGERATION AND HVAC TECHNOLOGY
#
Course
Number
Course Title
Hrs.
Theory
/Lab
% On-
Campus/
Online
Semester
Credit
Hours
1
TF-101
Technical Fundamentals
48
32/16
80/20
2.5
2
TF-102
Technical Fundamentals Lab
48
0/48
100/0
1.5
*3
AM-101
Applied Math I
48
32/16
80/20
2.5
*4
EL-102
Basic Electricity
48
32/16
80/20
2.5
*5
EL-103
Basic Electricity Lab
48
0/48
100/0
1.5
6
AM-102
Applied Math II
48
32/16
80/20
2.5
*7
FR-103
Fundamentals of Refrigeration
48
32/16
80/20
2.5
*8
FR-104
Fundamentals of Refrigeration Lab
48
0/48
100/0
1.5
9
BWE-104
Business Writing Essentials
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
*10
AC-106
Air Conditioning
48
32/16
80/20
2.5
*11
AC-107
Air Conditioning Lab
48
0/48
100/0
1.5
12
GS-105
General Sheet Metal
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
13
HS-109
Heating Systems
48
32/16
80/20
2.5
14
HS-110
Heating Systems Lab
48
0/48
100/0
1.5
15
RM-207
Refrigerant Management I
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
16
ACC-201
Commercial Air Conditioning
48
32/16
80/20
2.5
*17
ACC-202
Commercial Air Conditioning Lab
48
0/48
100/0
1.5
18
RM-208
Refrigerant Management II
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
19
RC-203
Commercial Refrigeration
48
32/16
80/20
2.5
20
RC-204
Commercial Refrigeration Lab
48
0/48
100/0
1.5
21
IM-204
Ice Machines
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
*22
HEM-206
Electric Motors and Controls
48
32/16
80/20
2.5
*23
HEM-207
Electric Motors and Controls Lab
48
0/48
100/0
1.5
24
REA-210
Renewable Energy Applications
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
25
HDI-209
Diagnostics and Installation Procedures
48
32/16
80/20
2.5
26
HDI-210
Diagnostics and Installation Procedures Lab
48
0/48
100/0
1.5
27
HUCOMM
Human Communication
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
*28 HIN-209
Internship
192
16/16/160
00/00
5.0
Total Hours- AOS Degree in
Refrigeration and HVAC
Technology
1488
564/764/160
60.0
REFRIGERATION AND HVAC TECHNOLOGY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
TF 101 TECHNICAL FUNDAMENTALS 32/16/2.5
During this first course students will be oriented in their career field. Students will cover basic tools use in the
industry, they will cover basic safety procedures, and cover a ladder safety written exam. Students will learn the
science behind the industry such as the laws of Thermodynamics and heat transfer, Boyle’s Law, Charles’ Law, and
Dalton’s Law.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 84
TF 102 TECHNICAL FUNDAMENTALS LAB 0/48/1.5
This course is the lab portion of TF-101 Technical Fundamentals. During this course students will be required to
perform the following competencies, utilize Learning Resource Center, Swage and flare copper and aluminum tubing,
Braze copper to copper, aluminum to aluminum, copper to steel, and steel to steel. Student will read and interpret
special tools: manifold gauges, volt, Ohm, and amp meters.
AM 101 APPLIED MATHEMATICS I 32/16/2.5
The Applied Mathematics course will re-familiarize the student with basic applied mathematics functions and
concepts as they apply to Refrigeration and HVAC Technology. work on decimals, common fractions, ratios and
proportions, and percentages as they apply to the HVAC field.
EL 102 BASIC ELECTRICITY 32/16/2.5
PREQUISITE: TF-101, TF-102
In this course, students will learn the basics of electricity. Students will start with the movement of electrons,
conductors, insulators, direct and alternating current, and electrical units of measurement. Also included is a
description of the electrical circuit, making electrical measurements, Ohm’s law, series and parallel circuits, electrical
power, magnetic fields, inductance, transformers, capacitance, impedance, sine waves, and using electrical measuring
instruments. The course also covers wire sizes, circuit protection devices, and semiconductors or solid- state
components.
EL 103 BASIC ELECTRICITY LAB 0/48/1.5
PREREQUISITE: TF-101, TF-102
This course is the lab portion of EL-102 Basic Electricity. In this course the students will be required to perform the
following competencies: Identify and name basic components in an electrical circuit, wire basic series circuit and
basic parallel circuits, read, and interpret pictorial and schematic diagrams.
AM 102 APPLIED MATHEMATICS II 32/16/2.5
The Applied Mathematics course will become more complex and improve the student’s ability to navigate through
complex formulas in this field and touch on a few other Refrigeration, Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning
business.
FR 103 FUNDAMENTALS OF REFRIGERATION 32/16/2.5
PREREQUISITE: EL-102, EL-103
This course will cover the basic refrigeration cycle and the four basic components of the refrigeration system. The
refrigeration cycle is the basis of all refrigerating equipment and an integral part of the program. The different types
of compressors, condensers, evaporators, and metering devices will also be covered.
FR 104 FUNDAMENTALS OF REFRIGERATION LAB 0/48/1.5
PREREQUISITE: EL-102, EL-103
Students will perform lab projects on refrigeration trainers and be able identify components and observe the
refrigeration cycle. Upon completion of this course, be able to understand and identify the basic components in the
refrigeration cycle. Student will also diagnose and repair a domestic refrigerator.
BWE 104 BUSINESS WRITING ESSENTIALS 16/32/2.0
The Business Writing Essentials course will teach students the skills required to write business memos, business
letters, and technical reports and to do research when necessary. Students will prepare a resume that can be used
throughout their program. Team and individual effort will be required for a student to be successful in this course. A
formal oral presentation will be required.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 85
AC 106 AIR CONDITIONING 32/16/2.5
PREREQUISITE: FR-103, FR-104
The refrigeration cycle as applied to air conditioning will be covered. Students will be able to define comfort and
understand basic Psychrometric chart. The design and theory of operation of air conditioning systems including direct
expansion evaporators, sensors and dehumidification will be explained. Practical work experience consisting of
general servicing, component replacement, schematic drawing and troubleshooting of conventional and computer-
controlled air conditioners will also be included.
AC 107 AIR CONDITIONING LAB 0/48/1.5
PREREQUISITE: FR-103, FR-104
This is the lab portion of AC-106. Students will be required to perform the following competencies
Identify components on split air conditioning system, packaged air conditioning system, properly connect
refrigeration gauges on air conditioning systems, check system pressures and temperatures and use and understand
the purpose of a sling psychrometer and digital psychrometer.
GS 105 GENERAL SHEET METAL 16/32/2.0
Upon the completion of this course, have students should have acquired the knowledge to fabricate and install both
residential and commercial sheet metal ducting systems. Sheet metal fabrication will give the student the ability to
produce the basic requirements needed in the sheet metal industry. The proper use of tools and safe handling of sheet
metal will be emphasized.
HS 109 HEATING SYSTEMS 32/16/2.5
PREREQUISITE: EL-102, EL-103
In this course students will be taught various types of heating systems in use today. Installation and repair techniques
will be discussed and demonstrated with emphasis on gas-fired, electric systems. Students will learn about safety
consideration when working with gas furnaces. Electric heating and hydronic heating will also be covered.
HS 110 HEATING SYSTEMS LAB 0/48/1.5
PREREQUISITE: EL-102, EL-103
This course is the lab portion of HS-109. Students will be required to perform the following competencies:
Cut and thread black pipe, adjust gas valve pressure, perform a CO check, adjust a thermostat heat anticipator, and
troubleshoot standing pilot and high efficiency furnaces.
RM 207 REFRIGERANT MANAGEMENT I 16/32/2.0
PREREQUISITE: FR-102, FR-103
According to Section 608 of the Clean Air Act of 1990, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), has made it a
requirement that persons servicing or disposing of air-conditioning and refrigeration equipment be certified. It also
limits the sale of refrigerants to certified technicians. In this course, the student learns the regulations, and techniques
and equipment necessary to pass the certification examination.
ACC 201 COMMERCIAL AIR CONDITIONING 32/16/2.5
PREREQUISITE: AC-106, AC-107
This course will cover commercial air conditioning systems including high pressure, low pressure, and absorption
chilled water systems. Students will also cover cooling towers, pumps, commercial package units, variable refrigerant
flow, and variable air volume systems.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 86
ACC 202 COMMERCIAL AIR CONDITIONING LAB 0/48/1.5
PREREQUISITE: AC-106, AC-107
This course is the lab portion of ACC-201. The students will be required to perform the following competencies:
Identify major components of a chilled water system, explain the proper operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting
procedures of chilled water systems and perform sta1t-up and troubleshoot a scroll chilled water system.
RM 208 REFRIGERANT MANAGEMENT II 16/32/2.0
This course is the second part of refrigerant management. Students will review safety procedures and proper operating
conditions of R-410A refrigerant. Students will take the R-410A safety Certification Exam.
RC 203 COMMERCIAL REFRIGERATION 32/16/2.5
PREREQUISITE: FR-103, FR-104
In this course students will cover commercial refrigeration systems including single compressor and parallel
compressor, or supermarket rack systems. The design and theory of operation of reach-in, walk-in freezers, and
coolers will be taught. An in-depth study of controls to regulate commercial systems completes this stage.
RC 204 COMMERCIAL REFRIGERATION LAB 0/48/1.5
PREREQUISITE: FR-103, FR-104
This course is the lab portion RC-203. Students will be required to perform the following competencies: Define and
measure superheat, sub-cooling, and compressor efficiency, pump down a refrigeration system and perform
component removal, diagnose, set, and install pressure devices and defrost timeclocks.
IM 204 ICE MACHINES 16/32/2.0
PREREQUISITE:FR-103, FR-104
This course will provide the student with the general knowledge to diagnose and repair ice machines. Installation and
service procedures will be presented and discussed. Proper piping practices will be taught that will enable the student
to properly install a remote condenser icemaker Practical work will consist of diagnosing electrical circuits,
refrigerant charge, water circuit and other
malfunctions to ice makers. Commercial types of ice makers commonly found in the industry will contain
electromechanical as well as electronic controls.
HEM 206 ELECTRIC MOTORS AND CONTROLS 32/16/2.5
PREREQUISITE: EL-102, EL-103
This course teaches the theory, operation, installation and maintenance of electric motors and electric motor
controllers. Three phase compressors and three phase starting circuits. Students will learn about and train on variable
frequency drive trainers where they will learn to program and troubleshoot VFD' s. Practical work projects will
include various motors, controls, and control panels.
HEM 207 ELECTRIC MOTORS AND CONTROLS LAB 0/48/1.5
PREREQUISITE: EL-102, EL-103
This course is the lab portion of HEM-206. Students will be required to perform the following competencies: Wire
stop-start switches with line voltage controls, install and operate 120 volt on-delay timer with motor control, wire
sequence controls, identify and wire three-phase wye and delta motor circuit connections and program and
troubleshoot Variable Frequency Drive's.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 87
REA 210 RENEWABLE ENERGY APPLICATIONS 16/32/2.0
This course covers basic renewable energy platforms in distributed power generation and co1runon configurations,
specifically in photovoltaics (solar energy). Students will cover basic design principles and installation procedures.
At the end of this course, students will take the NABCEP entry level exam. The NABCEP entry level exam is
recognized industry wide as a prerequisite for industry certifications and aids in qualification and competency of
industry professionals.
HDI 209 DIAGNOSTICS AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES 32/16/2.5
PREREQUISITE: RC-203, RC-204
This course introduces the student to the latest and most accurate diagnostic procedures used in the field as it applies
to electrical, mechanical, and air flow problems. The course will cover low, medium, and high temperature systems
used in heating, ventilation, air conditioning, and refrigeration industry. Electrical diagrams will be shown, and
pressure temperature relationships will be explained.
HDI 210 DIAGNOSTICS AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES LAB 0/48/1.5
PREREQUISITES: RC-203, RC-204
This course is the lab portion of HDI-210. Students will be required to perform the following competencies, which
include demonstrating proper leak testing, vacuum, and charging methods, measure and adjust superheat and sub-
cooling, demonstrate proper field wiring, and demonstrate mechanical techniques on a variety of equipment.
HUCOMM HUMAN COMMUNICATION 16/32/2.0
The Human Communication course serves to introduce the student to basic principles of human communication and
apply those principles of effectively communication in the work environment. This course is designed to develop the
students written and verbal communication. This course is designed to address the need employers have for skilled
employees who are proficient at problem-solving and developing their soft skills and will be required to participate
in group discussion, group presentations, and individual presentations, and individual presentation on real-world
practical applications.
HIN 209 INTERNSHIP 16/16/160/5.0
PREREQUISITE: HDI-209 HDI-210
The internship program allows the student to experience situations which occur during the daily operation of a
working shop as students are placed with a local employer and apply the knowledge and skills learned in the
classroom and shop/lab. Participation in the internship program requires that the student satisfactorily completes all
previous program courses.
Students will be placed in an approved HVAC/R repair, service, or maintenance facility without monetary
compensation. The internship coordinator will supervise each student ' s progress during the 176-clock hour
internship. Supervision consists of weekly student evaluations and scheduled/unscheduled weekly site visits. A
weekly evaluation will be completed by the intern site manager. Students will be required to attend school one day
per week for a classroom session during the internship experience for a total of 32 classroom hours. During this class
period the intern coordinator will review the student's weekly evaluation as well as any recommendations made by
the site manager or coordinator. Time will be taken to review any deficiencies suited by the site manager. A study
program will be established by the extern coordinator and progress will be monitored each week during the class
session. The student must successfully meet each requirement of the internship to qualify for graduation.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 88
A S S O C I A T E O F A P P L I E D S C I E N C E D E G R E E S
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN AEROSPACE AND DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY
9451 Diana Drive, El Paso, TX, 79924
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN AEROSPACE AND DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY
Aerospace engineering and operations technicians operate and maintain equipment used in developing, testing,
producing, and sustaining new aircraft and spacecraft. Aerospace engineering and operations technicians usually
work in manufacturing or industrial plants, laboratories, and offices. Many aerospace engineering and operations
technicians work on projects related to national defense and therefore require security clearances. Aerospace
engineering and operations technicians work mainly in national defense–related projects. Opportunities for
employment with civilian space companies should increase as spaceflight shifts to the civilian market from
government agencies. In addition, aerospace engineering and operations technicians will be needed due to rising
demand to manufacture small satellites known as CubeSats or Small-Sats, which are used for many purposes, such
as communications or gathering data. Employment of aerospace engineering and operations technicians is projected
to grow 4 percent from 2018 to 2028, about as fast as the average for all occupations.
(Source: D.O.L. Occupational Outlook Handbook, Wednesday, November 13, 2019).
https://www.bls.gov/ooh/architecture-and-engineering/electrical-and-electronics-engineering-technicians.htm
Labor Market Information (2016 thru 2026 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
1,180
10,500
Projected Employment 2026
1,355
11,800
Absolute Change 2016-2026
175
500
Percent Change 2016-2026
14.83%
4%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$32.19
$32.22
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
125
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 89
AAS DEGREE IN AEROSPACE AND DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY
COURSES 1-22
1668 CLOCK HOURS
70.0 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The graduate of this program will complete an academic associate degree in aerospace and defense technology,
with the fundamental skills needed for a career entry and advancement in the Aerospace and Defense industry.
Through classroom instruction, students will learn about electronic and aerospace technologies. In addition to the
theoretical knowledge, the graduate will gain valuable hands-on experiences in diverse, technical areas.
CERTIFICATIONS: The experience gained from this program will prepare the student for the following
professional certification examinations: The ISCET and ETA Associate Level Certified Electronics Technician
(CET) certification, the Certified Fiber Optics Technician certification through FOA, and IPC certifications in
Soldering (J-STD-001) and Wire Harnesses (WHMA-A-620C), OSHA 30-hour industrial certification,
Communications Journeyman certification.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT: Students graduating from this program are required to achieve at a minimum,
(two) of the professional certifications and must meet general graduation requirements.
The graduate of this program will be qualified for entry-level employment into the Aerospace and Defense
industry as Aerospace Products and Parts Manufacturing Technician, Test Technician, Repair Technician, Bench
Technician, Quality Technician and Fiber-Optic Technician but are not limited to these positions as the industry
continues to grow.
NOTE: WTC offers certification testing to its aerospace and defense technology graduates.
TECHNICAL
STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Students entering this program must be able to meet these standards and perform essential functions with or
without reasonable accommodations to be successful in completing this program satisfactorily.
1. Must be able to see details at close range (within a few feet of the observer).
2. Must be able to match or detect differences between colors, including shades of color and brightness.
3. Must possess sufficient finger dexterity and steadiness to make precisely coordinated movements of the
fingers of one or both hands to grasp, manipulate, or assemble objects.
4. Must possess sufficient manual dexterity and steadiness to quickly move your hand, your hand together with
your arm, or your two hands to grasp, manipulate, or assemble objects.
5. Must be able to perform physical activities that require considerable use of your arms and legs moving your
whole body, such as climbing, lifting, balancing, walking, stopping, and handling of materials.
6. Must be able to operate computers and computer systems (including hardware and software) to program,
setup functions, enter data, or process information.
7. Must possess the ability to utilize computers and perform basic computer functions with programs in the
Microsoft Suite, Word, Outlook, and Excel.
NOTE: The sequential order of classes may differ from the program outline below.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 90
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN AEROSPACE AND DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY
#
Course
Title
Hrs.
Lec/Lab/
Int
% On-
Campus/
Online
Semester
Credit
Hours
1
ITSC 1401
Computer Applications
96
32/64
80/20
4.0
2
MATH 1314
College Algebra
48
48/0
50/50
3.0
3
PHYS 1401
College Physics I
96
32/64
50/50
4.0
4
ENGL 1301
English Composition
48
48/0
0/100
3.0
5
ITSC 1411
Computer Technology
96
32/64
80/20
4.0
6
ETIC 1220
Industrial Safety and Quality
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
*7
CETT 1401
Electronic Circuits I
96
32/64
80/20
4.0
8
SCOM 1315
Fundamentals of Human Communications
48
48/0
50/50
3.0
*9
CETT 1402
Electronic Circuits II
96
32/64
80/20
4.0
10
PSYC 2301
General Psychology
48
48/0
0/100
3.0
*11
CETT 1425
Digital Fundamentals
96
32/64
80/20
4.0
12
CETT 1204
High Reliability Soldering
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
*13
AERO 2201
Introduction to Aerospace
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
14
AERO 2435
Materials and Processes
96
32/64
80/20
4.0
*15
AERO 2440
Aerospace Electronic Systems
96
32/64
80/20
4.0
16
LOTT 2201
Introduction to Fiber Optics
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
*17
AERO 2450
Aerospace Systems
96
32/64
80/20
4.0
18
CETT 2205
Cable and Wire Harness Assemblies
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
19
EECT 2439
Communication Circuits
96
32/64
80/20
4.0
*20
AERO 2255
Aerospace Test and Measurements
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
21
WTPD 2200
Professional Development
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
22
AERO 2499
Aerospace Internship
180
0/0/180
100/00
4.0
Total Hours and Credits – AAS in Aerospace and Defense
Technology
1668
624/864/180
70.0
NOTE: Courses with prerequisites are denoted in the course outline with an asterisk (*).
AEROSPACE AND DEFENSE TECHNOLOGY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ITSC 1401 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 32/64/4.0
Introduces the basic features of Microsoft Office, Windows basics, and file management. Students will develop
familiarity with Word, Excel, PowerPoint, email, and Internet basics.
ITSC 1411 COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 32/64/4.0
This course introduces basic computer hardware, operating software, and networks. It covers installing, upgrading,
configuring, troubleshooting, and preventive maintenance of computers and networks with additional elements of
soft skills and security.
ETIC 1220 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND QUALITY 16/32/2.0
This course covers identification of hazards, personal protective equipment, safe practices, and protection of
personnel, property, and equipment in the industrial environment. Safety procedures, including OSHA regulations
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 91
and hazardous materials handling, are also covered. Includes hands-on approach to the identification, use and care of
tools and equipment used in industrial systems.
CETT 1401 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS I 32/64/4.0
The course introduces the basic concepts and theory of electricity and magnetism with an emphasis on passive
electrical elements such as resistors, capacitors, and inductors (RCL) and their applications in alternating current
(AC) or direct current (DC) circuits. Students also learn how to build, test, and analyze simple RCL circuits in the
laboratory, and use simulation software and test equipment such as power supply, multimeter, signal/function
generator, and oscilloscope. Related mathematics and physics concepts are developed alongside these concepts of
electrical engineering.
CETT 1402 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS II 32/64/4.0
The course introduces the basic concepts and theory of electronic solid-state devices with an emphasis on active
electrical elements such as diodes, transistors and integrated circuits, and their applications in AC and DC circuits.
Students also learn how to build, test, and analyze simple solid-state circuits in the laboratory, and use simulation
software and test equipment such as power supply, multimeter, signal/function generator, and oscilloscope. Related
mathematics and physics concepts are developed alongside these concepts of electrical engineering.
CETT 1425 DIGITAL FUNDAMENTALS 32/64/4.0
This course is an entry level course in digital electronics to include numbering systems, logic gates, Boolean algebra,
and combinational logic. Different types of circuits such as of flip-flops, shift registers, adders, display decoders,
multiplexers and demultiplexers, semiconductor memories, and other digital devices. The student is also introduced
to troubleshooting techniques. Laboratory exercises during this course will provide the student practical experience
to reinforce the theory.
CETT 1204 HIGH RELIABILITY SOLDERING 16/32/2.0
An explanation of the automated and hand soldering processes plus J STD-001 Hand soldering training including an
understanding of the JSTD- 001 criteria for acceptable solder connections as well as component preparation, hand
soldering, repair, packaging, inspection, ESD control, and process control with hands on experience and critique
for assembly and hand soldering of wires and terminals, through-hole components and surface mount components.
Upon successful completion of the course be certified by IPC in J-STD-001.
AERO 2201 INTRODUCTION TO AEROSPACE 16/32/2.0
Students are introduced to different types of aerospace systems and terminology and fundamental concepts of aircraft,
spacecraft, and missile technologies through integrated lectures and laboratory sessions. The course presents
introductory system-level concepts of fixed-wing and rotary-wing aircraft, space launch vehicles, spacecraft/satellite,
and missiles.
AERO 2435 MATERIALS AND PROCESSES 32/64/4.0
This course covers the physical properties and characteristics of common materials, commodities and non-metallic
materials used in the aerospace industry. Materials compatibility, basic metallurgy, treatment processes, adhesives,
coatings, sealing, and issues with delamination, and faulty bonds.
AERO 2440 AEROSPACE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS 32/64/4.0
The students are introduced to different basic control circuits using sensors, transmitters, transducers, and strain
gauges. Students should be able to describe and define performance criteria for sensors and predict and analyze
performance for different transducers and sensors.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 92
LOTT 2201 INTRODUCTION TO FIBER OPTICS 16/32/2.0
An introductory course in fiber optics and its application including advantages of fiber, light transmission in fiber,
types of fiber, sources, detectors, and connectors. This course will introduce the students to the origins of fiber optics.
Fiber optic components, installation, testing, and safety will be the primary focus of this block of instruction. learn
the types and specifications of various cables and hot to choose the proper cable for a project. Fiber optic media to
Ethernet signal converts mane by 3M Communication Markets Division will be employed in various networking
labs. Reinforcing the necessity to integrate fiber optic cabling and signal conversion. Cable color coding,
terminations, testing, and inspection will be covered in detail. The Fiber Optics Association Certification and 3M
Certification, Fusion Splice Certification will be presented to the student upon successful completion of this course.
Upon successful completion of the course be certified by FOA as a CFOT.
AERO 2450 AEROSPACE SYSTEMS 32/64/4.0
This course introduces hydraulic, pneumatic, electrical, propulsion systems, mechanical, and familiarization of fluid
system components, characteristics, and applications.
CETT 2205 CABLE AND WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLIES 16/32/2.0
Students will be introduced to materials, methods, tests, and acceptability criteria for producing crimped,
mechanically secured, or soldered interconnections and the related assembly activities associated with cable and
harness assemblies. The intent is to rely on process control methodology to ensure consistent quality levels during
the manufacture of products. Upon successful completion of the course be certified by IPC in IPC/WHMA-A-620C
EECT 2439 COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS 32/64/4.0
This course covers communications circuits and principles including amplitude, frequency, and phase modulation,
transmitters, receiver, transmission lines, antennas, and wave propagation. This course will include an introduction
to Microwave, Satellite, Cellular, cable-based communication systems, cellular telephones, WI-FI and Bluetooth
technologies.
AERO 2255 AEROSPACE TEST AND MEASUREMENTS 16/32/2.0
This course covers electrical and mechanical testing procedures, equipment, measurements, and instrumentation
involved in aerospace systems. Verification of tool and equipment calibration is also covered.
WTPD 2200 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 16/32/2.0
The Professional Development course is designed to improve the ability of students to describe their
accomplishments and sell their ideas in situations like professional networking, company meetings, response to
proposals for services, and interviews. It teaches writing skills and workplace integration for new jobs. Students will
learn to create career plans that require them to research career options and potential employers and prepare a
developmental roadmap that will lead them to success within the chosen profession.
AERO 2499 AEROSPACE INTERNSHIP 0/0/180/4.0
Internship will integrate the knowledge and skills students learned in the program. Working under the direction and
supervision of business owners, managers, supervisors, or industry experts, students maintain ethical and professional
work standards while applying classroom learning. Students will receive actual hands-on application in a workplace
environment.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 93
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Available at 9451 Diana Drive Campus
Individuals portrayed in photos are actual students, graduates, or employees of WTC.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
Electronics Engineering Technicians held about 137,000 jobs in 2016. Electronics engineering technicians help
engineers design and develop computers, communications equipment, medical monitoring devices, navigational
equipment, and other electronic equipment. They often work in product evaluation and testing, and use measuring and
diagnostic devices to adjust, test, and repair equipment. They are also involved in the manufacture and deployment of
equipment for automation. Electronics engineering technicians work closely with electrical engineers. They work
primarily in manufacturing settings, engineering services, the federal government, research-and-development
laboratories, and the utilities industry. Employment of electronics engineering technicians is projected to grow 2 percent
from 2016 to 2026, slower than the average for all occupations. Employment of these technicians is projected to decline
in many manufacturing industries and in the federal government. 2016 to 2026. (Source: D.O.L. Occupational Outlook
Handbook, 2018-2019).
https://www.bls.gov/ooh/architecture-and-engineering/electrical-and-electronics-engineering-
technicians.htm
Labor Market Information (2016 thru 2026 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
15,108
137,000
Projected Employment 2026
16,803
139,800
Absolute Change 2016-2026
1,695
2,700
Percent Change 2016-2026
11.22%
2%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$31.51
$30.93
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
510
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
1,520
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 94
AAS DEGREE IN ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
COURSES 1-20 1524 CLOCK HOURS
64.0 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The graduate of this program will gain valuable knowledge in DC/AC circuits, Solid State circuits, Digital circuits,
PLCs, Industrial Electronics, Basic Robotic Operation, Pneumatics, Fiber and Soldering. The graduate will also gain
valuable hands-on experience in a diverse set of technical areas.
CERTIFICATIONS: The experience gained from this program will prepare the student for the following
professional certification examinations: The ISCET and ETA Associate Level Certified Electronics Technician
(CET) certification, the Certified Fiber Optics Technician certification through FOA, and IPC certifications in
Soldering (J-STD-001) and Wire Harnesses (WHMA-A-620C), OSHA 30-hour industrial certification, Industrial
Journeyman certification.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT: Students graduating from this program are required to achieve at a minimum,
(two) of the professional certifications and must meet general graduation requirements.
TECHNICAL
STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Students entering this program must be able to meet these standards and perform essential functions with or
without reasonable accommodations to be successful in completing this program satisfactorily.
1. Must be able to see details at close range (within a few feet of the observer).
2. Must be able to match or detect differences between colors, including shades of color and brightness.
3. Must possess sufficient finger dexterity and steadiness to make precisely coordinated movements of the
fingers of one or both hands to grasp, manipulate, or assemble objects.
4. Must possess sufficient manual dexterity and steadiness to quickly move your hand, your hand together
with your arm, or your two hands to grasp, manipulate, or assemble objects.
5. Must be able to perform physical activities that require considerable use of your arms and legs moving your
whole body, such as climbing, lifting, balancing, walking, stopping, and handling of materials.
6. Must be able to operate computers and computer systems (including hardware and software) to program,
setup functions, enter data, or process information.
7. Must possess the ability to utilize computers and perform basic computer functions with programs in the
Microsoft Suite, Word, Outlook, and Excel.
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY
#
Course
Title
Hrs.
Lec/Lab
/
Int
%
On Campus/
Online
Semester
Credit
Hours
1
MATH 1314
College Algebra and Trigonometry
48
48/0
50/50
3.0
2
ITSC 1401
Computer Applications
96
32/64
80/20
4.0
3
PHYS 1401
College Physics
96
32/64
50/50
4.0
4 ITSC 1411 Computer Technology
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
5 ENGL 1301 English Composition
48
48/0 0/100
3.0
6 ETIC 1220 Industrial Safety and Quality
48
16/32 80/20
2.0
7 SCOM 1315
Fundamentals of Human
Communication
48
48/0 50/50
3.0
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 95
*8 CETT 1401 Electronic Circuits I
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
*9 CETT 1402 Electronic Circuits II
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
*10 CETT 1425 Digital Fundamentals
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
11 CETT 1204 High Reliability Soldering
48
16/32 80/20
2.0
12 PSYC 2301 General Psychology
48
48/0 0/100
3.0
*13 ELMT2401 Programmable Logic Controllers
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
14 RBTC 2239
Robot Programming and
Diagnostics
48
16/32 80/20
2.0
15
LOTT 2201
Introduction to Fiber Optics
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
16
CETT 2205
Cable and Wire Harness
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
*17
ELMT 2202
Advance Programmable Logic
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
*18
ELMT 2433
Industrial Electronics
96
32/64
80/20
4.0
19 ELMT 2205 Pneumatics
48
16/32 80/20
2.0
20
WTPD 2200
Professional Development
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
21
EECT 2288
EET Internship
180
0/0/180/180
100/0
4.0
To
tal Hours and Credits – AAS Degree in Electronics
E
ngineering Technology
1524
592/752/
180
64.0
NOTE: The sequential order of classes may differ from that included in the program outline. Courses with
prerequisites are denoted in the course outline with an asterisk (*).
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ITSC 1401 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 32/64/4.0
Introduces the basic features of Microsoft Office, Windows basics, and file management. Students will develop
familiarity with Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint, email, and Internet basics.
ITSC 1411 COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 32/64/4.0
This course introduces basic computer hardware, operating software, and networks. It covers installing, upgrading,
configuring, troubleshooting, and preventive maintenance of computers and networks with additional elements of
soft skills and security.
ETIC 1220 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND QUALITY 16/32/2.0
This course covers identification of hazards, personal protective equipment, safe practices, and protection of
personnel, property, and equipment in the industrial environment. Safety procedures, including OSHA regulations
and hazardous materials handling, are also covered. Includes hands-on approach to the identification, use and care of
tools and equipment used in industrial systems.
CETT 1401 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS I 32/64/4.0
The course introduces the basic concepts and theory of electricity and magnetism with an emphasis on passive
electrical elements such as resistors, capacitors, and inductors (RCL) and their applications in alternating current
(AC) or direct current (DC) circuits. Students also learn how to build, test, and analyze simple RCL circuits in the
laboratory, and use simulation software and test equipment such as power supply, multimeter, signal/function
generator, and oscilloscope. Related mathematics and physics concepts are developed alongside these concepts of
electrical engineering.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 96
CETT 1402 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS II 32/64/4.0
The course introduces the basic concepts and theory of electronic solid-state devices with an emphasis on active
electrical elements such as diodes, transistors and integrated circuits, and their applications in AC and DC circuits.
Students also learn how to build, test, and analyze simple solid-state circuits in the laboratory, and use simulation
software and test equipment such as power supply, multimeter, signal/function generator, and oscilloscope. Related
mathematics and physics concepts are developed alongside concepts of electrical engineering.
CETT 1425 DIGITAL FUNDAMENTALS 32/64/4.0
This course is an entry level course in digital electronics to include numbering systems, logic gates, Boolean algebra,
and combinational logic. Different types of circuits such as of flip-flops, shift registers, adders, display decoders,
multiplexers and demultiplexers, semiconductor memories, and other digital devices. The student is also introduced
to troubleshooting techniques. Laboratory exercises during this course will provide the student practical experience
to reinforce the theory. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to convert between all number
systems used in digital electronics, use gates to perform logic functions using Boolean Equations, analyze sequential
logic devices used in counters and shift registers, and build and troubleshoot adder and subtractor circuits. Students
will be able to convert analog inputs into digital outputs and vice versa.
CETT 1204 HIGH RELIABILITY SOLDERING 16/32/2.0
An explanation of the automated and hand soldering processes plus J STD-001 Hand soldering training
including an understanding of the J STD- 001 criteria for acceptable solder connections as well as component
preparation, hand soldering, repair, packaging, inspection, ESD control, and process control with hands on experience
and critique for assembly and hand soldering of wires and terminals, through-hole components and surface mount
components.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to understand the J-STD-001, the requirements for soldered
electrical and electronic components, hands on practice of assembly and hand soldering of components. Students
will also experience a self-critique of work and application of the standard, understanding of the causes, effects, and
contra electric-static discharge as it applies to electronic assemblies. Students will have familiarity with other material
and process standards related to the soldering standard, as with inspection and repair techniques. Lastly, students
will demonstrate familiarity with process control and statistical process control, certification as an Application
Specialist to the J STD-001Standard by IPC.
ELMT 2401 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS 32/64/4.0
The student will learn the how to identify and explain the main design characteristics, internal architecture, and
operating principles of programmable logic controllers. Students will describe and identify the characteristics of
commonly used input and output devices, and develop ladder programs for the logic functions AND, OR, NOR,
NAND, NOT and XOR. Students will learn how to develop ladder programs involving internal relays, timers,
counters, latching circuits and flashers, and will be required to create programs using ladder logic for the Direct Logic
and Siemens PLC’s. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to identify Direct Logic and Siemens
PLC components, convert logic gates to ladder diagram, and program combinational logic circuits. Students will also
learn/program momentary/latching start circuits, learn/program timers and counters, and learn/program cycle
timer’s/flasher circuits
RBTC 2239 ROBOT PROGRAMMING AND DIAGNOSTICS 16/32/2.0
Students will learn the programming of industrial robotics, development of programming techniques, and the
diagnosis of faults in systems. The robotics course brings together aspects of modern electronic processing methods
and system design, to develop automated systems that are applicable in many areas including modern manufacturing,
aerospace, and nuclear industries. A range of algorithms, tools and development environments are covered, including
control systems, micro controller architecture, and programmable digital systems, which enable sophisticated systems
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 97
to be developed, and implemented in real world applications. The robotics course aims to provide graduates with a
broad and deep understanding of technology and current practice in electronic engineering and its applications in
robotics including digital systems and control systems. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to
identify what a robot is and its components, create a robotic script using a coordinate system, and develop
software base programs using different scenarios.
LOTT 2201 INTRODUCTION TO FIBER OPTICS 16/32/2.0
This course is an introductory course in fiber optics and its application including advantages of fiber, light
transmission in fiber, types of fiber, sources, detectors, and connectors. This course will introduce the students to the
origins of fiber optics. Fiber optic components, installation, testing, and safety will be the primary focus of this block
of instruction. The student will learn the types and specifications of various cables and hot to choose the proper cable
for a project. Fiber optic media to Ethernet signal converts mane by 3M Communication Markets Division will be
employed in various networking labs. Reinforcing the necessity to integrate fiber optic cabling and signal conversion.
Cable color coding, terminations, testing, and inspection will be covered in detail. The Fiber Optics Association
Certification and 3M Certification, Fusion Splice Certification will be presented to the student upon successful
completion of this course.
Upon completion of this course, the student will possess full understanding of fiber optic systems operation and
hardware and will have hands on practice of assembly and polishing of optical connectors, and identification of
different fiber optic systems. Students will demonstrate the use of Optical Time Domain reflectometers, fiber fusion
splicers and optical power meters, and obtain their Certification as an FOA fiber technician
CETT 2205 CABLE AND WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLIES 16/32/2.0
Students will be introduced to materials, methods, tests, and acceptability criteria for producing crimped,
mechanically secured, or soldered interconnections and the related assembly activities associated with cable and
harness assemblies. The intent is to rely on process control methodology to ensure consistent quality levels during
the manufacture of products. Upon successful completion of the course the student will be certified by IPC in
IPC/WHMA-A-620C.
ELMT 2202 ADVANCED PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS 16/32/2.0
This course will cover advanced applications of programmable logic controllers as used in industrial environments
including concepts of programming, industrial applications, troubleshooting, and equipment will be covered. The
student will be introduced programmable logic controllers with its devices, symbols, interfaces, memories,
programming languages, and PLC ladder logic diagrams. Develop ladder logic to utilize advanced PLC functions;
compose a ladder logic program to demonstrate an advanced industrial control application; apply advanced
programming techniques for specialized applications. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to
identify characteristics of a PLC and its functions and demonstrate the functions of counters, timers, latching circuits,
and interrupts. Students will develop advanced ladder logic diagrams using different PLC scenarios.
ELMT 2433 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS 32/64/4.0
This course will cover devices, circuits, and systems primarily used in automated manufacturing and/or process
control. In- depth coverage of basic motor controls theory, ladder logic, and control wiring progress to advanced
motor controls applications such as variable frequency drives, DC drives, and Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC)
integration. Also, computer control and interfacing between mechanical, electrical, electronic, and computer
equipment will be studied. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to describe how electronic input
and output circuits are used to control automated manufacturing and/or process systems and identify basic elements
used for input, output, timing, and control and define how programmable electronic systems use input data to alter
output responses. Students will troubleshoot a representative system and demonstrate how system operation can be
altered with software programming
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 98
ELMT 2205 PNEUMATICS 16/32/2.0
This training course is designed to provide necessary skills in pneumatics fundamentals. The training curriculum
includes an understanding of pneumatics circuits and applications. Upon completion of this course, the student will
be able to define pneumatics, list the advantages and disadvantages of pneumatics, list the basic components of
pneumatic system, and read pneumatic schematics. Students will be able to interpret pneumatic symbols, and
troubleshoot pneumatic components
WTPD 2200 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 16/32/2.0
The Professional Development course is designed to improve the ability of students to describe their
accomplishments and sell their ideas in situations like professional networking, company meetings, response to
proposals for services, and interviews. It teaches writing skills and workplace integration for new jobs. Students will
learn to create career plans that require them to research career options and potential employers and prepare a
developmental roadmap that will lead them to success within the chosen profession. In this course, students will
spend time working on the skills needed to be successful in the workplace. Students will work on their interpersonal
skills, to include soft skills and customer service skills. Students will learn how to prepare a functional resume and
cover letter. Students will also work on their interview skills, and how to dress appropriately for an interview.
EECT 2288 EET INTERNSHIP 0/0/180/4.0
Students will be able to apply the knowledge and skills they have learned in previous courses to the workplace
environment. Each student will be placed in an approved electronics repair, service, maintenance, or networking
program to continue their training alongside experienced technicians.
While at the internship site and upon completion of this course, each student will have demonstrated entry-level
competency of the Electronics Technician skills and demonstrate social and communication skills required
performing the duties of a technician. This course is designed to prepare students for the job seeking process. Students
will be required to demonstrate personal and job-related behavioral skills both orally and in written format. Resume'
completion and a review of the proper completion of the employment application will be covered.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 99
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND SECURITY
Available at 9451 Diana Drive Campus
Individuals portrayed in photos are actual students, graduates, or employees of WTC.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND SECURITY
Computer support specialists held about 853,300 jobs in 2016. They work in many different industries, including
information technology (IT), education, finance, healthcare, and telecommunication. Employment of computer
support specialists is projected to grow 11 percent from 2016 to 2026, faster than the average for all occupations.
More support services will be needed as organizations upgrade their computer equipment and software. Computer
support staff will be needed to respond to the installation and repair requirements of increasingly complex computer
equipment and software. Most computer support specialists have full-time work schedules; however, many do not
work typical 9-to-5 jobs. Because computer support is important for businesses, support specialists must be available
24 hours a day (Source: D.O.L. Occupational Outlook Handbook, 2018-2019 Edition).
Labor Market Information (2016 thru 2026 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
56,367
835,300
Projected Employment 2026
66,644
923,800
Absolute Change 2016-2026
10,277
88,500
Percent Change 2016-2026
18.23%
11%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$43.91
$32.46
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
475
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
645
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 100
AAS DEGREE IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND SECURITY COURSES
1-20
1812 CLOCK HOURS
76.0 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The graduate of the Associate of Applied Science Degree in Information Systems and Security gains knowledge
and experience in the following areas: Computer Hardware, Operating Systems, Local Area Networking, Wide Area
Networking, Cabling, Router and Switch configurations, Microsoft Server and Client administration, Network
Security, sales and service. Additional areas include Linux administration and an emerging technologies component
that entails wireless applications and voice over IP, (VoIP). The skill set presented in this program will prepare the
graduate for entry-level careers in PC service and repair, Network Support, Desktop support and Network Security
administration.
CERTIFICATIONS: The experience gained from this program will prepare the student for the following
professional certification examinations: CompTIA A+, CompTIA Net+, CompTIA Sec+, CompTIA Linux+, Cisco
CCNA, Palo Alto PCCSA, Fiber Optics (FOA), Ec-Council CEH
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT: Students graduating from this program are required to achieve at a minimum,
(two) of the professional certifications and must meet general graduation requirements.
TECHNICAL
STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Students entering this program must be able to meet these standards and perform essential functions with or
without reasonable accommodations to be successful in completing this program satisfactorily.
1. Must be able to apply critical thinking / problem solving skills.
2. Must be able to analyze a system’s problem and apply principles of computing, networking, and security
to identify solutions.
3. Must be able to design, implement and evaluate a computing-based solution and network infrastructure.
4. Must be able to implement cybersecurity solutions that comply with global practices.
5. Must be able to describe and explain fundamentals of networking, security, hardware, and software.
6. Must be customer service oriented and a team player.
7. Must be able to climb ladders and use cabling tools.
8. Must be able to work under different environmental conditions.
NOTE: The sequential order of the classes may differ from that included in the program outline below.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 101
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND SECURITY
#
Course
Title
Hrs
.
Lec/
Lab/
Total
%
on
Campus/
Online
Semester
Credit
Hours
1
MATH 1314 College Algebra and Trigonometry
48
48/0 50/50
3.0
2
CPMT 1405
IT Essentials: PC Hardware and
Software
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
3
ENGL 1301 English Composition
48
48/0 0/100
3.0
4
CPMT 1445
IT Essentials II: Computer Systems
Troubleshooting
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
5
ITNW 1458 Network+
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
6
PHYS 1401 College Physics
96
32/64 50/50
4.0
7
SCOM 1315
Fundamentals of Human
Communication
48
48/0 50/50
3.0
8
ITSY 1400 Operating System Security
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
9
MSFT 1401
Microsoft Modern Desktop Windows 10
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
10
MSFT 1402
Microsoft Modern Desktop Server
Management
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
11
LOTT 2201 Introduction to Fiber Optics
48
16/32 80/20
2.0
12
ITSC 1416 Linux Installation and Configuration
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
13
ITCC 1414 Cisco - Introduction to Networks
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
*14 ITCC 1444
Cisco - Switching, Routing and
Wireless Essentials
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
*15 ITCC 2420
Cisco - Enterprise Networking,
Security and Automation
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
16 PAFW 2415 Palo Alto Firewall
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
17 ITSY 2445
Network Defense and
Countermeasures
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
18 PSYC 2301 General Psychology
48
48/0 0/100
3.0
*19 ITSY 2459 Security Assessment and Auditing
96
32/64 80/20
4.0
20 CPMT 2488 Professional Development
48
16/32
80/20
2.0
21 CPMT 2499 Internship
180
0/0/180 100/0 4.0
Total Hours and Credits – AAS Degree in Information
Systems & Security
1812 672/960/180
76.0
NOTE: Courses with prerequisites are denoted in the course outline with an asterisk (*).
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 102
INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND SECURITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
CPMT 1405 IT ESSENTIALS: PC HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE 32/64/4.0
An introduction to the computer hardware and software skills needed to help meet the growing demand for entry-
level information and communication technology (ICT) professionals.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the internal components of a computer, assemble a
computer system, install an operating system, and install/connect associated peripherals. Students will be able to
troubleshoot using system tools and diagnostic software and use simulation and virtual software to investigate
networking concepts and analyze network behavior.
CPMT 1445 COMPUTER SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING 32/64/4.0
Principles and practices involved in computer system troubleshooting techniques and repair procedures including
advanced diagnostic test programs and the use of specialized test equipment. Upon completion of this course, students
will be able to develop hardware and software troubleshooting techniques and perform procedures used in
troubleshooting.
ITNW 1458 NETWORK + 32/64/4.0
Assists individuals in preparing for the Computing Technology Industry Association (CompTIA) Network+
certification exam and career as a network professional. Upon completion of this course, students will be able to
identify and define terminology, hardware, and software components of computer networks, utilize equipment, and
protocols, and topologies to differentiate between various network systems. Students will demonstrate skills in
installing network hardware, software, and cable, troubleshoot network connectivity, configure network protocol,
and install and configure network client software.
ITSY 1400 OPERATING SYSTEM SECURITY 32/64/4.0
Safeguard computer operating systems by demonstrating server support skills and designing and implementing a
security system. Identify security threats and monitor network security implementations. Use the best practices to
configure operating systems to industry security standards. Upon completion of this course, students will be able
to identify network security risks, security design, and understand monitoring solutions. Students will be able to
identify sources of computer threats, evaluate potential practices, tools, and technologies to protect individual
network systems, and establish and sustain an operating system security plan utilizing systems and application
security tools. Lastly, students will implement procedures to secure and monitor audit logs and set system
administrator alerts, develop an organizational operating system security plan that provides for periodic reviews of
security policies, procedures, authorized users list, and software update patches.
MSFT 1401 MICROSOFT MODERN DESKTOP WINDOWS 10 32/64/4.0
This course focuses on knowledge needed to deploy Windows; perform post-installation configuration; manage local
users, local groups, and devices; configure data access and protection; configure devices with local policies; manage
Windows security; configure networking; configure remote connectivity; configure system and data recovery;
manage updates; and monitor and manage Windows. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to
deploy Windows, manage devices and data, configure connectivity, and maintain Windows.
MSFT 1402 MICROSOFT MODERN DESKTOP SERVER MANAGEMENT 32/64/4.0
This course focuses on knowledge needed to plan and implement Windows 10 with dynamic deployment or Windows
Autopilot; upgrade devices to Windows 10; manage updates and device authentication; plan and implement co-
management; implement conditional access and compliance policies; configure device profiles; manage user profiles;
manage Windows Defender; manage Intune device enrollment and inventory; monitor devices; deploy/update
applications, and implement Mobile Application Management (MAM). Upon completion of this course, the student
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 103
will be able to install, configure, and manage Windows 10 modern desktops, deploy, and update operating systems
and manage policies and profiles.
LOTT 2201 INTRODUCTION TO FIBER OPTICS 16/32/2.0
An introductory course in fiber optics and its application including advantages of fiber, light transmission in fiber,
types of fiber, sources, detectors, and connectors. This course will introduce the students to the origins of fiber optics.
Fiber optic components, installation, testing, and safety will be the primary focus of this block of instruction. The
student will learn the types and specifications of various cables and hot to choose the proper cable for a project. Fiber
optic media to Ethernet signal converts mane by 3M Communication Markets Division will be employed in various
networking labs. Reinforcing the necessity to integrate fiber optic cabling and signal conversion. Cable color coding,
terminations, testing, and inspection will be covered in detail. The Fiber Optics Association Certification and 3M
Certification, Fusion Splice Certification will be presented to the student upon successful completion of this course.
Upon completion of this course, the student will have a complete understanding of fiber optic systems operation and
hardware and will have hands on practice of assembly and polishing of optical connectors. Students will identify
different fiber optic systems, train on the use of Optic Time, Domain Reflectometer, fiber fusion splicers and optical
power meters. Students will be qualified to challenge and receive their Certification as an FOA fiber technician.
ITSC 1416 LINUX INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURATION 32/64/4.0
Introduction to Linux operating system. Includes Linux installation, basic administration, utilities and commands,
upgrading, networking, security, and application installation. Emphasizes hands-on setup, administration, and
management of Linux. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to install, and administer a Linux
system and demonstrate proficiency with Linux utilities, commands, and applications as well as identify and resolve
security-based issues and integrate a Linux system into an existing network.
ITCC 1414 CCNA 1: INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKS 32/64/4.0
This course covers networking architecture, models, protocols, and networking elements to support the operations
and priorities of companies. Introduces the principles and structure of IP addressing and the fundamentals of
Ethernet concepts, media, and operations to provide a foundation for the curriculum. Upon completion of this course,
the student will be able to build simple LANs, perform basic configuration on routers and switches, implement IP
addressing schemes, and understand foundational network security.
ITCC 1444 CCNA2: SWITCHING, ROUTING AND WIRELESS ESSENTIALS 32/64/4.0
This course focuses on switching technologies and router operations that support small-to-medium business
networks, including wireless local area networks (WLAN) and security concepts. You will perform basic network
configuration and troubleshooting. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to perform basic network
configuration and troubleshooting, identify and mitigate LAN security threats and configure and secure a basic
WLAN.
ITCC 2420 CCNA 3: ENTERPRISE NETWORKING, SECURITY 32/64/4.0
AND AUTOMATION
Large enterprises depend heavily on the smooth operation of their network infrastructures. This course describes the
architectures and considerations related to designing, securing, operating, and troubleshooting enterprise networks.
It covers wide area network (WAN) technologies and quality of service (QoS) mechanisms used for secure remote
access along with the introduction of software-defined networking, virtualization, and automation concepts that
support the digitalization of networks. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to configure advanced
routing and switching, design, secure, operate and troubleshoot enterprise networks; conduct implementation of
WAN technologies and QoS mechanisms, and demonstrate understanding of software-defined networking,
virtualization, and automation concepts.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 104
PAFW2415 PALO ALTO FIREWALL 32/64/4.0
This course covers the nature and scope of today’s cybersecurity challenges. Explores the cybersecurity landscape,
cyberthreats, malware and spamming, and Wi-Fi and advanced threats. Explores the basic operation of computer
networks; common networking devices; routed and routing protocols; network types and topologies; DNS; physical,
logical, and virtual addressing. Presents detailed information about next-generation cybersecurity solutions available
from Palo Alto Networks. Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge on
cyber-threats and cyber-security, implement security models, and design best practices and principles to address
security challenges.
ITSY 2445 NETWORK DEFENSE AND COUNTERMEASURES 32/64/4.0
This is a practical application and comprehensive course that includes the planning, design, and construction of
defenses fora complex network that will sustain an attack, document events, and mitigate the effects of the attack.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to assemble network defense tools, differentiate between
authorized and unauthorized activity on a network, respond to a breach in security through the use of countermeasures
designed to minimize the impact of the breach on the network, and document network events. Students will be
required to present an analysis of network breach and plan for remediation.
ITSY 2459 SECURITY ASSESSMENT AND AUDITING 32/64/4.0
Comprehensive experience for the security curriculum. Synthesizes technical material covered in prior courses to
monitor, audit, analyze, and revise computer and network security systems that ensure appropriate levels of protection
are in place to assure regulatory compliance. Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to appraise
security plan to ensure appropriate level of protection, assess network security design, and audit network system
based on security design. Students will be required to use relevant tools to assure security requirements, and review
security policies and procedures on a regular basis.
CPMT 2488 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT 16/32/2.0
This course will be spent in the classroom working on the skills needed to be successful in the workplace. Students
will work on their interpersonal skills, to include soft skills and customer service skills. Students will learn how to
prepare a functional resume and cover letter. Students will also work on their interview skills, and how to dress
appropriately for an interview.
CPMT 2499 INTERNSHIP 0/0/180/4.0
The internship will allow the student to experience situations that occur during the daily operation of an Information
Technology Department. be able to apply the knowledge and skills he/she has learned in the previous courses to the
workplace environment. The student entering the internship program must have satisfactorily completed all courses
of the Information Technology program before being placed in a participating site. Upon completion of this course,
be able to: Describe standard operating procedures for the IT industry and add work experience of his/her internship.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 105
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT
Available at 9451 Diana Drive Campus
Individuals portrayed in photos are actual students, graduates, or employees of WTC.
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES FOR PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANTS
Physical therapist assistants held about 88,300 jobs in 2016, much faster than the average for all occupations.
Employment of physical therapist assistants is projected to grow 31 percent from 2016 to 2026, much faster than the
average for all occupations. Demand for physical therapy services is expected to increase in response to the health
needs of an aging population, particularly the large baby-boom generation. Physical therapist assistants sometimes
called PTAs work under the direction and supervision of physical therapists. They help patients who are recovering
from injuries and illnesses regain movement and manage pain. Physical therapist assistants are involved in the direct
care of patients (Source: D.O.L. Occupational Outlook Handbook, 2017-2018 Edition).
WTC has developed its application process for the PTA program in a manner that is intended to be non-
discriminatory and objective. The criteria noted in the point summary sheet from which the applicants are selected,
is irrelevant of race, color, national origin, sex, disability, age, veteran status, religion, or any other protected status.
In order to ensure optimal objectivity with the interview process, the following measures are taken: all interviewees
will be interviewed utilizing the same set of predetermined questions, a panel consisting of three (3) members,
(including a practicing clinician not affiliated with WTC), along with a grading system that is based on the “Generic
Abilities” developed by the Physical Therapy program, University of Wisconsin-Madison, May et al, Journal of
Physical Therapy Education 9-1, Spring 1995.
Admission to the PTA program is a selective process. It is a competitive process, and all applicants will be ranked
based on a point system. Therefore, application to the program does not guarantee admission into the program.
Enrollment of PTA students is limited to a maximum of 24 students each year. The “point system” will take into
consideration: Educational Credentials, Grade Point Average, Wonderlic Scholastic Exam, Observation/Experience
Hours (minimum of two clinical settings), Onsite Essay, Letters of Recommendation, and Panel Interview.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 106
Labor Market Information (2012 thru 2022 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
16,113
71,400
Projected Employment 2026
21,138
100,700
Absolute Change 2016-2026
5,025
29,300
Percent Change 2016-2026
31.20%
41%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$44.68
$47.35
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
1,248
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
AAS DEGREE IN PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT PROGRAM
COURSES 1-20
1745 CLOCK HOURS
74 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS (ACCSC, TWC & THECB)
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The licensed Physical Therapist Assistant is a health care professional who works under the supervision of a
licensed Physical Therapist. The Physical Therapist Assistant will implement treatment based on the established plan
of care and treat a variety of patient populations from pediatrics to geriatrics. The treatment techniques that will be
taught include: taking vital signs, goniometry, manual muscle testing, activities of daily living, functional training,
use of assistive/adaptive devices, balance and gait training, developmental activities, electric current, hydrotherapy,
therapeutic use of heat and cold, patient and family education, therapeutic exercise, therapeutic massage, traction,
ultrasound, universal precautions and wound care. Knowledge and other skills gained include written/oral
communication, documentation, legal guidelines, and ethical decision-making. Proficiency in communication and
interaction with the patient, family members and other healthcare team members will be a vital component of the
program.
Upon satisfactory completion of the training of an accredited program of physical therapist assistant education,
students may be qualified to take the PTA National Physical Therapy Exam (NPTE) and apply for state licensure.
Licensure requirements vary by state. Once license is granted, the individual will assume the role of an entry-level
licensed physical therapist assistant providing safe and effective clinical treatment in such working environments as
home health care, clinics, hospitals, and nursing homes. Currently in Texas, every two years, 20 hours of continuing
education (mandatory two-hour credit ethics course) is required to renew state license.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT: Students graduating from this program must meet general graduation
requirements.
EXPECTED STUDENT OUTCOMES
WTC College’s expected student outcomes for the physical therapist assistant graduate will be as follows. The
graduate will:
1. Be prepared to practice in a variety of healthcare settings.
2. Be able to practice within the laws and regulations of the state of Texas.
3. Be eligible to take the state licensure exam.
4. Be able to apply knowledge and skills to assist in treatment of patients under the direct supervision of a
physical therapist.
5. Be prepared to communicate (oral, written, and non-verbal communication skills) to patients, colleagues,
and other members of the healthcare community.
6. Adhere to professional, legal, and ethical standards as set forth by the Texas Physical Therapy Practice
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 107
Act.
7. Be able to educate others (patients, caregivers, staff, students, and healthcare professionals) using effective
teaching methods.
8. Be able to participate in activities that address quality of service
9. Be able to practice in a safe manner to minimize risk to patients, self, and others.
10. Be able to deliver patient care that reflects respect for individual and cultural differences.
11. Be able to demonstrate a commitment to professional and personal growth and advocate the profession
through involvement.
12. Be able to document client treatment in a timely and effective manner.
13. Be able to perform measurement and assessment techniques within the knowledge and limits of practice
to assist the supervising physical therapists in monitoring and modifying the plan of care.
14. Be able to communicate with the supervising physical therapist in a timely manner to report patient
progress or concerns.
15. Be able to participate in discharge planning and follow up care.
PROGRAMMATIC ACCREDITATION
The Physical Therapist Assistant Program at WTC is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical
Therapy Education (CAPTE) of the American Physical Therapy Association 1111 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria,
Virginia 22314 Telephone:(703)706-3245; email: accreditation@apta.org;
website: www.capteonline.org
MISSION AND PHILOSOPHY
Mission Statement of the Physical Therapist Assistant Program
The WTC Physical Therapist Assistant program provides quality academic and clinical training in a caring
professional manner and in a modern facility to optimize student learning and experience. The WTC experience, in
conjunction with our community partners, will optimize the student’s effectiveness in gaining state licensure and
successfully pursuing an ethical and productive career as a physical therapist assistant.
Philosophy of the Physical Therapist Assistant Program
• We believe that the goal of education is to guide the student in a direction of productive work and livelihood
in today’s dynamic medical society.
• We believe that the role of the instructor is to provide the student a positive environment that is rich in
experience, knowledge, and critical thinking to allow for professional and personal growth.
• We believe that the student should be willing to immerse him/herself into such an environment and engross
the full potential of what our school and community have to offer.
• We believe that family and community members are key resources in the success of our program, profession,
and the student.
• We believe that consuming and utilizing apt knowledge is strategic to the life-long success of the student.
• WTC feels that the mission and philosophy of the PTA Program are consistent with that of the institution.
• We believe the PTA sequential curriculum design will allow students to build on preceding material based on
skills acquired from prerequisite courses and increasing the level of knowledge as well as the level of
performance of the SPTA to ultimately culminate into an entry-level PTA that will behave and make decisions
in a professional manner.
• We believe that WTC’s PTA Program will provide students the educational guidance to become
knowledgeable through theory, competent through the application of skills with hands-on training, to produce
an adaptable professional graduate with critical thinking skills.
CLINICAL AFFILIATIONS
Students will be placed in clinical settings for a total three different affiliations consisting of a minimum of 520
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 108
hours throughout the course of the program. It is our intention to attempt to place students locally when possible;
however, clinic sites may require the student to travel locally and/or out of town. All expenses, including travel,
lodging, fees, etc., are the responsibility of the student.
Although the student’s input is considered for placement for clinical sites, requests on behalf of the student are
not guaranteed. Decisions are also based on student need (clinically), site availability and ultimately is at the
discretion of the PTA faculty.
LICENSURE EXAMINATION
Students successfully graduating from the PTA Program will be awarded an Associate of Applied Science (AAS
degree) in Physical Therapist Assistant and may be eligible to take the PTA National Physical Therapy Exam (NPTE)
and apply for state licensure. Licensure requirements vary by state. Students must pass the examination and meet the
individual state requirements to receive their license to practice as a physical therapist assistant.
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
PTA students are required to perform job duties specific to the profession. Specifically, a PTA student must
possess motor and visual skills that enable them to meet program objectives. The following is a list of skills necessary
for all PTA students.
1. Sufficient hearing ability is necessary to respond safely and appropriately during patient treatment, for
communication with other healthcare workers, and for patient assessment.
2. Students must have proficient communication in English both verbal and written, to allow for effective
communication with patients, co-workers, and other healthcare workers. Also, the ability to listen, understand
and communicate ideas presented through spoken words and sentences.
3. Students must have sufficient visual acuity for the reading and documentation of patient treatment, reading
the physical therapist plan of care, and for the assessment of patients using a variety of measuring devices.
4. Students must be physically able to transfer patients safely from a variety of surfaces, i.e.: wheelchairs, mats,
beds, etc., and to lift equipment needed for patient care. Students must also be able to tolerate standing for
extended period without a break.
5. Students must have sufficient manual dexterity. This is needed to allow the student to perform fine motor
tasks such as palpation, measurements, and demonstration of patient activities.
6. Students must be able to complete all written and practical exams and functional job tasks within the required
time limits in the classroom as well as clinics.
7. Students must demonstrate emotional health to assure good judgements and the critical thinking skills
necessary for safe and effective patient care and to maintain a professional demeanor.
NOTE: Program courses for the PTA curriculum are designed in a sequential manner. Each course of the curriculum
is ordered such that the subsequent material is based on skills acquired from prerequisite courses. Exceptions to this
include courses denoted with an asterisk (*). These courses are offered in a concurrent manner with a maximum of
two courses at a time being concurrent. Course materials from each course are building blocks of skill and knowledge
that cumulatively lead to an entry-level physical therapist assistant competency. Students are required to achieve
competency in each course of the PTA program before they can progress to the next course. Proficiency of treatment
skills must be demonstrated by the student in the laboratory to receive a passing grade. These measures ensure
preparedness for clinical affiliations and patient treatment. Program/Class times are typically 8am to 3pm and vary.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 109
ASSOCIATE OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT
#
Course
Title
Hours
Lec/Lab/
Clinical
Affiliation
% on
Campus/
Online
Semester
Credit
Hours
1*
MATH 1314
College Algebra and
Trigonometry
48
48/0 50/50 3.0
2*
HITT 1305
Medical Terminology I
36
36/0
100/0
2.0
3*
PHYS 1401
College Physics
96
32/64
50/50
4.0
4*
PTHA 1409
Introduction to Physical Therapy
96
52/44
100/0
4.0
5
BIOL 2401
Anatomy & Physiology I
96
52/44
100/0
4.0
6*
ENGL 1301
Composition
48
48/0
0/100
3.0
7*
BIOL 2102
Anatomy & Physiology II
52
0/52
100/0
1.5
8
PTHA 1513
Functional Anatomy
109
40/69
100/0
4.5
9*
SPCH 1315
Public Speaking
48
48/0
50/50
3.0
10*
PTHA 1321
Pathophysiology
64
64/0
100/0
4.0
11*
PSYC 2301
General Psychology
48
48/0
0/100
3.0
12*
PTHA 1531
Physical Agents
104
60/44
100/0
5.0
13
PTHA 2509
Therapeutic Exercise
100
50/50
100/0
4.5
14
PTHA 1261
Clinical PTA I
140
25/0/115
100/0
4.0
15
PTHA 2305
Neurology
56
56/0
100/0
3.5
16 PTHA 2431
Management of Neurologic
Disorders
80
50/30 100/0 4.0
17
PTHA 1361
Clinical PTA II
140
20/0/120
100/0
3.5
18
PTHA 2435
Rehabilitation Techniques
96
58/38
100/0
4.5
19
PTHA 2339
Professional Issues
48
48/0
100/0
3.0
20
PTHA 1561
Clinical PTA III
240
25/0/215
100/0
6.0
Total Hours and Credits – AAS Degree in Physical
Therapist Assistant
1745
860/435/450 74.0
PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
HITT 1305 MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY I 36/0/2.0
Students will learn the study of word origin and structure through the introduction of prefixes, suffixes, root words,
plurals, abbreviations and symbols, surgical procedures, medical specialties, and diagnostic procedures.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and pronounce medical terms, demonstrate correct
spelling and usage of medical terms for documentation, and use medical terms in proper context. Students will build
and analyze medical terms; Use medical references as resource tools.
PTHA 1409 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL THERAPY 52/44/4.0
Students will learn the history and role of a Physical Therapist Assistant in physical therapy. Introduction to
interaction between the healthcare provider and the patient, the use of assistive devices and methods of teaching to a
patient, proper draping and positioning, proper body mechanics, transfers, and documentation. Students will be
instructed on monitoring vital signs, correct therapeutic techniques, and communication. Clinical skills are assessed
through practical examination.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 110
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define physical therapy and its role in practical application
and delineate differences between a Physical Therapist and a Physical Therapist Assistant. Students will identify the
rules and regulations of the Physical Therapist Assistant’s scope of practice and identify assistive devices utilized in
physical therapy and be able to adjust equipment, including devices for ambulation, wheelchair, and special
equipment. They will demonstrate proper body positioning in varying scenarios, demonstrate appropriate patient
interaction through proper communication (verbal and non-verbal) taking into consideration cultural and ethnic
differences. Students will identify and demonstrate all transfers using proper body mechanics, proper medical
terminology in documentation and recognize the importance and legal issues of documentation. Students will
demonstrate hands-on training of applied clinical skills in a laboratory settings: vital signs, transfers, body mechanics,
draping, positioning, and use/adjustment of assistive devices, and they will instruct patients and/or caregivers on safe
and proper use of equipment. Students will complete professional conduct self- assessment and review PTA
Standards of Ethical Conduct and recognize individual and cultural differences and respond appropriately in all
aspects of physical therapy services.
BIOL 2401 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I 52/44/4.0
Students will develop a critical understanding of anatomical terminology, anatomical structure, and function of the
muscular, endocrine, cardiovascular, immune & lymphatic, digestive, respiratory, urinary, nervous, integumentary,
reproduction and development systems.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and describe the anatomical terms, directions, planes,
axis and the cavities of the human body, describe basic organization of the human body and its structural levels;
Describe the atomic, molecular and cellular structure of human organs. Students will identify the organs of each
system, define function, and describe their locations and relationship of its parts and describe human body
homeostasis and normal lab values.
BIOL 2102 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY II 0/52/1.5
Students will develop and apply skills in identification and observation as related to the human body and physiology
on a cellular, molecular, organ and systems level.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the architecture of skeletal muscle, demonstrate
palpation of bony landmarks in lab for upper and lower extremities, palpate skeletal muscle during relaxation and
active contraction. Students will be able to identify musculature of the upper extremity and trunk: origin, insertion,
action, and innervations, and identify and label the structures of the heart and cardiovascular system.
Students will be required to identify and label the layers of the skin and function of the glands, perform sensory
testing with lab partners, identify and describe musculature of the lower extremities: origin, insertion, action and
innervations and label the lymphatic structures of the body. Lastly, students will label the structures of the lymph
nodes and identify and label the respiratory structures; Record RR and HR as well as calculate MHR and THR in
laboratory setting.
PTHA 1513 FUNCTIONAL ANATOMY 40/69/4.5
Students will learn the muscle origins, insertions, actions, and nerve innervations of the human body. This course
teaches manual muscle testing, goniometric measurement, kinesiology, biomechanics, gait analysis and basic
impairments as it pertains to physical therapy and clinical application.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform goniometric measurement and identify
normal/abnormal range of motion of articulations and explain the basic principles of physics during movement of the
body. They will analyze biomechanics of the body about axes and planes, compare isometric, isotonic, isokinetic,
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 111
eccentric, and concentric muscle contractions. Students will be required to demonstrate proper manual muscle testing
and apply an appropriate grade, identify gait patterns and courses of the gait cycle, and differentiate between normal
and abnormal patterns. Also, students will be required to identify joint structure and function as it relates to normal
and abnormal biomechanics and subsequent treatment, plus identify and assess joint range of motion (active/active
assistive/passive/resisted) and accessory motion as it applies to normal and abnormal function. They must
demonstrate applied skills through laboratory activities and practical examinations.
PTHA 1321 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 64/0/4.0
Students will learn about the pathogenesis, prognosis and therapeutic management of diseases/conditions commonly
encountered in physical therapy.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and explain the pathogenesis of selected diseases
relevant to physical therapy intervention and determine aspects of pathophysiology that affect physical therapy
treatment. Students must analyze and describe the current response to acute physiological change in patients’
conditions; obtain and assess pertinent pharmacological information and its impact on patient care; identify
orthopedic impairments of the upper and lower extremities and identify orthopedic impairments of the spine and
pelvis.
PTHA 1531 PHYSICAL AGENTS 60/44/5.0
Students will learn biophysical principles and application of therapeutic physical agents with specific emphasis on
indications, contraindications, medical efficacy, and physiological effects. The students will also learn theory and
methods of wound care and tissue healing. The theory of the pain cycle and appropriate intervention will be reviewed.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the pain theory, neurophysiology and behavioral
responses to pain and pain management. Demonstrate appropriate draping and positioning of a patient for the
application of modalities. Identify the indications, contraindications, and precautions for all therapeutic modalities,
including massage. Demonstrate appropriate and safe application of physical agents. Discuss biophysical principles
as they relate to the application of physical agents. Demonstrate proper techniques and identify proper indications of
therapeutic massage. Demonstrate universal precautions with application of all modalities, wound care, and massage.
Identify the stages of tissue healing and demonstrate proper documentation of wound care. Complete professional
conduct self- assessment.
PTHA 2509 THERAPEUTIC EXERCISE 50/50/4.5
Students will learn concepts, principles and application of techniques related to therapeutic exercise and functional
training.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and utilize the theory, principles, and techniques of
therapeutic exercise; identify and utilize therapeutic exercise for diagnoses. Students will be able to identify and
utilize therapeutic exercise for various patient populations and discuss the rationale for the application and
modification of therapeutic exercise, identify signs, symptoms, and contraindications to exercises or activity. They
will compare the difference between aerobic and anaerobic exercises and implementation of each through therapeutic
exercise and demonstrate progression of patients following given protocols for specific injury/post-surgical
rehabilitation including orthopedic and neurologic impairments. Students will design and implement an appropriate
aquatic therapy exercise and demonstrate accurate documentation of therapeutic exercise.
PTHA 1261 CLINICAL PTA I 25/0/115/4.0
Students will be supervised by a licensed clinical instructor (a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant)
and will receive hands-on clinical training to demonstrate proficient patient care, critical problem solving and
thinking, use of modalities, developing and instructing home exercise programs, documenting and developing and
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 112
administering a presentation on an appropriate topic. A minimum of one clinical affiliation must be completed in an
acute care setting. The student must have a current CPR card, malpractice insurance, health insurance, updated
immunization record, and criminal background check to begin their clinical affiliation.
NOTE: Some affiliations may require additional items such as drug screen or influenza immunization.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate all available skills at their clinical affiliation
site. The student is not yet expected to neither operate at full autonomy nor perform skills at a pace of an entry-level
PTA for each individual skill according to PTA MACS other than those noted as all objectives being required to be
met. Students are required to complete a minimum of 140 hours working under a clinical instructor and present a
topic of the student’s or clinical instructor’s choice at the clinical site of the affiliation, and obtain pertinent patient
information and utilize it to appropriately treat and document the treatment in the patient’s official record. PTA
Manual for the Assessment of Clinical Skills (MACS) (a method for evaluating clinical performance and a tool to
promote teaching and learning) will be completed by the student and clinical instructor during the clinical affiliation.
Master “professional behaviors” and “patient history and chart review” skills from the PTA MACS by receiving
“Entry level or Excellent” grade from Clinical Instructor (minimum requirement for successful completion of PTHA
2564). The PTA MACS accounts for 60% of the total grade.
PTHA 2305 NEUROLOGY 56/0/3.5
Students will learn the neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of the human body as it relates to commonly encountered
neurological conditions. Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to identify and explain the
components of neuroanatomy as related to physical therapy, describe the pathogenesis, prognosis, and management
of neurological disorders commonly treated in physical therapy, and compare motor and sensory pathways of the
nervous system as they pertain to physical therapy impairments and treatment.
PTHA 2431 MANAGEMENT OF NEUROLOGICAL DISORDERS 50/30/4.0
Utilize knowledge of neuroanatomy and neurophysiology to learn new skills/techniques for comprehensive
rehabilitation of selected neurological disorders. Upon completion of this course, be able to distinguish and critically
examine the concepts and principles of comprehensive management of neurological disorders, develop, implement,
and revise comprehensive treatment approaches for neurological disorders. Students will be able to appropriately
implement neuromuscular rehabilitation techniques in accordance with a prescribed physical therapy plan of care.
PTHA 1361 CLINICAL PTA II 20/0/120/3.5
Students will be supervised by a licensed clinical instructor (a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant)
and will receive hands-on clinical training to demonstrate proficient patient care, critical problem solving and
thinking, use of modalities, developing and instructing home exercise programs, documenting and developing and
administering a presentation on an appropriate topic. The area of practice will vary from that of the first clinical
affiliation. A minimum of one clinical affiliation must be completed in an acute care setting. The student must have
a current CPR card, malpractice insurance, health insurance and an updated immunization record, and criminal
background check to begin their clinical affiliation. Some affiliations may require additional items such as drug
screen or influenza immunization.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate all the available skills at their clinical affiliation
site at entry-level for each individual skill according to PTA MACS. The student is expected to operate at full
autonomy but not a pace of entry-level PTA, complete a minimum of 135 hours working under a clinical instructor,
present a topic of the student’s or clinical instructor’s choice at the clinical site of the affiliation, and obtain pertinent
patient information and utilize it to appropriately treat and document the treatment in the patient’s official record.
PTA MACS (a method for evaluating clinical performance and a tool to promote teaching and learning) will be
completed by the student and clinical instructor during the clinical affiliation. Master “professional behaviors,” skills
1-12 from the PTA MACS, and “patient history and chart review” skills from the PTA MACS by receiving “Entry
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 113
level or Excellent” grade from Clinical Instructor (minimum requirement for successful completion of PTHA 2566).
Students will complete 70% of additional site skills, in addition to the required skills in Clinical PTA I, on the master
skills list, and the PTA MACS accounts for 60% of the total grade.
PTHA 2435 REHABILITATION TECHNIQUES 58/38/4.5
In this advanced course, learn to integrate previously learned and new skills/techniques into the comprehensive
rehabilitation of selected long- term pathologies.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to appropriately discuss, promote, and compose wellness
and preventative programs to promote public health, distinguish and critically examine the concepts and principles
of comprehensive management of long-term pathologies, develop, implement, and revise a comprehensive treatment
approach for various long-term pathologies.
PTHA 2339 PROFESSIONAL ISSUES 48/0/3.0
This is a capstone course which engages the student in the discussion of professional issues and behaviors related to
clinical practice and which prepares the students for transition into the workforce.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss licensure and job acquisition skills, discriminate
appropriate behaviors in response to various legal, ethical, and professional interactions, and debate socioeconomic
influences related to the field of physical therapy. Students will be required to compose a professional résumé.
PTHA 1561 CLINICAL PTA III 25/0/215/6.0
Students will be supervised by a licensed clinical instructor (a Physical Therapist or Physical Therapist Assistant)
and will receive hands-on clinical training to demonstrate proficient patient care, critical problem solving and
thinking, use of modalities, developing and instructing home exercise programs, documenting and developing and
administering a presentation on an appropriate topic. The area of practice will vary from that of the previous clinical
affiliations. A minimum of one clinical affiliation must be completed in an acute care setting. The student must have
a current CPR card, malpractice insurance, health insurance and an updated immunization record, and criminal
background check to begin their clinical affiliation. Some affiliations may require additional items such as drug
screen or influenza immunization.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to demonstrate all the available skills at their clinical
affiliation site at entry-level for each individual skill according to PTA MACS. Students are expected to operate at
full autonomy and at a pace of entry-level PTA, complete a minimum of 245 hours working under a clinical instructor,
and present a topic of the student’s or clinical instructor’s choice at the clinical site of the affiliation. Students should
also obtain pertinent patient information and utilize it to appropriately treat and document the treatment in the
patient’s official record.
The PTA MACS (a method for evaluating clinical performance and a tool to promote teaching and learning) will be
completed by the student and clinical instructor during the clinical affiliation. Master “professional behaviors” and
“patient history and chart review” skills from the PTA MACS by receiving “Entry level or Excellent” grade from
Clinical Instructor (minimum requirement for successful completion of PTHA 2568).Demonstrate entry-level
physical therapist assistant skills in accordance with the PTA MACS. Complete 80% of additional site skills, in
addition to the required skills in Clinical PTA I, on the master skills list. The PTA MACS accounts for 70% of the
total grade.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 114
B A C H E L O R D E G R E E S
BACHELOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Available at 9451 Diana Drive Campus & 9624 Plaza Circle Campus
This program is offered 100% online at the Branch Campus (Diana Drive)
and Hybrid at the Main Campus (Plaza Circle)
Individuals pictured above are actors, students and/or employees of WTC
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
The Bachelor in Business Administration will help students learn to cultivate a variety of skills and assets needed
by businesses. Supervisors directly oversee and coordinate the activities of clerical and administrative support
workers. Supervisors of office and administrative support workers held about 119,490 jobs in 2010. There was
above average growth rate in colleges and universities, office administrative services, and an average growth rate in
business support services. Employment growth is projected to increase by 53.90% in Texas and 14.30% nationally.
Labor Market Information (2012 thru 2022 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
115,420
1’424,450
Projected Employment 2026
139,670
1’589,600
Absolute Change 2016-2026
24,250
171,500
Percent Change 2016-2026
21%
12.10%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$26.96
$27.01
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
2,745
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
2,425
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
CERTIFICATIONS: Students in the Bachelor in Business Administration degree program will have the opportunity
to test for the following certifications: Word, Excel, Payroll, Bookkeeping, QuickBooks, Lean Six Sigma (Yellow),
Lean Six Sigma (Green) [depending on years of paid work experience], and Project Management.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 115
Students can earn digital badges in selective courses. Badges will create a learning pathway throughout their
program. A digital badge is a representation of a skill a student has learned. Badges verify their skills and
achievements that may be industry-specific or internally prepared badges and can be displayed digitally on their
resumes. WTC offers 15 digital badges: Principles of Management, Word, Excel, Payroll, Principles of Marketing,
Human Resource Management, Business Ethics, Principles of Lean Six Sigma, Project Management, Advanced
Project Management, Applied Lean Six Sigma, Non-Profit Organization Management, Tax Accounting, E-Business,
and Advertising.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT: Students graduating from this program must meet general graduation
requirements.
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Students entering this program must be able to meet these standards and perform essential functions with or
without reasonable accommodations to be successful in completing this program satisfactorily.
1. The ability to understand course materials and maintain a certain grade/performance level that meets the set
academic requirements.
2. The ability to maintain a professional demeanor always and interact professionally with fellow students,
internship site employees, clientele, administration, and faculty.
3. The ability to listen, understand, and communicate ideas presented verbally and written.
4. The ability to utilize computers and perform basic computer functions with programs such as Word,
Outlook, and Excel.
BACHELOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
COURSES 1-40
2436 CLOCK HOURS
132.5 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The Bachelor in Business Administration program will help students learn to cultivate a variety of skills and assets
needed by businesses. The program will provide students with the knowledge and technical skills needed for
positions in business and may also provide students with opportunities for career advancement. The program
provides training in a variety of courses to include: Accounting, Principles of Lean Six Sigma, Project Management,
Advertising, among others. It will also provide hands-on experience in Microsoft Word and Excel. This program
provides general education, technical, and specialized courses that will prepare the graduate for careers in private,
public, and government sectors. Students may find employment as financial analyst, business managers, general
manager, public relations specialist, retail manager, operation coordinator, logistics clerk, accounting clerk, project
coordinator, project manager, advertising rep, marketing manager, sales manager HR assistant among other business
positions
NOTE: The sequential order of the classes may differ from that included in the program outline
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 116
Bachelor in Business Administration
#
Course
Number
Course Title Hrs.
Theory/
Lab
% on
Campus/
Online
Semester
Credit
Hours
1 BMGT 1327
Principles of Management 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
2 ITSC 1209 MS Office Applications I 48 32/16 50/50 2.5
3 ENGL 1301 Composition 48 48/0 0/100 3.0
4 ITSC 1221 MS Office Applications II 48 32/16 50/50 2.5
5 ACNT 1525 Accounting Principles I 96 48/48 50/50 4.5
*6 ACNT 1526 Accounting Principles II 96 48/48 50/50 4.5
7 BMGT 1341
Business Ethics 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
8 HRPO 2301 Human Resource Management
48 48/0 50/50 3.0
9 MRKG 1311
Principles of Marketing 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
10 MATH 1312
Algebra 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
11 SCOM 1315
Fundamentals of Human
Communication
48 48/0 50/50 3.0
12 ECON 2301 Principles of Macroeconomics 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
*13 ACNT 1213
Computerized Accounting
(QuickBooks)
96 48/48 50/50 4.5
*14 ACNT 1229 Payroll Accounting 48 38/10 50/50 2.5
15 GEOL 1301 Geology 48 48/0 0/100 3.0
16 BUSG 2317 Business Law 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
*17 ECON 2302 Principles of Microeconomics 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
*18 MATH 1324
Mathematics for Business &
Social Sciences
48 48/0 50/50 3.0
19 PSYC 2301 General Psychology 48 48/0 0/100 3.0
20 BUSG 2311
Entrepreneurship and
Innovation
96 60/36 50/50 5.0
21 BMGT 3321
Production/
Operation Management
96 48/48 50/50 4.5
22 IBUS 3300 Logistics Management 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
23 HIST 1301
United States
History I
48 48/0 0/100 3.0
*24 HIST 1302 United States History II 48 48/0 0/100 3.0
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 117
25 LSSY 3310 Principles of Lean Six Sigma 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
*26 LSSG 3311 Applied Lean Six Sigma 96 48/48 50/50 4.5
27 MATH 1342
Statistics 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
28 FINA 3315 Business Finance 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
29 BMGT 3301
Project Management 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
30 ENGL 1302 Research Analysis 48 48/0 0/100 3.0
31 BMGT 4333
Non-Profit Organization
Management
48 48/0 50/50 3.0
*32 BMGT 4302
HR Management Development
48 48/0 50/50 3.0
33 BMGT 4020
E-Business 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
*34 BMGT 4301
Advanced Project Management
96 48/48 50/50 4.5
35 PHIL 1301 Introduction to Philosophy 48 48/0 0/100 3.0
36 BMGT 4325
International Business
Management
48 48/0 50/50 3.0
*37 ACNT 4312 Tax Accounting 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
*38 ADVT 4336
Advertising Creative Strategy
& Execution
48 48/0 50/50 3.0
39 BMGT 4300
Capstone 48 48/0 50/50 3.0
40 BMGT 4388
Professional Development
Business Administration &
Management Internship
228
16/32/180
100/0 6.0
Total Hours and Credits – Bachelor in Business
Administration
2436
1856/400/
180
132.5
NOTE: Courses with prerequisites are denoted in the course outline with an asterisk (*).
BMGT 1327 Principles of Management 48/0/3.0
This course explores the rich concepts and applications of management. Students will learn to apply management
concepts about decision making, foundations of planning, managing change, effective communication, operations
management, and team building.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify management, organizational structure, and
operations management, asses how globalization and how it affects organizations, apply the foundation of decision
making, understand the foundations of human behavior and motivating and rewarding employees, and demonstrate
how to manage communication and information
Prerequisites: None
ITSC 1209 MS Office Applications I 32/16/2.5
Students will be introduced to Microsoft Word. The course will concentrate on hands-on experience with the features
of Microsoft Office. Students will perform format text, compress files, create new documents, insert, and format
graphics, create tables, insert footnotes, create columns, create charts, and insert hyperlinks.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 118
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create and manage documents. format text, paragraphs, and
sections, create tables and lists and format graphic elements, and create and manage references
Prerequisites: None
ITSC 1221 MS Office Applications II 32/16/2.5
Students will be introduced to Microsoft Excel. The course will concentrate on hands-on experience with the features
of Microsoft Office.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to create and manage worksheets and workbooks, manage data
cells and ranges, create tables, perform operations with formulas & functions and create charts and objects and
evaluate complex formulas.
Prerequisites: None
ACNT 1525 Accounting Principles I 48/48/4.5
This course will develop an understanding of accounting principles relating to business operations. The course will
concentrate on generally accepted principles, the accounting process, assets and liabilities, journalizing, and posting
adjusting entries. Students will demonstrate the ability to record transactions and adjusting entries, post to the ledger,
close periods, and see the effects in the ledger accounts.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prepare and examine income statements, statement of retained
earnings, and balance sheets. Students will understand assets, liabilities, owner’s equity, and the importance of
financial statements; use revenue and expense accounts, list the rules of debit and credit, execute the accounting
cycle, and perform basic payroll functions.
Prerequisites: None
ACNT 1526 Accounting Principles II 48/48/4.5
Students will learn to apply concepts related to Accounts Receivable, long-term liabilities, fixed assets, inventory
valuation, partnerships, corporations, Cash Flow Statement, and responsibility accounting. Students will be able to
launch Connect for practice purposes and lab.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to journalize transactions for Accounts Receivable, long-term
notes payable and mortgage payable, apply commonly used depreciation methods, describe and illustrate how debt
and equity securities are reported, explain different inventory valuations such as FIFO, LIFO, Average cost method,
explain how financial statements are used to analyze a business and perform a horizontal and vertical analysis of
financial statements and execute a Statement of Cash Flow utilizing Direct and Indirect methods
Prerequisites: ACNT 1525 Accounting Principles I
BMGT 1341 Business Ethics 48/0/3.0
This course will focus on business decision making, ethics, economics and law, ethical organizational decision
making, market ethics, whistleblowing, trade secrets and conflict of interest, discrimination and affirmative action,
marketing, advertising, product safety, employment rights and ethics in finance.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify ethical management and ethics in organizations and
describe the two realms that law and ethics govern; the rules of business ethics and describe ethical requirement
specific to professionals. Students will be able to assess employee rights and describe the justification of
whistleblowing and the meaning of loyalty, and assess how trade secrets, conflict of interest, the challenges of
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 119
privacy, and the meaning of discrimination and harassment and demonstrate how business decisions that are unethical
even if legal.
Prerequisites: None
HRPO 2301 Human Resources Management 48/0/3.0
This course provides an in-depth study and practice of human resource management. The course includes the process
of acquiring, training, appraising, and compensating employees, and of attending to their labor relations, health and
safety, and fairness concerns.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to summarize the basic equal employment opportunity laws
and how each impacts HR functions such as recruitment and selection, explain the basic defenses against
discrimination allegations and provide examples of what employers can and cannot legally do with respect to
recruitment, selection, and promotion and layoff practices. Students will demonstrate that they can write job
descriptions, including summaries and job functions, using the Internet and traditional methods, and explain and
provide examples of the need for branding in effective recruiting and how to do a background check on job candidates.
Prerequisites: None
MRKG 1311 Principles of Marketing 48/0/3.0
This course involves the systematic planning, implementation, and control of a mix of business activities intended to
bring together buyers and sellers for the mutually advantageous exchange or transfer of products.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the marketplace, customers and identify the five
core marketplace concepts, describe customer relationship management, identify strategies for creating value for
customers, create business portfolios and develop growth strategies, describe how companies analyze and use
marketing information and how companies find and develop new-product ideas.
Prerequisites: None
ECON 2301 Principles of Macroeconomics 48/0/3.0
An analysis of the economy including measurement and, national income, inflation, and unemployment. Other topics
include international trade, economic growth, business cycles, and fiscal policy and monetary policy.
Upon completion of this course, the student will explain the role of scarcity, specialization, opportunity cost and
cost/benefit analysis in economic decision-making. Students will identify the determinants of supply and demand;
demonstrate the impact of shifts in both market supply and demand curves on equilibrium price and output, define
and measure national income and rates of unemployment and inflation, identify the phases of the business cycle and
the problems caused by cyclical fluctuations in the market economy, explain money and the money supply
Prerequisites: None
ACNT 1213 Computerized Accounting (QuickBooks) 48/48/4.5
This course is designed to present accounting concepts and their relationship to QuickBooks. The course introduces
students to QuickBooks accounting for a service business, a merchandising business, payroll, and a company setup
for QuickBooks. Students will record business transactions using an up-to-date commercial software program
designed for and used by businesses and accountants.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify QuickBooks forms and understand the use of lists
and registers in QuickBooks, create invoices, record sales transactions on account, and create payroll checks,
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 120
understand the concepts for computerized accounting for payables and record depreciation and enter the adjusting
entries required for accrual-basis accounting. Students will be required to set up a company using the EasyStep
Interview and QuickBooks Setup.
Prerequisites: ACNT 1525 Accounting Principles I
ACNT 1229 Payroll Accounting 38/10/2.5
Students will be introduced to payroll laws and regulations, determine gross earnings, payroll deductions, federal and
state payroll taxes, and tax reports. Upon completion of this course, be able to define the common payroll periods:
weekly, biweekly semimonthly, and monthly and the difference between temporary and contract workers, compute
gross earning based on regular and overtime hours worked, identify and perform several common “pretax” items that
lessen the amount of income tax for employees, and compute various payroll taxes and withholding to arrive at “net-
pay”. Lastly, students will be able to calculate social security and Medicare taxes on employee earnings
Prerequisites: ACNT 1525 Accounting Principles I
BUSG 2317 Business Law 48/0/3.0
This course provides an overview of business law and introduces fundamental principles encountered in the business
environment.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain basic constitutional law and key terms and concepts
of the formation of sales and lease contracts, identify credit, mortgages, and debtor’s rights and explain employment,
worker protection, and immigration law. Lastly, students will be able to identify and describe the different types of
business entities such as: sole proprietorship, partnerships, corporations etc.
Prerequisites: None
ECON 2302 Principles of Microeconomics 48/0/3.0
Analysis of the behavior of individual economic agents, including consumer behavior and demand, producer behavior
and supply, price, and output decisions by firms under various market structures, factor markets, market failures, and
international trade.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain and apply the production function and the Law of
Diminishing Marginal Productivity; calculate and graph short-run and long-run costs of production and identify the
four market structures by characteristics; calculate and graph the profit maximizing price and quantity in the output
markets by use of marginal analysis. Students will also determine the profit maximizing price and quantity of
resources in factor markets under perfect and imperfect competition by use of marginal analysis, describe
governmental efforts to address market failure such as monopoly power, externalities, and public goods, and identify
the benefits of free trade using the concept of comparative advantage.
Prerequisites: ECON 2301 Principles of Macroeconomics
BUSG 2311 Entrepreneurship and Innovation 60/36/5.0
This course is an introduction to Entrepreneurship and Innovation. Students will develop successful business ideas,
learn how to manage and grow an entrepreneurial firm, learn how to conduct a feasibility analysis, how to write and
present a business plan, how to develop a business model, and the ethical and legal issues facing new firms..
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define the characteristics of successful entrepreneurs and
write and present a business plan. They will be able to describe ethical and legal issues facing new firms, assess the
importance of getting financing or funding and define intellectual property and patents, plus describe franchising and
how it works.
Prerequisites: None
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 121
BMGT 3321 Production/Operation Management 48/48/4.5
This course examines the functional area of production and operations management in the manufacturing industry.
Topics include decision-making, capacity planning, aggregate planning, forecasting, and inventory management,
distribution planning, materials requirements planning (MRP), project management and quality control.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify product and process designs, implement productivity
improvement, and explain Quality Management. They will understand new product development and apply
forecasting methods and capacity planning measures.
Prerequisites: None
IBUS 3300 Logistics Management 48/0/3.0
This course will include Financial Logistics, Inventory Management Logistics, Warehouse Management Logistics,
Packing and Materials Handling Logistics, and Transportation Logistics. It will also address how today’s technology
affects the overall environment of Logistics, organizational and managerial issues in Logistics, the importance of
facility location, and transportation infrastructures.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe a supply chain and define supply chain management
and explain the importance of supplier partnerships and the role of demand forecasting. Students will be able to
compare & contrast the various modes of transportation and their impacts on cost and understand the various causes
of the bullwhip effect and how they impact process.
Prerequisites: None
LSSY 3310 Principles of Lean Six Sigma 48/0/3.0
Lean Six Sigma is a method that provides organizations tools to improve the capability of their business processes.
The increase in performance and decrease in process variation lead to defect reduction and improvement in profits,
employee morale, and quality of products or services. It adopts the approach of advancing the concept and potential
of using Six Sigma tools and methodologies within an organization. Also, students will develop skills necessary to
identify, monitor and control “profit-eating” practices in a process.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the role of a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt within the
organization, apply project management skills, identify process improvements that support the project, and explain
Process Concepts and Variation. Students will understand Six Sigma Metrics.
Prerequisites: None
LSSG 3311 Applied Lean Six Sigma 48/0/4.5
The Lean Six Sigma Green Belt course is designed to present the role of a Green Belt who operates in support of or
under the supervision of a Six Sigma Black Belt, analyzes and solves quality problems and is involved in quality
improvement projects. The course teaches the student define-measure-analyze-improve-control methodology using
case studies from several industries. Also, students will learn to define improvement projects to satisfy the customer
and reduce variation.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze and solve quality problems and apply quality or
continuous improvement projects. They will demonstrate knowledge in Six Sigma tools and processes and explain
the DMAIC methodology (Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, and Control).
Prerequisites: LSSY 3310 Principles of Lean Six Sigma
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 122
FINA 3315 Business Finance 48/0/3.0
This course provides an overview of business financial management. Emphasis is on financial statement analysis,
time value of money, management of cash flow, risk and return, and sources of financing. Upon completion, students
should be able to interpret and apply the principles of financial management.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the principles of business finance which support the
overall financial strategy of the organization and apply the standard and accepted accounting principles when
reporting, recording, and projecting financial information. Students will explain the structure of financial statements
and effectively utilize the time value of money, and financial return and risk concepts to conduct professional
financial analyzes.
Prerequisites: None
BMGT 3301 Project Management 48/0/3.0
The goal of this course is to provide concepts and skills that are used by managers to propose, plan, secure resources,
budget, and lead project teams to successful completions of their projects. Students will understand why
organizations have developed a formal project management process to gain a competitive advantage.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify effective project management contributes to
achieving strategic objectives and demonstrate how to employ checklists and simple scoring models to select projects.
Lastly students will be able to construct and comprehend Gantt charts.
Prerequisites: None
BMGT 4333 Non-Profit Organization Management 48/0/3.0
This course examines management principles and practice for nonprofit organizations. Consideration is given to
leadership in a nonprofit environment, the motivation of staff and volunteers, the role of the founder and the board,
and types and structures of nonprofit organizations.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify nonprofit structure, outline key ethical issues for
managers, staff, and volunteers and key financial and legal issues for nonprofit organizations. Students will be able
to discuss the importance of marketing and communication and social media and explain the basics of nonprofit
fundraising and grant writing process.
Prerequisites: None
BMGT 4302 HR Management Development 48/0/3.0
This course is concerned with the development of knowledge and skills needed for productive and satisfying work
in which in turn is critical to organizational success. As a key to human resource specialty area, it provides a vital
service for today’s employees, employers, corporations, and society.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain Human Resource Development (HRD) and the need
for HRD and design, implement HRD programs and evaluate HRD programs. Students will demonstrate coaching
and performance management and demonstrate employee counseling, well-being, and wellness. Students will
understand the scope and implementation of career management and development.
Prerequisites: HRPO 2301 Human Resources Management
BMGT 4020 E-Business 48/0/3.0
E-business focuses on the opportunities that can be provided when private and public organizations interact with their
customers, clients, or stakeholders. This allows you to create services, and other solutions that support the strategy
and desired goal for both companies and society at large. Learn skills and knowledge you need for e-commerce
(buying and selling over the Internet) and e-business (conducting business using Internet technology).
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 123
Upon completion of this course, be able to identify and explain the variety of e-business models, i.e., business to
business, business to customer, consumer to consumer, determine an appropriate e-business model and apply it to a
specific business, explain the implementation of the 4P’s to a specific target market and define and describe the term
“Internet economy”. Students will also be able to identify the severity of down-turns in the business cycle on
traditional vs. Internet businesses.
Prerequisites: None
BMGT 4301 Advanced Project Management 48/48/4.5
The course covers the five process groups of project management: Initiating, Planning, Executing, Monitoring, and
Controlling, and Closing. The course focuses on the concepts and skills required or project managers to successfully
manage a project.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to calculate the probability of a project finishing on time under
PERT estimates, construct and comprehend Gantt charts, incorporate various life cycles and methodologies, identify
program/portfolio management, and apply critical chain project management to project portfolios
Prerequisites: BMGT 3301 Project Management
BMGT 4325 International Business Management 48/0/3.0
This course provides an overview of the international organizations and the effects of the foreign environment on
international business. The course will focus on cultural differences; theories of international trade and economic
development; international finance; marketing internationally and practical applications of starting and maintaining
international business relationships.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to assess the environment: Political, Economic, Legal, and
technological, explain the role of culture, communicating, cross-cultural negotiation and decision making. Students
formulate strategy: Strategic Alliances, Small Business, Emerging Economy firms, and identify organization
structure and control systems. They will be able to apply staffing, training, and compensation for global operations.
Prerequisites: None
ACNT 4312 Tax Accounting 48/0/3.0
This course covers the fundamentals of Federal income tax and how it influences taxpayer decisions. The course is
designed to acquaint the student with the working and concepts of the federal tax law specifically to individuals and
business entities. The course explains principles and concepts of federal income tax for individuals, corporations,
and partnerships; underlying rationale; planning to minimize tax impact.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the primary objectives of the federal income tax law,
use components of the tax formula to calculate an individual’s federal income tax liability, determine which sources
of expenses incurred or paid are deductible for federal income tax purposes, identify and calculate the various tax
credits allowed by law, and demonstrate the ability to conduct basic research using online data bases.
Prerequisites: ACNT 1525 Accounting Principles I
ADVT 4336 Advertising Creative Strategy & Execution 48/0/3.0
Development of effective creative campaigns. Students will design advertisements for print, broadcast, interactive,
and specialty media that meet specific campaign objectives. Students will cover advertising as an institution, strategy
development, and creative execution in the advertising media. The coursework provides a basic understanding of the
advertising process, advertising's role in society, its procedures, and practices
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain unexpected but relevant selling messages and
demonstrate what identity and image strategy does to products, and create a strategy for reaching out to an ever-
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 124
changing marketplace, demonstrate how to connect to the consumer’s heart and mind. Students will further explain
the power of radio, television, and social media and identify Government regulations on advertising.
Prerequisites: MRKG 1311 Principles of Marketing
BMGT 4300 Capstone 48/0/3.0
This course will have students develop a detailed project proposal and complete a final capstone project linking the
areas of study of the student’s BA degree plan with intellectual interests. The final written project will consist of
research, reviews, and analysis targeted towards a specified audience. A presentation of the project is required.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate the strategy of making process, and their
Capstone will identify stakeholders, the mission, governance, and business ethics. Students will conduct an external
analysis (the identification of opportunities and threats), building competitive advantage and propose Strategic
Change (implementing strategies to build and develop a company).
Prerequisites: All preceding courses.
BMGT 4388 Professionalism Development and Internship 16/32/180/6.0
This course focuses on career preparation, job search tools and resources, and professionalism. Student will also
perform in a mock interview with a real-world employer that will grade them on their interviewing skills. The mock
interview will also prepare the students for interviews in their job seeking endeavors Internship will integrate the
knowledge and skills students learned in the program. Working under the direction and supervision of business
owners, managers, supervisors, or industry experts, students maintain ethical and professional work standards while
applying classroom learning. Students will receive actual hands-on application in a workplace environment.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to conduct a targeted job search, including a realistic job
preview, create a job search portfolio, identify references to be used in your job search and sources for job lead,
identify the steps for building a resume package and create a resume and cover letter, demonstrate strategies to
implement when invited to an interview, discuss salary negotiation strategies, define a team and its functions and
Conduct collaborative work in the community. Students will be able to recognize the importance of individual and
cultural differences and respond appropriately, demonstrate initiative and interest in performing the duties assigned,
and maintain good attendance and punctuality, maintain a professional appearance. Students will be required to
demonstrate competency in Word, Excel, Human Resource Management, Marketing, Advertising, Accounting,
Payroll and Project Management, demonstrate they recognize ethical decision making, use organizational skills and
complete projects assigned on a timely basis, and demonstrate ability to work in a team, meet deadlines and keeping
work area clean and organized.
Prerequisites: All preceding courses
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 125
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING
Available at 9451 Diana Drive Campus
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES FOR BSN GRADUATE NURSES
According to the American Association of Colleges of Nursing, graduates of a BSN program are more likely to
have job offers at the time of graduation compared with graduates in other fields. Estimate from Texas State
Department of Health Services (2016), shows that by 2030, while projected supply of RN FTEs is expected to grow
by 35.4%, demand for nurses will grow by 53.8%, leaving a deficit of 59, 970 RN FTEs.
Here is a look at some of the potential career opportunities for nurses available to BSN graduates.
•
Hospital staff nurse
•
Home Health nurse
•
Nursing care facilities
•
Physicians’ offices
•
Genetics nurse
•
Critical care nurse
•
Public health nurse
•
Forensic nurse
Labor Market Information (2016 thru 2026 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2016
210,775
2,955,200
Projected Employment 2026
261,607
3,393,200
Absolute Change 2016-2026
50,832
438,100
Percent Change 2016-2026
24.10%
15.0%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$34.65
$33.75
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
Not available
16,980
Average Openings per year due to Growth
Not available
261,607
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 126
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING
COURSES 1-40
2265 CLOCK HOURS
120 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The Bachelor of Science in Nursing program at WTC provides students with the theory, laboratory and clinical
experiences that will serve as preparation for an entry level position in registered nursing. Upon successful completion
of the program, the graduate is eligible to take the NCLEX-RN (National Council Licensure Examination-RN) exam
to obtain licensure, as required by the State of Texas to practice nursing. Nursing theory provides the foundation of
the nursing practices and guides students with what and how to perform in clinical practices. The clinical portion of
the program provides students with actual hands-on experience in giving basic-to- advanced nursing care to patients
of all ages. Clinical experience, training is provided in skills simulation lab, in long-term treatment facilities, and at
acute hospital settings.
The BSN program consists of 120 semester credit hours that is divided into 8 semesters, where the initial 3
semesters cover general education courses, and the remaining 5 semesters cover the nursing major courses. The
nursing program semester is 15 weeks long and the entire BSN program runs for 32 months from start to finish.
TIME CODES
The following time code is used on all courses to illustrate the amount of time students will spend in class or lab
per course and the subsequent number of credit hours awarded.
45/0/0/3.0- Theory hours per course / Lab hours per course / Clinical hours per course/Semester total hours per
course
CLASS SIZE
A maximum of 30 students per class and a maximum of 10:1 student instructor ratio for clinicals.
EXPECTED STUDENT OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this program, each student will be able to do the following:
1.
Integrate theory and knowledge of the science, social sciences, humanities, and nursing as a foundation for
nursing practice.
2.
Apply the nursing process to manage the care of individuals, families, and populations with respect for
diversity in a variety of health care settings.
3.
Demonstrate the inherent professional values and behaviors in the delivery of individual, families, and
population centered care.
4.
Demonstrate cultural sensitivity in meeting the physical and psychosocial needs of the client.
5.
Analyze the effect of existing government policies on the health care delivery system.
6.
Facilitate inter-professional and intra-professional communication and collaboration to improve practice,
minimize risks, and optimize health outcomes.
7.
Apply the competencies of leadership, quality improvement and patient safety to improve health outcomes
for individuals, families, and populations.
8.
Contribute to the development and implementation of a therapeutic teaching plan.
9.
Critique current health delivery system, offering corrective improvement ideas.
MISSION AND PHILOSOPHY
The nursing program mission is to prepare culturally sensitive professional nurses who are well versed in the
delivery of safe, compassionate and holistic patient-centered care using evidence-based interventions and sound
clinical judgment for individuals, families, populations and communities across the lifespan. We are committed to
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 127
doing so through the application of an academically sound curriculum delivered by dedicated and exceptional
educators. The mission of WTC College Nursing Program is incongruent with the mission of the college.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT: Students from the BSN program are required to graduate with a 3.0 or higher.
The college reserves the right to withhold official transcripts to a student until all financial obligations to the college
have been fulfilled or satisfactory arrangements have been made. They must also attend and complete a financial aid
exit interview and must meet general graduation requirements.
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
To better prepare students planning to enter nursing, an understanding of the physical and mental requirements
expected by employers is essential. The student is expected to meet the same professional abilities during clinical/lab
instruction in the Nursing Program. Students must be able to:
1. Demonstrate consistent ability to deliver safe competent nursing care.
2. Demonstrate ability to deliver care across the age spectrum with honesty, civility, integrity, and non-
discrimination.
3. Demonstrate effective communication and interpersonal skills.
4. Must be able to read and write in English and communicate verbally in English.
5. Demonstrate emotional stability and maturity in various circumstances through interpersonal relationships
with staff, patients, and visitors.
6. Demonstrate ability to differentiate odors and colors in the clinical setting.
7. Have normal/corrected vision and hearing within the normal range.
8. Demonstrate ability to direct and work in stressful, changing, and high paced facilities demonstrating coping
skills.
9. Demonstrate good body mechanics, lift/carry a minimum of twenty-five (25) lbs. independently and fifty
(50) lbs. with assistance.
10. Demonstrate ability to tolerate intermittent sitting, standing, stooping, and walking. Full range of motion is
required.
11. Demonstrate good manual and finger dexterity.
12. Demonstrate working knowledge and ability to use computers.
13. Function to full extent as there are no “limited or light duty assignments”
LICENSURE EXAMINATION
Approximately three months prior to graduation, submit the required applications and fees in preparation for
licensure. The application process is two-fold; first, the State Board of Nursing in Texas requires an application and
fee to process the license, and secondly, the testing center, Pearson Vue, requires a separate application and testing
fee to register the applicant to take the licensing exam. The dean of nursing will provide the students with the
necessary information to facilitate this process. Additionally, the state of Texas requires all applicants for the
NCLEX- RN to pass the Texas Nursing Jurisprudence Examination online prior to been issued an authorization to
test for the NCLEX examination. Refer to the TBON website http://www.bne.state.tx.us/
under the Licensure tab and
then click on Examination for details.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 128
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING
#
Course
Title
Hrs.
Lec/
Supervised
Lab
Semester
Credit
Hours
1
ENGL 1301 English Composition I
45
45/0 3.0
2
BIOL 1401 Anatomy & Physiology I
75
45/30 4.0
*3
PHIL 1301 Philosophy I
45
45/0 3.0
4
HIST 1301 U.S. History I
45
45/0 3.0
5
MATH 1312 Algebra
45
45/0 3.0
*6
SPCH 1315 Public Speaking
45
45/0 3.0
*7
PHIL 2255 Medical Ethics & Issues
30
30/0 2.0
8
BIOL 2421 Microbiology
75
45/30 4.0
9
BIOL 2402 Anatomy & Physiology II
75
45/30 4.0
*10
SOCI 1358 Sociology
45
45/0 3.0
*11
PSYC 1380 Life Span Human Development
45
45/0 3.0
*12
BIOL 1360 Introduction to Human Nutrition
45
45/0 3.0
*13
PSYC 2301 General Psychology
45
45/0 3.0
14 ENGL 1302 Research Analysis
45
45/0 3.0
15 MATH 1342 Statistics
45
45/0 3.0
*16
CHEM
1470 Chemistry
75
45/30 4.0
17 PATHO 2330 Human Pathophysiology
45
45/0 3.0
18 POLS 3389 Policy & Politics in Healthcare
45
45/0 3.0
19 NURS 2200 Foundation of Nursing
30
30/0 2.0
20 NURS 2400L
Foundation of Nursing
Lab/Clinical
120
0/120 4.0
21 NURS 2210 Gerontologic Nursing
60
30/30 3.0
22 NURS 2220 Health/Physical Assessment
60
30/30 3.0
23
NURS 2230
Pharmacology
30
30/0
2.0
24 NURS 3300 Medical Surgical Nursing I
30
30/0 2.0
25 NURS 3500L
Medical Surgical Nursing I
Lab/Clinical
120
0/120 4.0
26
NURS 3270
Cultural Diversity & Health
30
30/0
2.0
27
NURS 3384
Nursing Research
45
45/0
3.0
28
NURS 3340
Medical Surgical Nursing II
45
45/0
3.0
29 NURS 3440L
Medical Surgical Nursing II
Lab/Clinical
120
0/120 4.0
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 129
30
NURS 3250
Mental Health
30
30/0
2.0
31 NURS 3150L Mental Health Lab/Clinical
30
0/30 1.0
32
NURS 3320
Community Health Nursing
60
30/30
3.0
33
NURS 4370
Medical Surgical Nursing III
45
45/0
3.0
34 NURS 4370L
Medical Surgical Nursing III
Lab/Clinical
120
0/120 4.0
35
NURS 4460
Maternal Child Nursing
60
60/0
4.0
36 NURS 4460L
Maternal Child Nursing
Lab/Clinical
60
0/60 2.0
37 NURS 4410
Nursing Leadership &
Management
90
30/60 4.0
38
NURS 4250
Professional Nursing Issues
30
30/0
2.0
39 NURS 4380 Preceptorship + Lab/Clinical
90
0/90 3.0
40 NURS 4390 Nursing Capstone
45
45/0 3.0
Total Hours and Credits - Bachelor of Science in Nursing
2265
1335/930
120.0
NOTE: Program courses for the Nursing curriculum are designed in a sequential manner. Each course of the
curriculum is ordered such that the subsequent material is based on skills acquired from prerequisite courses.
Exceptions to this include courses denoted with an asterisk (*).
NURSING COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
NURS 2200 FOUNDATION OF NURSING 30/0/2.0
This course promotes nursing as an evolving art and science directed to human health and well- being. Students will
cultivate the Quality and Safety Education for Nurses (QSEN), critical thinking, and blended skills practiced within
the nursing process to serve patients and the public. Students will combine cognitive, technical, and interpersonal
skills to promote the four aims of nursing: promoting health; preventing illness; restoring health and facilitating
coping with illness or death. Students will identify with their profession and share in its rewards by developing
an attitude of caring and accountability in patient care. The NUR200L Foundation of Nursing Lab/Clinical course
must be taken concurrently with this course.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
• Describe the foundations of nursing, including health and illness, human needs, nursing theory, research, and
evidence-based practice.
• Evaluate the settings in which health care is practiced and the methods taken to ensure continuity of care for
the patient.
• Describe and practice the components of the nursing process: assessing; diagnosing; planning; implementing;
and evaluating.
• Use theories of growth and development across the lifespan to enhance the patient care plan.
• Describe the roles basic to nursing care, including communicator; teacher; counselor; leader; manager and
care coordinator.
• Discuss the actions basic to nursing care: maintaining asepsis, measuring vital signs, assessing health
promoting safety, incorporating complementary and alternative therapies, administering medications, and
caring for patients in all healthcare settings.
• Promote healthy physiologic responses in patients: hygiene, skin integrity and wound care, activity, rest and
sleep, comfort and pain management, nutrition, urinary and bowel elimination, oxygenation and perfusion,
electrolyte, and acid-base balance.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 130
• Develop plans of care to help patients meet basic psychosocial needs: self-concept; stress and adaptation;
loss, grief, and dying; sensory stimulation; sexuality; and spirituality.
NURS 2400L FOUNDATION OF NURSING LAB/CLINICAL 0/120/4.0
This course presents basic nursing skills that will assist nursing students to incorporate cognitive, technical,
interpersonal, and ethical/legal skills into safe and effective patient care. The skills included focus on basic principles
of patient care, including an emphasis on safe medication administration. Students will apply the nursing process as
they care for patients in skilled units of a long-term care facility.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
• Demonstrate basic nursing care in a safe manner in an instructor supervised skills laboratory and real-life
patient care settings.
• Collect subjective and objective health assessment data for adult patients in a long- term care setting.
• Apply the nursing process as a method for clinical reasoning and decision making.
• Demonstrate accurate calculation of medication dosages.
• Demonstrate accurate and complete documentation of patient care in the DocuCare electronic medical record.
• Demonstrate nursing interventions to promote basic needs in the clinical setting, including activity and
exercise; patient safety; hygiene; oxygenation, fluid, electrolyte and acid base balance; sleep; pain
management; nutrition; urinary elimination; bowel elimination; skin integrity and wound care; and sensory
alterations.
• In a simulated laboratory setting and where opportunities are available in a real-life patient setting,
demonstrate the following procedures according to best practices and evidenced based research:
• Asepsis and Infection Control: handwashing; PPE; sterile field; sterile gloves.
• Vital Signs.
• Safety: fall prevention and restraints.
• Medication Administration: oral, injectable (intradermal, SQ, IM); transdermal; eye drops; ear drops; nasal
spray; vaginal; rectal; inhaled; metric and household systems of measurement; drug abbreviations, labels,
and packaging; calculation of oral medications; calculation of liquids for injection.
• Perioperative: deep breathing; coughing; splinting; leg exercises; post-op receiving to room
• Hygiene: bathing; oral care; contact lenses; hair; shaving; nail care; bed making.
• Skin Integrity and Wound Care: dry, sterile dressing; saline-moistened dressing; hydrocolloid dressing;
wound irrigation; wound culture; Montgomery straps; suture removal; staple removal; heating pad; warm
compress; cold therapy.
• Activity: turning in bed; moving a patient up in bed; transferring; ROM exercises; ambulation; graduated
compression stockings; pneumatic compression devices; CPM device; sling.
• Comfort and Pain Management: promoting comfort; back massage.
• Nutrition: assisting with eating.
• Urinary Elimination: bedpan, urinal, bedside commode
• Bowel Elimination: enema; digital removal of stool; fecal incontinence device.
• Oxygenation: pulse oximeter; incentive spirometer; oxygen by nasal cannula and mask.
• Cardiovascular Care: CPR.
• Neurologic Care: logrolling; cervical collar; seizure precautions.
• Laboratory Specimen collection: nasal swab; nasopharyngeal swab; sputum specimen; urine specimen, clean
catch; occult blood in stool; stool for culture; capillary blood sample for glucose testing
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 131
NURS 2210 GERONTOLOGIC NURSING 30/30/3.0
This course provides a foundation for the nurse’s role in providing wellness-oriented nursing care in all stages of
health and illness for older adults in any health care setting. Students will understand the complex needs of older
adults in the context of age- related changes and individual risk factors as they apply the nursing process to deliver
holistic care in a long-term care clinical setting through the roles of practitioner, educator, advocate and researcher.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop a wellness philosophy in the care of older adults and
explain the Functional Consequences Theory applied to the nursing care of older adults. Students will further be able
to describe the role of the nurse in promoting wellness for older adults about aspects of daily life as well as complex
situations such as medication management, elder abuse, and legal and ethical concerns. Apply nursing interventions
to support wellness in psychosocial functioning. Students will also be able to differentiate between age-related
changes and risk factors that affect all aspects of physiologic and psychosocial function for older adults and identify
those that are most amenable to health promotion interventions. Lastly, students will be able to apply concepts of
wellness to older adults through all stages of health and illness, including acute and chronic conditions, pain
management, and at the end of life.
NURS 2220 HEALTH/PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT 30/30/3.0
This course provides assessment tools to assist the student to obtain a thorough history and perform a comprehensive
physical examination of adult and geriatric patients. Students will learn to elicit information related to patient
complaints and use the history findings and critical thinking skills to prioritize and guide the physical examination.
Health promotion and disease prevention are highlighted for students to incorporate when educating patients,
families, and communities.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the components of the health assessment.
Analyze a written patient history and physical examination findings to identify patient problems and develop a
nursing care plan. Students will also be able to describe the phases of the nurse-patient interview, use therapeutic
communication techniques during the patient interview and physical examination and obtain a comprehensive health
history from a patient. Students will perform and document a comprehensive physical examination using a
systematic, head-to-toe approach on a simulated adult patient, and recognize normal physiologic changes in the older
adult. Lastly, students will perform and document a health history and physical examination utilizing screening tools
which address common concerns in the older adult and demonstrate proper use of equipment utilized in physical
examination.
NURS 2230 PHARMACOLOGY 30/0/2.0
This course introduces nursing pharmacology to build a foundation for administering drug therapy to patients.
Discussion of the major drug groups focuses on therapeutic actions and indications, pharmacokinetics,
contraindications and cautions, adverse effects, clinically important drug-drug interactions, and nursing
considerations which emphasize the nursing process and focus on patient care and teaching. Prototypes of the major
drug groups are emphasized. Lifespan considerations, evidence for best practice, patient safety, and critical thinking
are integrated throughout the course.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss the major concepts associated with pharmacology
including pharmacodynamics, pharmacokinetics, therapeutic effects, adverse effects, and factors affecting drug
therapy. Students will be able to explain the legal regulation for drug development, approval, and testing, and
challenges associated with drug therapy in current times. Students will describe the major drug groups and their
indications for use; correlate the actions of the major drug groups with the body system(s) affected and identify the
prototype for each of the major drug groups. Students will discuss the important lifespan considerations associated
with the major drug groups and explain the mechanism of action, indications, contraindications and cautions,
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 132
common adverse effects, and clinically important drug-drug interactions for each of the major drug groups. Lastly,
students will relate the importance of renal and hepatic function with drug therapy, and describe the nursing
considerations related to drug therapy, including important teaching points, for each of the major drug groups.
NURS 3300 MEDICAL SURGICAL NURSING I 30/0/2.0
This course provides an understanding of the nurse’s role in patient-centered care within evolving practice
environments and across the spectrum of health and illness. This course will address nursing care issues including
pain management; fluid and electrolyte balance; perioperative care; gas exchange; digestive function; renal function;
sensory and integumentary function from a physiologic, pathophysiologic, and psychosocial context. Students will
apply this knowledge through the nursing process and clinical reasoning in an acute care clinical setting as they
assume the roles of practitioner, educator, advocate, and researcher through NUR300L Medical Surgical Nursing I
Lab/Clinical which must be taken concurrently.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss genetics and genomics, chronic illness, and
rehabilitation as they relate to professional nursing practice, and demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of pain,
fluid and electrolyte balance, perioperative care, gas exchange, digestive, renal, sensory, and integumentary function.
Students will apply the nursing process to patients experiencing pain, fluid and electrolyte imbalance, surgery, and
disorders of gas exchange, digestion, renal, sensory, and integumentary dysfunction. Furthermore, students will be
able to discuss safe, effective nursing care for patients with pain, fluid and electrolyte imbalance, perioperative needs,
and disorders of gas exchange, digestion, renal, sensory, and integumentary dysfunction through the nursing roles of
practitioner, educator, advocate, and researcher.
NURS 3500L MEDICAL SURGICAL NURSING I LAB/CLINICAL 0/120/4.0
This course emphasizes safe, effective, compassionate patient care as nursing students learn to incorporate cognitive,
technical, interpersonal, and ethical/legal aspects of skill application. The skills include interventions commonly
applied to patients experiencing acute and critically acute health conditions, with an emphasis on safe intravenous
medication administration, ECG interpretation and life-saving nursing interventions. Students will apply this
knowledge through the nursing process and clinical reasoning in an acute care clinical setting as they assume the
roles of practitioner, educator, advocate, and researcher.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:
• Demonstrate nursing care in a safe manner in an instructor supervised skills laboratory and real-life patient
care settings.
• Collect subjective and objective health assessment data for adult patients in an acute care setting.
• Apply the nursing process as a method for clinical reasoning and decision making.
• Demonstrate accurate calculation and administration of medication dosages including intravenous therapy.
• Demonstrate accurate and complete documentation of patient care in the DocuCare electronic medical record.
• Demonstrate the following procedures according to best practices and evidenced based research: Medication
Administration, Skin Integrity and Wound Care, Comfort and Pain Management, Nutrition, Urinary
Elimination, Bowel Elimination, Oxygenation: suctioning, Cardiovascular, Fluid, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base
Balance, and Laboratory Specimen collection.
• Apply the nursing process to patients experiencing pain, fluid and electrolyte imbalance, surgery, and
disorders of gas exchange, digestion, renal, sensory, and integumentary dysfunction.
• Implement safe, effective nursing care for patients with pain, fluid and electrolyte imbalance, perioperative
needs, and disorders of gas exchange, digestion, renal, sensory, and integumentary dysfunction through the
nursing roles of practitioner, educator, advocate, and researcher.
• Demonstrate nursing interventions to promote basic needs including activity and exercise; patient safety;
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 133
hygiene; oxygenation, fluid, electrolyte and acid base balance; sleep; pain management; nutrition; urinary
elimination; bowel elimination; skin integrity and wound care; and sensory alterations.
NURS 3270 CULTURAL DIVERSITY & HEALTH 30/0/2.0
This course focuses on the role of the nurse to address the needs of clients in diverse populations across the life span.
Theory and research-based evidence from nursing and other disciplines are integrated with concepts of caring and
cultural competences. Concepts such as cultural awareness, readiness, sensitivity, and cultural education will be
emphasized. In partnership with clients, the student develops, implements, and evaluates a cultural teaching plan
designed to produce a desired change in behavior.
Upon completion of this course, student will be able to describe influences that affect culturally competent healthcare;
describe how diversity affects health and illness care, including culturally based traditional care; and describe cultural
competence when assessing and providing nursing care for patients from diverse cultural groups.
NURS 3384 NURSING RESEARCH 45/0/3.0
This course helps students learn how to read and critique research reports and to develop an appreciation of research
as a path to enhancing nursing practice.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss the need for evidence-based practice, compare
quantitative research with qualitative research. Identify the components of a well-worded clinical question and be
able to frame such a question. Students will also be able to describe the flow and sequence of activities in quantitative
and qualitative research and discuss why they differ and describe aspects of a research critique.
Students will also be able to describe the process of developing and refining a research problem and understand the
process of screening, abstracting, critiquing, and organizing research evidence. Students will be required to describe
approaches for assessing the reliability and validity of measures, and critique researchers’ interpretation of their
results in a discussion section of a report.
NURS 3340 MEDICAL SURGICAL NURSING II 45/0/3.0
This course provides an understanding of the nurse’s role in patient-centered care within evolving practice
environments and across the spectrum of health and illness. This course will address nursing care issues including
cancer care; end-of-life care; hematologic; immunologic; musculoskeletal; metabolic; endocrine; and reproductive
function from a physiologic, pathophysiologic, and psychosocial context. Students will apply this knowledge through
the nursing process and clinical reasoning in an acute care clinical setting as they assume the roles of practitioner,
educator, advocate and researcher through the NURS 3340L Medical Surgical Nursing II Lab/Clinical course which
must be taken concurrently.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss end-of-life issues and care as they relate to
professional nursing practice. They will be able to demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of cancer,
hematologic, immunologic, musculoskeletal, metabolic, endocrine, and reproductive function, and apply the nursing
process to patients experiencing cancer, hematologic, immunologic, musculoskeletal, metabolic, endocrine, and
reproductive dysfunction. Students will also be able to describe safe, effective nursing care for patients with cancer,
hematologic, immunologic, musculoskeletal, metabolic, endocrine, and reproductive dysfunction through the nursing
roles of practitioner, educator, advocate, and researcher.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 134
NURS 3440L MEDICAL SURGICAL NURSING II LAB/CLINIC 0/120/4.0
This course provides an opportunity for students to apply their growing knowledge base of adult medical surgical
conditions through the nursing process and clinical reasoning in an acute care clinical setting as they assume the roles
of practitioner, educator, advocate, and researcher. This course must be taken concurrently with NURS 3340 Medical
Surgical Nursing II.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate nursing care in a safe manner in an instructor
supervised real life patient care setting. Students will be able to collect subjective and objective health assessment
data for adult patients in an acute care setting and apply the nursing process as a method for clinical reasoning and
decision making. They will be able to demonstrate accurate calculation and administration of medication dosages, to
include intravenous therapy, and demonstrate accurate and complete documentation of patient care in the DocuCare
electronic medical record.
Students will demonstrate all procedures learned in previous semesters according to best practices and evidenced
based research. Students will apply the nursing process to patients experiencing cancer, hematologic, immunologic,
musculoskeletal, metabolic, endocrine, and reproductive dysfunction. Students will implement safe, effective
nursing care for patients with cancer, hematologic, immunologic, musculoskeletal, metabolic, endocrine, and
reproductive dysfunction through the nursing roles of practitioner, educator, advocate, and researcher. Lastly,
students will demonstrate nursing interventions to promote basic needs including activity and exercise; patient safety;
hygiene; oxygenation, fluid, electrolyte and acid base balance; sleep; pain management; nutrition; urinary
elimination; bowel elimination; skin integrity and wound care; and sensory alterations.
NURS 3250 MENTAL HEALTH 30/0/2.0
This course provides a foundation for the nurse’s role in mental health care. This course will present sound nursing
theory, therapeutic modalities, and clinical applications across the treatment continuum and in various clinical
settings using a nursing process framework. Students will apply this knowledge through the nursing process and
clinical reasoning in an inpatient psychiatric clinical setting as they assume the roles of practitioner, educator,
advocate, and researcher through NUR350L Mental Health Lab/Clinical which must be taken concurrently.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss current trends in the treatment of people with mental
illness and discuss neuro-biologic theories and medication management for patients with mental illness. They will be
able to explain the basic beliefs and approaches of the contemporary psychosocial theories of mental illness and
describe different types of residential and community treatment settings and the services they provide. Students will
be able to demonstrate effective therapeutic responses to simulated client situations and obtain and organize
psychosocial assessment data to use as a basis for planning nursing care. They will also be able to identify legal and
ethical issues in the practice of psychiatric nursing and apply the nursing process to the care of clients.
NURS 3150L MENTAL HEALTH LAB/CLINICAL 0/30/1.0
This course emphasizes safe, effective, compassionate patient care as nursing students learn to incorporate cognitive,
technical, interpersonal, and ethical/legal aspects of nursing care to patients with mental health disorders. Students
will use therapeutic communication and evidence-based interventions as they apply the nursing process to deliver
holistic care in an in-patient mental health clinical setting through the roles of practitioner, educator, advocate, and
researcher.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate nursing care in a safe manner to patients in an
instructor-supervised patient care setting. Collect subjective and objective data for patients in a residential psychiatric
care setting. Students will also be required to use effective communication with patients, instructor, and peers,
demonstrate accurate and complete documentation of patient care in the DocuCare electronic medical record. Lastly,
students will apply the nursing process to the care of clients experiencing grief and loss; anger, hostility, and
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 135
aggression; abuse and violence; and psychiatric disorders including trauma and stressor-related, anxiety, obsessive-
compulsive, schizophrenia, mood, suicide, personality, addiction, eating disorders, somatic, neurodevelopmental,
disruptive behavior, and cognitive disorders.
NURS 3320 COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING 30/30/3.0
This course focuses on evidence-based practice in community and public health nursing by blending the nursing
process and the epidemiologic process to provide a framework for gathering evidence about health problems,
analyzing the information, generating diagnoses or hypotheses, planning for resolution, implementing plans of action,
and evaluating the results. Students will understand the nurse’s role as a change agent and leader in implementing
culturally appropriate, community- based programs to remedy the conditions that contribute to health disparities. The
five common specialty practices of mental health, school health, faith-oriented communities, palliative care, and
occupational health nursing are explored. This course must be taken concurrently with NUR420L Community Health
Nursing Lab/Clinical.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss the challenges for public health nurses in the 21st
century to include infectious and communicable diseases, emerging infectious diseases, violence and abuse,
substance use, underserved populations, environmental health, and community preparedness for disaster and
terrorism. Students will be able to describe the structure of public healthcare in the United States and discuss the role
of nurses in informing healthcare policies. They will describe key indicators of health that can be measured or used
as benchmarks to examine the health outcomes of a population. Furthermore, students will be required to identify
epidemiologic and health behavior change models of health promotion and modifiable risk reduction and generate
research questions related to problems identified in community and public health nursing practice.
NURS 4370 MEDICAL SURGICAL NURSING III 45/0/3.0
This course provides an understanding of the nurse’s role in patient-centered care within evolving practice
environments and across the spectrum of health and illness. This course will address nursing care issues including
shock; multiple organ dysfunction; trauma; cardiovascular; circulation; burns; neurologic; and emergencies from a
physiologic, pathophysiologic, and psychosocial context. Students will apply this knowledge through the nursing
process and clinical reasoning in an acute care clinical setting caring for high acuity patients as they assume the roles
of practitioner, educator, advocate and researcher in the NURS 4370L Medical Surgical Nursing III Lab/Clinical
course which must be taken concurrently.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of shock,
multiple organ dysfunction, trauma, cardiovascular, circulation, burns, and neurologic function. They will be able to
describe the nursing process for patients experiencing emergencies, shock, multiple organ dysfunction, trauma,
cardiovascular, circulation, burns, and neurologic dysfunction. Furthermore, students will be able to discuss safe,
effective nursing care for patients with emergencies, shock, multiple organ dysfunction, trauma, cardiovascular,
circulation, burns, and neurologic dysfunction through the nursing roles of practitioner, educator, advocate, and
researcher.
NURS 4370L MEDICAL SURGICAL NURSING III LAB/CLINICAL 0/120/4.0
This course provides an opportunity for students to apply their growing knowledge base of adult medical surgical
conditions through the nursing process and clinical reasoning in an acute care clinical setting for high acuity patients
as they assume the roles of practitioner, educator, advocate and researcher. This course must be taken concurrently
with NURS 4370 Medical Surgical Nursing III.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 136
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate nursing care in a safe manner in an instructor
supervised real life patient care setting and collect subjective and objective health assessment data for adult patients
in an acute care setting. They will apply the nursing process as a method for clinical reasoning and decision making.
They will be able to demonstrate accurate calculation and administration of medication dosages including intravenous
therapy and demonstrate accurate and complete documentation of patient care in the DocuCare electronic medical
record. Where opportunities are available in the real- life patient setting, they will be able to demonstrate all
procedures learned in previous semesters according to best practices and evidenced based research, and apply the
nursing process to patients experiencing emergencies, shock, multiple organ dysfunction, trauma, cardiovascular,
circulation, burns, and neurologic dysfunction.
Students will further implement safe, effective nursing care for patients with emergencies, shock, multiple organ
dysfunction, trauma, cardiovascular, circulation, burns, and neurologic dysfunction through the nursing roles of
practitioner, educator, advocate, and researcher. Lastly, students will be able to demonstrate nursing interventions to
promote basic needs including activity and exercise; patient safety; hygiene; oxygenation, fluid, electrolyte and acid
base balance; sleep; pain management; nutrition; urinary elimination; bowel elimination; skin integrity and wound
care; and sensory alterations.
NURS 4460 MATERNAL CHILD NURSING 60/0/4.0
This course focuses on evidence-based practice and family-centered care in maternity and pediatric nursing. The
topics of pregnancy, labor, and birth, postpartum, newborn, growth, and development of the well child from newborn
through adolescence, health promotion for well children as well as care of the child with a health disorder are
explored. Students apply the knowledge in acute care hospital clinical units during NUR360L Maternal Child Nursing
Lab/Clinical which must be taken concurrently.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to examine the major components and key elements of family-
centered care and describe maternal physiologic changes that occur during pregnancy, to include nursing
management to promote maternal self-care and to manage high-risk pregnancy. Students will be able to explain the
tests used to assess maternal and fetal well-being, including nursing management for each, summarize the nursing
care throughout the labor and birth process, and plan postpartum nursing care with interventions to reduce common
postpartum complications and foster maternal/infant bonding. Students will be required to discuss the areas of health
education needed for discharge planning, home care, and follow-up, and describe a nursing care plan to address
common issues related to growth and development for newborns through adolescents. Lastly, students will apply the
nursing process to the care of children with special needs and health disorders affecting each body system. Identify
appropriate nursing assessments and interventions for the child with a mental health disorder.
NURS 4460L MATERNAL CHILD NURSING LAB/CLINICAL 0//60/2.0
This course focuses on evidence-based practice and family-centered care in maternity and pediatric nursing. Nursing
skills for maternal, newborn, and childcare are included in the laboratory component. Students apply the knowledge
in acute care hospital labor and delivery, postpartum, newborn nursery, and pediatric clinical units. This course must
be taken concurrently with NUR360 Maternal Child Nursing.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate nursing care in a safe manner in an instructor
supervised skills laboratory and real-life patient care settings and collect subjective and objective health assessment
data for women, infants, and children in an acute care setting. They will apply the nursing process to a woman in
labor as a method for clinical reasoning and decision making, demonstrate postpartum nursing care with interventions
to reduce common postpartum complications and foster maternal/infant bonding, and demonstrate health education
to parents for discharge planning, home care, and follow- up. Students will implement a nursing care plan to address
common issues related to growth and development for newborns through adolescents.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 137
Students will be able to apply the nursing process to the care of children with special needs and health disorders
affecting each body system, demonstrate care of the normal newborn, and use effective communication with patients,
instructor, and peers. Students are expected to demonstrate accurate calculation and administration of medication
dosages including intravenous therapy and demonstrate accurate and complete documentation of patient care in the
DocuCare electronic medical record.
In a simulated laboratory setting and where opportunities are available in a real-life patient setting, students will
demonstrate the following procedures according to best practices and evidenced based research:
• Assessment: maternal and newborn, pediatric.
• Antepartum Care: Intrapartum vaginal exam, administration of RhoGAM.
• Intrapartum Care: Assisting with amniotomy; auscultating fetal heart rate, external and internal electronic
fetal monitoring, monitoring a patient undergoing induction of labor, caring for a patient with an
• Epidural Postpartum Care: assessing the perineum, assessing the uterine fundus following birth, evaluating
lochia, assisting with breast feeding
• Newborn Care: APGAR scores, thermoregulation, applying, caring for, and removing an umbilical cord
clamp, assisting with circumcision, and providing circumcision care, initial newborn bath, phototherapy for
infant.
• Medication Administration and Calculation: adult, infant, and children and demonstrate nursing interventions
for women, infants and children to promote basic needs including activity and exercise; patient safety;
hygiene; oxygenation, fluid, electrolyte and acid base balance; sleep; pain management; nutrition; urinary
elimination; bowel elimination; skin integrity and wound care; and sensory alterations.
NURS 4410 NURSING LEADERSHIP & MANAGEMENT 30/60/4.0
This course allows the student to explore management topics while building effective leadership skills, so they may
function effectively in the rapidly changing health-care industry. Students will delve into management and leadership
issues such as operational planning, planned change, time management, professional advocacy, staffing, motivating,
delegation, quality control and conflict resolution are discussed, and will apply this knowledge through the nursing
process and clinical reasoning in an acute care clinical setting as they develop their professional role of leader
and manager. The NUR410L Nursing Leadership and Management Lab/Clinical course must be taken concurrently.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to differentiate between leadership roles and management
functions, analyze how current and future paradigm shifts in healthcare may affect the leadership skills needed by
nurses in the 21st century. They will be able to discuss ethical decision making congruent with the ANA Code of
Ethics and Interpretive Statements and professional standards, and differentiate between the manager’s responsibility
to advocate for patients, subordinates, the organization, the profession, and for self. Students will develop a time
management tool to complete nursing care according to the priority level they have been assigned and on time.
recognize and problem solve budgetary constraints and be able to describe characteristics of magnet designated
health-care organizations that exemplify the 14 forces of magnetism. Students will also be able to differentiate among
various types of patient care delivery systems and address the unique challenges of building a cohesive team through
education and socialization when a diverse workforce exists. Lastly, students will be able to select appropriate staffing
policies for a given situation. determine whether delegation to an unlicensed worker is appropriate in each situation,
using a decision tree developed by the NCSBN and/or TBON. Describe key components of total quality management
NURS 4250 PROFESSIONAL NURSING ISSUES 30/0/2.0
This course provides an overview of significant issues that impact the nursing profession. Both enduring professional
issues and the most pressing contemporary issues facing the profession are explored, to include furthering the
profession, issues of the workforce, workplace, nursing education, and legal and ethical issues, and professional
power.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 138
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze the potential impacts of raising the educational entry
level on the current nursing shortage, workforce diversity, and intra-professional conflict. Describe the driving and
restraining forces for increasing the entry educational level for advanced practice nursing to that of a practice
doctorate. Evaluate strategies directed at both supply and demand factors that have been proposed to reduce the
current nursing shortage. Integrate ethical, legal, and human rights as guides for developing best practices to guard
against and respond to workplace violence. Analyze how social media can be effectively used by the professional
nurse. Identify at least three models of transition to practice programs. Discuss consequences of a lack of academic
integrity in nursing programs. Compare continuing education requirements for nurses with those for other health care
professionals. Identify issues currently being debated in the legislature that affect nursing and health care. Explore
the roles and responsibilities that individual nurses, employers, professional associations, and the media must ensure
that nurses are portrayed accurately and positively to the public. Describe types of nursing associations and their
value to members and the profession.
NURS 4380 PRECEPTORSHIP + LAB/CLINICAL 0/90/3.0
This course builds on the knowledge and skills obtained in the nursing curriculum and integrates the curriculum
concepts in varied/diverse practice settings. Synthesis of management, organizational, culture and interpersonal
relationship principles are applied with developing independence in the practice of nursing. This course facilitates
the students’ evaluation of principles and practices of the profession of nursing while assisting in the role transition
to a practicing registered nurse. Clinical environments could be, but are not limited to medical/surgical, mental health,
pediatric, maternity, critical care, home, nursing home and extended or ambulatory care units.
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to deliver holistic nursing care to groups of patients
consistent with the job description for a registered nurse in the assigned clinical practice setting, and apply the nursing
process and critical thinking skills when implementing safe, appropriate, and caring interventions within the
professional nursing scope of practice. Students will be able to demonstrate effective management of both the patients
and staff through collaboration and delegation and evaluate how the organizational design and culture of the health
care system affects the delivery of nursing care. Lastly, students will be able to demonstrate professional
communication techniques when interacting with staff, patients, and families and evaluate the legal and ethical
aspects of the professional nursing role in the assigned clinical practice setting. Students will use standards of practice
to evaluate care administered by the interdisciplinary health care team, as they participate in coordination of patient
transfer to and from the assigned clinical practice unit and/or setting.
NURS 4390 NURSING CAPSTONE 45/0/3.0
This course prepares students to transition to the professional nursing role as an entry-level registered nurse. Students
will understand the importance of effective inter- and intra-professional communication and work dynamics, the
employment process, career development, nursing jurisprudence related to the provision of safe and effective nursing
care, and preparation for the NCLEX-RN examination.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify individual nursing content areas of mastery and
weakness and develop an individualized study plan for the NCLEX-RN. Students will be required to discuss
differentiated practice as it applies to Texas Board of Nursing educational outcomes for graduates of Texas nursing
programs, and explain the competencies needed by the new graduate as outlined by the job analysis study that is the
basis for the NCLEX-RN. They will meet the Texas Board of Nursing criteria for successful completion of the Texas
Nursing Jurisprudence examination, and develop a personal career plan, create a professional portfolio. Lastly,
students will demonstrate a variety of communication modes for effective organizational communication. Describe
group dynamics and roles to facilitate communication and productivity.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 139
NOTE: ENGL 1301, PHIL 1301, HIST 1301, MATH 1312, SPCH 1315, PSYC 2310, ENGL 1302, and MATH
1342 all include 45 hours of lecture and have the same course descriptions and credit values as the courses listed
with the same course codes in the General Education Section.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 140
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT (COMPLETION PROGRAM)
Available at 9451 Diana Drive Campus (Online)
Individuals pictured above are actors, students and/or employees of Western Tech
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN MANAGEMENT
The Bachelor of Science in Technical Management completion program will help students learn to cultivate a
variety of skills and assets needed by businesses. Supervisors directly oversee and coordinate the activities of
clerical and administrative support workers. Supervisors and Administrative Support Workers held about
119,490 jobs in 2010. There was above average growth rate in colleges and universities, office administrative
services, and an average growth rate in business support services. Employment growth is projected to increase
by 53.90% in Texas and 14.30% nationally.
Labor Market Information (2012 thru 2022 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2012
115,420
1,424,450
Projected Employment 2022
139,670
1,589,600
Absolute Change 2012-2022
24,250
171,500
Percent Change 2012-2022
21%
12.10%
Average Hourly Wage 2013
N/A
$27.01
Average Hourly Wage 2014
$26.96
N/A
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
2,745
Not available
Average Openings per year due to Growth
2,425
Not available
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR APPLICANTS PURSUING THE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN
TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT (COMPLETION PROGRAM)
Online Program/Courses
Students who enroll in the Bachelor of Science in Technical Management completion program will receive
training through an online delivery system, that is, a portion of their training is provided in a combination of
classes being offered online. Specifically, this program will provide 100% of the training and education online.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 141
Online courses are web-based and delivered over the Internet using Western Tech’s Learning Management
System (Canvas). The system provides both synchronous and asynchronous tools used for on-line delivery. The
on- line content of the course is covered by using a variety of on-line educational activities such as discussion
boards, chat sessions, conference sessions, case studies, lab simulations, and quizzes. In a online program, the
content is organized for the student to have the flexibility to complete the on-line activities based on their
personal/work schedules.
Regardless of the mode of delivery, students entering this program can expect the same level of support as on-
ground students to include tutoring services, technical support, employment preparation and assistance with job
leads, and access to the school’s library.
Participation in online classes is vital to successful program completion. Students must have Internet
access in order to fulfill course requirements and succeed in their classes. In addition, students must have
a minimum level of comfort with technology, as they may find themselves needing to access course work
online.
For that reason, all prospective students considering enrollment in any of the online programs are required to
take a short “Suitability for Distance Education” survey before they enroll in school. The survey is designed to
identify the prospective student’s level of proficiency in the use of technology. Students can expect support in
the form of training tailored to their identified needs so that they can handle the demands of the Learning
Management System that houses much of their work.
ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS
To be eligible for enrollment into the Bachelor of Science in Technical Management completion program, a
prospective student must have earned a associates degree recognized by the united states department of
education. Classes are taught in English; therefore, an adequate level of proficiency in reading, writing, and
speaking the English language is required.
Prospective students must have an earned associate degree in a technical or technology program in order to
enroll into the in the BSTM completion program.
•
prospective students with an earned associate of applied science (AAS) or associate of science (AS) with 15
general education credits can enter the program with no additional prerequisites.
•
prospective students with an earned associates of occupational science (AOS) degree must take additional gen
ed courses to complete 15 required general education credits.
**the required 15 credits of general education courses include ENGL 1301, SCOM 1315, MATH 1312, PHYS
1401, and PSYC 2301.
Prospective students can be awarded exemption credits based on related work experience.
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Western Tech’s Bachelor of Science in Technical Management completion program is an online program. It has
established technical standards and essential functions for the program as more fully listed below. The ability to
meet these standards and essential functions, with or without reasonable accommodation, is required in order to
complete the program satisfactorily. Please review the following technical standards and essential functions
carefully.
1.
The ability to understand course materials and maintain a certain grade/performance level that
meets the set academic requirements.
2.
The ability to maintain a professional demeanor at all times and interact professionally with fellow
students, administration and faculty.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 142
3.
The ability to listen, understand, and communicate ideas presented through spoken words and
sentences.
4.
The ability to match or detect differences between colors, including shades of color and brightness.
5.
The ability to work with others in a team environment.
6.
The ability to respect instructor, and classmates.
7.
The ability to utilize computers and perform basic computer functions with programs such as
Word, Outlook, and Excel.
8.
Must be able to utilize E-Books
Western Tech does not discriminate in admission or access to programs on the basis of any characteristic
protected by law, including disability. Persons with disabilities are eligible for admission, as long as, they can
carry out classroom, laboratory and internship assignments; pass written, oral and practical examinations; and
meet all of the requirements of the program and generally accepted requirements of the profession, with or
without reasonable accommodation. Western Tech will make reasonable accommodations for disabilities.
Applicants and students who require accommodation should contact the Campus President and submit a written
request for accommodation.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT (COMPLETION PROGRAM)
COURSES 1-20
960 CLOCK HOURS
60 SEMESTER CREDIT UNITS (TWC & THECB)
60 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS (ACCSC)
EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES
The Bachelor of Science in Technical Management completion program will help students learn to cultivate a
variety of skills and assets needed by businesses. The program will provide students with the knowledge and
technical skills needed for positions in business and may also provide students with opportunities for career
advancement. The program provides training in a variety of courses to include: Accounting, Principles of Lean
Six Sigma, Project Management, Operations, among others. It will also provide hands-on experience in
Microsoft Word and Excel. This program provides General Education, technical, and specialized courses that
will prepare the graduate for careers in private, public, and government sectors. Students may find employment
as, business managers, general manager, operation coordinator, logistics clerk, project coordinator, project
manager sales manager among other business management positions.
Number of Students per Class
The Bachelor of Science in Technical Management completion program aims to provide quality training and
skills development to students, and therefore limits class size to 30 students only.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
To be eligible for graduation, a student must complete all required courses in the BSTM curriculum including
the capstone course; maintain a Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 2.0; and, successfully pass each
course with at least a 2.0.
TIME CODES
The following time code is used on all courses to illustrate the amount of time students will spend in class or lab
per course and the subsequent number of credit hours awarded.
48/48/0/3.0
Theory hours per course/ Lab hours per course/ Internship hours per course/ Semester Credit Hours
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 143
NOTE: The sequential order of the classes may differ from that included in the program outline
Bachelor of Science in Technical Management (completion program)
#
COURSE
TITLE
HRS.
THEORY/
LAB
PERCENTAGE
ONLINE
TWC/
THECB
SCU
ACCSC
SCH
1
BMGT 3300
Business Practices
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
2
PSYC 3648
Organizational Psychology
(Gen Ed)
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
3
BMGT 3327
Management Practices
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
4
HRPO 3301
HR Management
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
5
ENGL 3302
Technical Writing (Gen Ed)
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
6
IBUS 3300
Logistics Management
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
7
MATH 3342
Statistics (Gen Ed)
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
8
ACNT 3525
Accounting for Managers
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
9
MKTG 3311
Sales and Marketing
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
10
PHIL 3302
Ethics (Gen Ed)
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
11
FINA 3315
Business Finance
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
12
LSSY 3310
Principles of Lean Six Sigma
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
13
POLS 3303
American Government and
Politics (Gen Ed)
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
14
BMGT 3322
Service Operations
Management
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
15
BMGT 4302
HR Development
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
16
BMGT 4301
Project Management
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
17
BMGT 4322
Production/Operation
Management
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
18
BCIS 4312
Management Information
St
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
19
BMGT 4388
Professional Issues
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
20
BMGT 4300
Capstone
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3.0
*A student with an associate degree may transfer up to 60 credits
60
60
Total Hours - Bachelor of Science in Technica
Management (completion program)
960
960/0
120
120
Note: Courses with prerequisites are denoted in the course outline with an asterisk (*).
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 144
Course 1
BMGT 3300
Business Practices 48/0/3.0
This course is designed to prepare students for the advanced learning experience at Western Technical College.
Students will be given, opportunities to develop and strengthen the skills necessary to succeed as students in the
College of Business. Topics such as business environment, management, organization, marketing, finance,
accounting, and data processing are discussed, among other business topics.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to do the following:
1.
Demonstrate an understanding of the major functions of business including management,
accounting/finance, marketing, investments, and information technology.
2.
Present major business concepts in writing and orally using proper business communication
techniques.
3.
Explain why business ethics is an integral part of every business organization.
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 2
PSYC 3648
Organizational Psychology (General Ed) 48/0/0/3.0 This course will provide the students with a scientific
examination of how human cognition, attitudes, and behavior are affected by the context of leaders, co-
workers, and organizational policies, structure, culture, and so on. Core topics include motivation, leadership,
group and team performance, job attitudes, organizational climate and culture, and organization development.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to do the following:
1.
Discuss major topics and subspecialties including critical theory and research findings that have
defined the field of organizational psychology
2.
Discuss the complicated systems of individual and group psychological processes involved in the
world of work.
3.
Connect principles of organizational psychology to personnel and human resources management
within the organization
4.
Explore the ways in which individual career choices and work-life success can be improved
through the guidelines of organizational psychology
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 3
BMGT 3327
Management Practices 48/0/0/3.0
This course will help students will learn to apply management concepts about decision making, foundations of
planning, managing change, effective communication, operations management, and team building.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to do the following:
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 145
1.
Identify management, organizational structure, and operations management
2.
Describe globalization’s affects on business organizations
3.
Apply the foundations of decision making
4.
Understand the foundations of human behavior as they apply to motivating and rewarding employees
5.
Demonstrate how to manage communication and information
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 4
HRPO 3301
Human Resources Management 48/0/0/3.0
This course provides an in-depth study of personnel management or human resource management. It includes
the process of acquiring, training, appraising, and compensating employees and of attending to their labor
relations, health and safety, and fairness concerns.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to do the following:
1.
Explain why human resource management is important to all managers and describe the trends that are
influencing it.
2.
Summarize the basic equal employment opportunity laws and how each impacts HR functions such as
recruitment and selection
3.
Explain the basic defenses against discrimination allegations and provide examples of what employers
can and cannot legally do with respect to recruitment, selection, and promotion and layoff practices
4.
Write job descriptions, including summaries and job functions, using the Internet and traditional
methods
5.
Explain and give examples of the need for branding in effective recruiting
6.
Explain how to do a background check on job candidates
7.
List and explain the five steps in the training process and the pros and cons of at least eight
performance appraisal methods
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 5
ENGL 3302
Technical Writing (Ged Ed) 48/0/0/3.0
Technical Writing prepares students to design effective technical documents for both written and digital media,
with particular emphasis on technical memos, problem-solving and decision-making reports, and organizational,
product-support, and technical-information webs. To support these writing tasks, the course provides an
introduction to principles of audience analysis, research and documentation, drafting and revision processes,
readability and accessibility of written texts, and basic web technologies.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to do the following:
1.
Design effective technical documents for both print and digital media
2.
Understand and use structures of argument appropriate to technical documents, including problem-
solving and decision-making structures
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 146
3.
Understand and use information designs appropriate to technical documents in digital environments
4.
Understand and use a range of current web platforms and technologies
5.
Write standard English prose and cite sources in conventional forms and formats
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 6
IBUS 3300
Logistics Management 48/0/0/3 This course will have students explore logistics and all of its components.
Those include financial logistics, inventory management logistics, warehouse management logistics, packing
and materials handling logistics, and transportation logistics. The course will also address the ways in which
technology affects the overall environment of logistics, organizational and managerial issues in logistics, the
importance of facility location, and transportation infrastructures.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to do the following:
1.
Describe a supply chain and define supply chain management.
2.
Explain the importance of logistic management and supplier partnership
3.
Explain the role of demand forecasting.
4.
Compare and contrast the various modes of transportation and their impacts on cost
5.
Understand the various causes of the bullwhip effect and how they impact process
COURSE 7
MATH 3342
Statistics (General Ed) 48/0/0/3.0
This course covers collection, analysis, presentation and interpretation of data, and probability. Analysis
includes descriptive statistics, correlation and, confidence intervals.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to do the following:
1.
Recognize, examine, and interpret the basic principles of describing and presenting data
2.
Compute and interpret empirical and theoretical probabilities using the rules of probabilities and
combinatorics
3.
Explain the role of probability in statistics
4.
Examine, analyze, and compare various sampling distributions for both discrete and continuous
random variables
5.
Describe and compute confidence intervals
6.
Solve linear regression and correlation problems
Prerequisites: None
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 147
COURSE 8
ACNT 3525
Accounting for Managers 48/0/3.0
This course will help student develop an understanding of accounting principles relating to business operations.
The course will concentrate on generally accepted principles, the accounting process, assets, and liabilities.
Students will be able to analyze financial statements for decision makers.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to do the following:
1.
Examine income statements, statements of retained earnings, and balance sheets
2.
Explain assets, liabilities, and owner’s equity
3.
Explain the importance of financial statements
4.
Use revenue and expense accounts
5.
Understand the General Ledger
6.
Explain how financial statements are used to analyze a business
7.
Perform a horizontal and vertical analysis of financial statements
8.
Calculate and explain financial ratios
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 9
MRKG 3311
Sales and Marketing 48/0/0/3.0
This course involves the systematic planning, implementation, and control of a mix of business activities
intended to bring together buyers and sellers. This helps students to understand the interacting business activities
designed to plan, price, promote and distribute products and services to present and potential customers. The
course incorporates current developments in marketing to acquaint students with the challenges of marketing
activities. Students will be introduced to facets of sales management, including estimating sales potential and
forecasting sales, manning territories, selecting, training, motivating, supervising and compensating the sales
force, and interfacing with other company functions.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to do the following:
1.
Understand the marketplace and customers and identify the fire core marketplace concepts
2.
Describe customer relationship management and identify strategies for creating value for customers and
capturing value from customers in return
3.
Create business portfolios and develop growth strategies and describe how companies analyze and use
marketing information
4.
List and define the major types of buying decision behavior and the stages in the buyer decision process
5.
Delineate the major steps in designing a customer-driven marketing strategy: market segmentation,
targeting, differentiation, and positioning
6.
Describe ways in which companies find and develop new-product ideas
7.
Identify the three major pricing strategies and discuss the importance of understanding customer-value
perceptions, company costs, and competitor strategies when setting prices
8.
Explain the need to understand competitors as well as customers through competitor analysis
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 148
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 10
PHIL 3302
Ethics (Ged Ed) 48/0/0/3.0
This course introduces students to topics and core problems relating to the moral evaluation of human
motivation and action. The course examines the positions of classical philosophers such as Aristotle, Hume,
Kant, Mill, and Sartre, as well as contemporary moral problems that relate to human rights, animal rights, and
environmental ethics.
Upon completion of this course the student will be able to do the following:
1.
Read, explicate, analyze, and evaluate philosophical literature
2.
Write and express themselves well about their own ethical positions
3.
Think critically and analytically about ethical issues
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 11
FINA 3315
Business Finance 48/0/0/3.0
This course provides an overview of business financial management. Emphasis is on financial statement
analysis, time value of money, management of cash flow, risk and return, and sources of financing. Upon
completion, students should be able to interpret and apply the principles of financial management.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to do the following:
1.
Apply the business finance principles that support the overall financial strategy of the organization
2.
Apply the standard and accepted accounting principles when reporting, recording, and projecting
financial information
3.
Explain the structure of financial statements
4.
Effectively utilize the time value of money and financial return and risk concepts to conduct
professional financial analyses
5.
Identify the primary determinants of market interest rates and describe the responses to changes to
those rates in terms of supply and demand for loanable funds.
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 12
LSSY 3310
Principles of Lean Six Sigma 48/0/0/3.0/3.0
This upper-level course is designed to introduce the student to Lean Six Sigma, a method that provides
organizations tools to improve the capability of their business processes. Increases in performance and decreases
in process variation lead to defect reduction and improvement in profits, employee morale, and quality of
products or services. The Six Sigma method adopts the approach of advancing the concept and potential of using
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 149
Six Sigma tools and methodologies within an organization. Students will develop skills necessary to identify,
monitor, and control “profit-eating” practices in a process.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to do the following:
1.
Explain the role of a Lean Six Sigma Yellow Belt within the organization
2.
Participate as a project team member
3.
Review process improvements that support the project
4.
Understand process concepts and variation
5.
Understand Six Sigma metrics
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 13
POLS 3303
American Government and Politics (Ged Ed) 48/0/0/3.0
This course is a survey of contemporary American national, state, and local political processes and institutions
with emphasis on the Constitutions of the United States and Texas.
Upon completion of the course, students will be able to do the following:
1.
Understand the basic concepts of American democratic thought
2.
Analyze the formation, concepts, and components of the United States Constitution
3.
Examine the idea of federalism and explain the role of states and the national government
4.
Identify America’s major political parties and their core beliefs
5.
Understand the electoral process in the United States
6.
Describe and explain the organization and purpose of the Legislative, Executive, and Judicial branches
of government
7.
Understand the role and structure of the federal bureaucracy
8.
Describe the relationship between the state of Texas and the federal government
9.
Compare the Texas state constitution with the national Constitution
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 14
BMGT 3322
Service Operation Management 48/0/0/3.0
This course examines strategies for achieving operational competitiveness in service businesses in a global
service economy. Learners will be introduced to strategic and tactical aspects of managing the operations,
marketing, and human resources functions to control resources and deliver services to customers. Learners will
explore challenges faced by service operations managers, customer expectations and perceptions.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to do the following:
1.
Create distinctive and sustainable service strategies
2.
Execute service models that enable customers, employees, and owners to thrive simultaneously
3.
Productively leverage data and analytics
4.
Adapt to evolving customer needs and changing competitive landscapes
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 150
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 15
BMGT 4302
HR Management Development 48/0/0/3.0
This upper-level course is concerned with the development of knowledge and skills needed for productive and
satisfying work that is critical to organizational success. Understanding these skills will help students provide
vital services for their employees, employers, corporations and society.
Upon completion of the course students will be able to do the following:
1.
Explain Human Resource Development (HRD) and the need for HRD
2.
Design, implement, and evaluate HRD programs
3.
Coach employees and manage their performance
4.
Provide employee counseling, well-being, and wellness
5.
Guide employees through career management and development
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 17
BMGT 4322
Production/Operation Management 48/0/3.0
This course examines the functional area of production and operations management in the manufacturing
industry. Topics include decision-making, capacity planning, aggregate planning, forecasting, inventory
management, distribution planning, materials requirements planning (MRP), project management, and quality
control.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to do the following:
1.
Identify product and process designs
2.
Implement productivity improvement and explain Quality Management
3.
Students will understand new product development and apply forecasting methods and capacity
planning measures
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 18
BCIS 4312
Management Information Systems 48/0/3.0
This course explores current information systems concepts and technologies. Students learn how information
systems give a business or organization a competitive edge by providing technologies that help managers plan
strategies, control events, and make decisions. The exploration includes topics such as hardware and software
components of an information system, e-business concepts and implementation, and a survey of common
information systems used today.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to do the following:
1.
Explain why information systems are important for business and management
2.
Evaluate the role of the major types of information systems in a business environment and their
relationship to one another
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 151
3.
Assess the impact of the internet on business electronic commerce and electronic business
4.
Identify the major management challenges to building and using information systems and be able to
find appropriate solutions to those challenges
5.
Describe an IT infrastructure and its components
6.
Describe the core activities in the systems development process
7.
Cultivate skills and experience in the development and implementation of information systems projects
Prerequisites: None
COURSE 19
BMGT 4388
Professional issues 48/0/3.0
This course will introduce students to a variety of ethical frameworks and critical thinking skills and ways to use
them as analytical tools to consider a variety of social, ethical, and professional issues that have arisen or that
take on different forms in business management. Students will have the opportunity to improve their ethical
analysis, discussion, leadership, speaking, and writing skills.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to do the following:
1.
Articulate their responsibilities as business professionals
2.
Apply ethical frameworks and critical thinking skills to management-related scenarios
3.
Create, analyze, and critique arguments surrounding social and ethical aspects of management
4.
Discuss concerns about the social and ethical aspects of management
5.
Develop strategies for decision making for management ethics issues
Prerequisites: None
BMGT 4300
Capstone 48/0/3.0
This course will have students develop a detailed project proposal and complete a final capstone project linking
the areas of study of the student’s BS degree plan with intellectual interests. The final written project will
consist of research, reviews, and analysis targeted towards a specified audience. A presentation and submission
of the project is required.
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1.
Understand the strategy of making process, and their Capstone will identify stakeholders, the mission,
governance, and business ethics.
2.
Students will conduct an external analysis (the identification of opportunities and threats), building
competitive advantage.
3.
Propose Strategic Change (implementing strategies to build and develop a company).
Prerequisites: All preceding courses
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 152
M A S T E R D E G R E E
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Offered 100% online
Individuals pictured above are actors, students and/or employees of WTC
CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
The Master of Business Administration will help students learn to cultivate a variety of skills and assets needed
by businesses. Managers are responsible for controlling or administering all or part of a company and its workers.
Management of Companies and Enterprises held about 147,000 jobs in 2019. Employment growth is projected to
increase by 29.7% in Texas.
Labor Market Information (2016 thru 2026 Projections)
Texas
National
Labor Market Information Employment 2019
147,000
2,376,400
Projected Employment 2026
150,397
2,541,400
Absolute Change 2016-2026
34,438
165,000
Percent Change 2016-2026
22.89%
7.0%
Average Hourly Wage 2016
$51.05
$51.79
Average Openings per year due to Replacement
Average Openings per year due to Growth
Source: The Labor Market & Career Information Department (LMCI) of the Texas Workforce
Commission www.lmci.state.tx.us
Online Program/Courses
Students who enroll in the Master of Business Administration program will receive training through a fully
online delivery system. Western Tech’s Learning Management System (Canvas) provides both synchronous and
asynchronous tools used for online delivery. The online content of the course is covered by using a variety of
online educational activities such as discussion boards, chat sessions, conference sessions, case studies, lab
simulations, and pre-recorded presentations. The online classes are organized for the students to have the flexibility
to complete the online classroom activities based on their personal/work schedules.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 153
Participation in online classes is vital to successful program completion. Students will provide their own
computer that meets the requirements of the online program. Students must have Internet access to fulfill course
requirements and succeed in classes. In addition, students must have a minimum level of comfort with technology
to access course work online, participate in discussions and collaborate with peers and Instructor.
MISSION AND OBJECTIVES
Mission Statement
Develop critical thinkers, problem solvers and skilled leaders to transform the business world.
Educational Objectives
The Master of Business Administration program will help students learn to cultivate a variety of skills and
assets needed by business leaders and managers. The program will provide students with the knowledge and
technical skills needed for positions in business which may also provide students with opportunities for career
advancement. The program aims to develop leaders who synthesize and communicate ideas effectively and
analyze and integrate innovative and credible solutions to organizational problems. Possible positions for
graduates include but not limited to Management, Finance, Accountant and Auditors, General and operations
managers, Sales representative and manager, Financial Analysts, and Human resources.
CLASS SIZE
The MBA program aims to provide quality training and skills development to students, and therefore limits
class size to 20 students.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
To be eligible for graduation, a student must complete all required courses in the MBA curriculum including
the capstone course; maintain a Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of 3.0; and successfully pass each course
with at least a 2.0 and must meet general graduation requirements.
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
Students entering this program must be able to meet these standards and perform essential functions with or
without reasonable accommodations to be successful in completing this program satisfactorily.
1. The ability to understand course materials and maintain a certain grade/performance level that meets the
set academic requirements.
2. The ability to maintain a professional demeanor always and interact professionally with fellow students,
employees, administration, and faculty.
3. The ability to listen, understand, and communicate ideas presented through verbal and written
communication.
4. The ability to work with others in a team environment.
5. The ability to respect instructor, and classmates.
6. The ability to utilize computers and perform basic computer functions with programs such as Word,
Outlook, and Excel.
7. Must be able to utilize E-Books.
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
COURSES 1-12
576 CLOCK HOURS
36.0 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS
NOTE: The sequential order of the classes may differ from that included in the program outline.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 154
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
# Course Title
Hrs.
Theory/
Lab
%
Online
Semester
Credit
Hours
1
MGMT 5301
Leadership
48
48/0
100%
3.0
2
ACCT 5311
Accounting for Decision Makers
48
48/0
100%
3.0
3
MGMT 5309
Data-Driven Decision Making
48
48/0
100%
3.0
4
MRKG 5401
Marketing Management
48
48/0
100%
3.0
5
ECON 5360
Global Economics for Managers
48
48/0
100%
3.0
6
MGMT 5346
Operations Management
48
48/0
100%
3.0
7
FINA 5394
Managerial Finance
48
48/0
100%
3.0
8
MGMT 5336
Managing Human Capital
48
48/0
100%
3.0
9
MGMT 5325
Strategic Management
48
48/0
100%
3.0
10
MGMT 5394
Ethical Leadership
48
48/0
100%
3.0
11 MGMT 5303
Applied Business Research &
Statistics
48 48/0
100%
3.0
12
MGMT 5351
Capstone
48
48/0
100%
3.0
Total Hours and Credits – Master of Business
Administration
576 576/0 100% 36.0
MBA COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MGMT5301 Leadership 48/0/3.0
This course provides students with advanced concepts of leadership, and how the science of organizational
behavior contributes to effective leaders and managers.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain aspects of managing and leading organizations,
explain the behaviors and traits of both effective managers and leaders, and identify relevant current issues in
management and leadership. Students will also apply personal behaviors and tendencies that impact their
leadership style and demonstrate an ability to motivate individuals and groups to achieve organizational goals.
ACCT5311 Accounting for Decision Makers 48/0/3.0
This course provides students with advanced accounting knowledge and skills to assess and manage a business.
Topics include the accounting cycle, financial statements, taxes, and budgeting. This course will improve students’
ability to understand reports and use accounting information to plan and make sound business decisions.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain and analyze actual annual reports and managerial
reports, create periodic public filing of financial statements by firms, other corporate disclosures, and analysts’
reports, and explain the concepts that underlie the preparation of general-purpose cost reports. Students will also
apply various management accounting techniques to analyze decisions faced by management and demonstrate an
understanding of the role and preparation of budgets.
MGMT5309 Data-Driven Decision Making 48/0/3.0
This course presents critical problem-solving methodologies, including field research and data collection methods
that enhance organizational performance. Topics include quantitative analysis, statistical and quality tools.
Students will improve their ability to use data to make informed decisions.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 155
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain and apply analytics literacy for modern managers
and explain the principles of core and state-of-the-art analytics models, when to use each, and how to best
communicate their impact on recommendations and decisions, and structure complex business problems to
leverage analytics when reaching a sound decision. Students will be required to develop innovative frameworks
for leveraging data and information to maximize the impact of analytics techniques on the quality of your decision-
making and ultimately on their business, and explain available opportunities in processes, strategies, incentive
systems, and marketplace tactics to improve efficiencies, redirect resources, or compete more effectively, and
make the decisions to implement strategies designed to address those opportunities.
MRKG5401 Marketing Management 48/0/3.0
Management of the marketing function, market environmental analysis, and marketing planning, strategy, and
control. The course examines the marketing process, marketing research, product development innovation and
diffusion, pricing strategy, distribution value drain, advertising and promotion, and strategic marketing issues.
Emphasis is placed on case study analysis and current academic research with a marketing plan as a significant
curriculum component.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze the role of marketing within the firm and society
and exercise analytical, communication, and presentation skills, demonstrate ability to comprehend the various
aspects of a company’s marketing strategy as well as the forces that influence such strategy. Students will also be
required to demonstrate ability to create a detailed marketing plan and implementation schedule for a company
and demonstrate that (a) they can communicate effectively among team members to develop a team-prepared
written project and (b) they can make a persuasive, effective presentation of their project.
ECON5360 Global Economics for Managers 48/0/3.0
This course examines how economic tools, techniques, and indicators can be used for solving organizational
problems related to competitiveness, productivity, and growth. Students will explore the management implications
of a variety of economic concepts and effective strategies to make decisions within a global context.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop a framework for analyzing both opportunities and
risks in a global economic environment, evaluate techniques to learn about or increase demand and measure the
tradeoffs and suitable applications of each approach, and model scenarios and analyze the impact of market
changes by constructing supply and demand curves for individuals and markets. Students will be required to
identify value creation and decompose its distribution to illustrate how trade occurs and examine the competitive
landscape by differentiating long- and short-run market outcomes and forces.
MGMT5346 Operations Management 48/0/3.0
Operations Management examines managerial concepts and strategies relating to the management of operations in
both manufacturing and service environments. Emphasis is placed on methods to streamline and drive in
efficiencies out of a firm’s internal processes to build a highly efficient organization. The course also focuses on
external processes by examining ways to achieve greater supply chain integration with suppliers and customers.
Quantitative and qualitative methods and tools are introduced and applied.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain production and operations and management
function in any organization; identify various production and operations design decisions and how they relate to
the overall strategies of organizations, and explain the relationship of the various planning practices of capacity
planning, aggregate planning, project planning and scheduling. Students will also be able to explain the roles of
inventories and managing inventories in various demand settings
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 156
FINA5394 Managerial Finance 48/0/3.0
This course discusses advanced elements of business financial decisions, including financial forecasting and
development of proformas, management of working capital, capital budgeting, capital structure, and raising funds
in capital markets.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop an understanding of the global aspects of business
for managers, explain and calculate business financial decisions and forecasting for managers, and demonstrate
competence in finance such as working capital, capital budgeting, capital structure, and raising funds in capital
markets.
MGMT5336 Managing Human Capital 48/0/3.0
This course focuses on advanced strategies and tools that managers use to maximize employee contribution and
create organizational excellence. The student will learn talent management strategies to motivate and develop
employees as well as best practices to manage performance for added value.
Upon completion of this course, the students will critically construct reasoned arguments using skills appropriate
to the context, such as deductive reasoning, scientific inquiry, quantitative reasoning, aesthetic judgment, or critical
examination of form, style, content and meaning. They will explain a local and global context, with diverse human
beliefs, abilities, experiences, identities, or cultures, acquire essential knowledge and skills to make well-reasoned
judgments personally, professionally, within the business discipline of human resource management and people
management in general. Lastly, they will define an organizational structure which drives productivity.
MGMT5325 Strategic Management 48/0/3.0
This course focuses definition, formulation, and execution of strategy within organizations. There is specific
emphasis on the role of innovation and leadership in strategic management and an organization’s ability to achieve
and sustain competitive advantage.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to analyze the main structural features of an industry and
develop strategies that position the firm most favorably in relation to competition and influence industry structure
to enhance industry attractiveness. Students will appraise the resources and capabilities of the firm in terms of
their ability to confer sustainable competitive advantage and formulate strategies that leverage a firm’s core
competencies. Students will be able to explain the concept of competitive advantage and its sources and the ability
to recognize it in real-world scenarios; analyze dynamics in competitive rivalry including competitive action and
response, first-mover advantage, co-opetition and winner-take-all , and explain the advantages of vertical
integration and outsourcing and the factors that determine the relative efficiency of each.
MGMT5394 Ethical Leadership 48/0/3.0
This course considers leadership dilemmas that can arise when the individual’s values conflict with those of the
organization, or when a situation requires decisions with conflicting value sets. Within this course, students use
case studies, their own experiences, and current events to examine actions leaders have taken and consequences
faced when confronted with ethical dilemmas. From the exercises and discussions, students have an opportunity
to develop a personal model for ethical leadership.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain ethical thinking and problem solving through
various philosophical and behavioral views. This is accomplished through observations on how individuals behave
and think when facing ethical dilemmas, identify why ethics are vitally important in every society, and analyze
leaders’ choices and actions. Students will be required to analyze ethical issues in organizational leadership:
external and internal pressures, and organizational choices and implement the leadership concepts in their decisions
and projects through developing a personal model of ethical leadership.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 157
MGMT5303 Applied Business Research & Statistics 48/0/3.0
This course prepares students to apply statistics and probability concepts to complex business decisions. Students
learn important criterion for developing effective research questions, including the creation of appropriate
sampling populations and instruments. Other topics include descriptive statistics, probability concepts, confidence
intervals, sampling designs, data collection, and data analysis--including parametric and nonparametric tests of
hypothesis and regression analysis.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the concepts of descriptive statistics and use
sample statistics to make inferences about population characteristics, recognize different models of statistical
processes such as hypothesis testing and linear and multiple regression, etc., and explain statistical processes and
choose which process to use for data analysis applications. Students will learn to interpret statistical results as a
basis for decision making and communicate your interpretation of the results of statistical analysis logically and
persuasively in speaking and writing and collaborate effectively to use statistical analysis to address business
challenges.
MGMT5351 Capstone 48/0/3.0
This course is the culminating assessment of the MBA curriculum and covers all previous assessment topics.
Students will work on a case and develop a solution to a business problem. In addition, the student will work on a
case to simulate running a business. One unique aspect of the simulation is that there are scheduled dates each
week for simulation decisions.
Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate scholarship and professional competence
through effective business-style oral and written communication; compare research collected about industry best
practices and the company’s current situation, organize, and interpret to create a plan of action. Students will be
able to apply appropriate models from the MBA program while analyzing the project objectives to create
organization-specific and meaningful observations and conclusions and apply critical thinking and problem-
solving skills in the diagnosis and recommendation of solutions for the targeted organization problem or
opportunity. Lastly, students will use integrated knowledge across business disciplines to define, analyze and
solve business problem.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 158
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
MATH COURSES
MATH 1312
ALGEBRA
48/0/3.0
Study relations and functions, including polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, and special functions.
Other topics include systems of equations and its applications. Upon completion of this course, be able to: use
scientific notation; perform operations on and factor polynomials; graph, solve and apply linear and quadratic
equations; solve systems of linear equations; and analyze functions.
MATH 1314
COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY
48/0/3.0
Study relations and functions, including polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, and special functions.
Other topics include systems of equations, trigonometric functions, and their applications. Upon completion of this
course, be able to: use scientific notation; perform operations on and factor polynomials; graph, solve and apply
linear and quadratic equations; solve systems of linear equations and analyze functions; graph and analyze
trigonometric functions.
MATH 1324
MATHEMATICS FOR BUSINESS & SOCIAL SCIENCES
48/0/3.0
This course explores the rich concepts and applications for students in business, management, natural and social
sciences. Students will learn to apply mathematics concepts involving linear equations, quadratic equations,
functions and graphs, inequalities, simple and compound interest, annuities, matrices, and probabilities. Upon
completion of this course, be able to: set up and solve systems of equations using matrix methods; solve linear
applications using geometric and simplex methods; compute probabilities; analyze data using basic principles of
statistics; and, solve financial applications involving simple and compound interest and annuities Prerequisites:
MATH 1312 Algebra
MATH 1342
STATISTICS
48/0/3.0
Collection, analysis, presentation and interpretation of data, and probability. Analysis includes descriptive
statistics, correlation and regression, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing. Use of appropriate technology is
recommended. Upon completion of this course, be able to: explain the use of data collection and statistics as tools
to reach reasonable conclusions; recognize, examine and interpret the basic principles of describing and presenting
data; examine, analyze and compare various sampling distributions for both discrete and continuous random
variables, describe and compute confidence intervals, perform hypothesis testing using statistical methods.
Prerequisites: MATH 1324 Mathematics for Business & Social Sciences
SCIENCE COURSES
BIOL 1401
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY I
45/30/4.0
Develop a critical understanding of anatomical terminology, anatomical structure, and function of the muscular,
endocrine, cardiovascular, immune & lymphatic, digestive, respiratory, urinary, nervous, integumentary,
reproduction and development systems. Upon completion of this course, be able to: identify and describe the
anatomical terms, directions, planes, axis and the cavities of the human body; describe basic organization of the
human body and its structural levels; describe the atomic, molecular and cellular structure of human organs;
identify the organs of each system, define function and describe their locations and relationship of its parts;
describe human body homeostasis and normal lab values.
BIOL 2402
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY II
45/30/4.0
Anatomy and physiology - II course is the second part of a two-course sequence. It is a study of the structure and
function of the human body including cells, tissues, and organs of the following systems: integumentary, skeletal,
muscular, nervous, and special senses. Emphasis is on interrelationships among systems and regulation of
physiological functions involved in maintaining homeostasis. The lab provides a hands-on learning experience for
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 159
exploration of human system components and basic physiology. Systems to be studied include integumentary,
skeletal, muscular, nervous, and special senses. Upon completion of this course, be able to: identify and describe
the anatomical terms, directions, planes, axis and the cavities of the human body; describe basic organization of
the human body and its structural levels; describe the atomic, molecular and cellular structure of human organs;
identify the organs of each system, define function and describe their locations and relationship of its parts;
describe human body homeostasis and normal lab values.
BIOL 2421
MICROBIOLOGY
45/30/4.0
Principles of microbiology, including metabolism, structure, function, genetics, and phylogeny of microbes. The
course will also examine the interactions of microbes with each other, hosts, and the environment. Laboratory
activities will reinforce principles of microbiology, including metabolism, structure, function, genetics, and
phylogeny of microbes. The course will also examine the interactions of microbes with each other, hosts, and the
environment. Upon completion of this course, be able to: understand and explain microbiological processes in
detail; appreciate the history, scope, and trends in microbiology; explain the principles and methods of diagnosing
disease and epidemiology; and, conduct laboratory practices that include aseptic techniques and appropriate
disposal or biological/biohazardous waste.
BIOL 1360
INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN NUTRITION
45/0/3.0
This course covers principles of Human Nutrition that provides an integrated overview of the physiological
requirements and functions of protein, energy, and the major vitamins and minerals that are determinants of
health and diseases in human populations. Upon completion of this course, be able to: describe how to properly
design individualized eating plans; explain the nutritional differences of food and how it affects the body; describe
the factors associated with weight control; describe how nutrition and lifestyle choices impact the life cycle before
and during pregnancy, during lactation and infancy, during childhood and adolescence, and through adulthood and
aging; and explain the impact of nutrition and lifestyle choices on the immune system and on diseases.
CHEM 1470
CHEMISTRY
45/30/4.0
This introductory to chemistry course covers an introduction to the basic concepts of chemistry such as systematic
treatment of fundamental chemical and physical principles and their applications to the properties and
transformations of materials, including the concept of energy and its uses, gas laws, kinetic molecular theory, laws
of chemical combination, atomic and molecular structure, periodic classification of the elements, and chemical
bonding. Upon completion of this course, be able to: describe fundamental chemical concepts and principles;
solve a wide variety of integrative chemistry problems that connect ideas across topics; and, design, conduct, and
analyze experiments pertaining to stoichiometry, thermochemistry, and spectrometry while developing
fundamental safety, measurement, and sample isolation techniques.
GEOL 1301
GEOLOGY
48/0/3.0
This course introduces students to the study of the materials and processes that have modified and shaped the
surface and interior of Earth over time. These processes are described by theories based on experimental data and
geologic data gathered from field observations. Upon completion of this course, be able to: describe how the
scientific method has led to our current understanding of Earth’s structure and processes; interpret the origin and
distribution of minerals, rocks and geologic resources; associate how surface processes are driven by interactions
among Earth’s systems (e.g., the geosphere, hydrosphere, biosphere, and atmosphere); identify and describe the
internal structure and dynamics of Earth; and, appreciate the interactions of humans with Earth (e.g., resource
development or hazard assessment).
PATHO 2330
HUMAN PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
45/0/3.0
This course provides an in-depth study of human pathological processes and their effects on homeostasis. Content
builds on basic anatomy and physiology, microbiology, and chemistry content obtained from earlier courses.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 160
Course topics include the etiology, physical signs and symptoms, prognosis, and complications of commonly
occurring diseases and their management. Upon completion of this course, be able to: utilize medical terminology
as it applies to the pathophysiologic basis for alterations in health; demonstrate knowledge of the normal
mechanisms of both the normal and altered human body; explain signs and symptoms of diseases and their
relationship to specific pathophysiological changes in the human body; describe the relationships between basic
pathophysiology and selected diagnostic and therapeutic modalities; and explain the basis for actions that could be
taken to avoid pathophysiologic states or conditions or to reduce the risks of occurrence of pathophysiologic states
or conditions.
PHYS 1401
COLLEGE PHYSICS I
32/64/4.0
The student will learn the science of matter and energy and the interactions between them through traditional fields
dimensions; Newton’s laws; energy; and basics of electricity and electromagnetism. Includes Lab. Upon
completion of this course, be able to: Understand units and conversions; Explain one and two- dimensional motion;
Apply the principles of Newton’s Laws; Analyze equations of force, work, and energy and apply them; Evaluate
simple electric circuits using Ohm’s Law.
ENGLISH COURSES
ENGL 1301
COMPOSITION I
48/0/3.0
The student, focusing on the academic essay, will study the principles and techniques of expository and persuasive
composition, including drafting, revising, and editing in paragraphs and essays and will produce a resume. Upon
completion of this course, be able to: Use paragraphs as building blocks of essays; Explain the means of persuasion
and strategies for evaluating evidence; Demonstrate technical writing skills and concise written communication;
Distinguish among academic writing, writing for work, and informal writing; Write an expository and a persuasive
essay.
ENGL 1302
RESEARCH ANALYSIS
48/0/3.0
Intensive study of and practice in the strategies and techniques for developing research-based expository and
persuasive texts. Emphasis on effective and ethical rhetorical inquiry, including primary and secondary research
methods; critical reading of verbal, visual, and multimedia texts; systematic evaluation, synthesis, and
documentation of information sources; and critical thinking about evidence and conclusions. Upon completion of
this course, be able to: demonstrate knowledge of individual and collaborative research processes; develop ideas
and synthesize primary and secondary sources within focused academic arguments, including one or more
research-based essays; analyze, interpret, and evaluate a variety of texts for the ethical and logical uses of evidence;
write in a style that clearly communicates meaning, builds credibility, and inspires belief or action; and apply the
conventions of style manuals for specific academic disciplines (e.g., APA, CMS, MLA, etc.)
COMMUNICATION COURSES
SCOM 1315
FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN COMUNICATION
48/0/3.0
Study of human communication as a process. Overview of the principals of interpersonal, small group and
presentation skills essential to effective social, business, and professional interaction. Emphasis on examining the
role of self-concept, perception, culture, verbal, nonverbal, and written communication. Applying effective writing
principles and strategies for understanding and presenting information for various purposes and audiences. Upon
completion of this course, be able to: identify the components of communication and its barriers; analyze the
audience and describe the criteria for choosing communication media; communicate ethically and avoid potential
legal consequences of communication; and, plan, prepare, and deliver a presentation.
SPCH 1315
PUBLIC SPEAKING
48/0/3.0
This course develops the ability to speak before audiences. Students will plan and deliver several types of speeches
appropriate to occasion and audience. Clarity of purpose and organization will be emphasized. Students will
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 161
practice critical thinking and listening skills and be able to identify the means of persuasion. Upon completion of
this course, students will be able to do the following: identify the basic elements of the speech process; design
messages appropriate to topic, audience, and setting; make best use of strategies, verbal and non-verbal, to assure
clear, accurate, and engaging communication; maximize use of language and body for conveying information and
convincing argument; and analyze speeches critically for both content and delivery.
SOCIAL SCIENCE COURSES
HIST 1301
UNITED STATES HISTORY I
48/0/3.0
A survey of the social, political, economic, cultural, and intellectual history of the United States from the pre-
Columbian era to the Civil War/Reconstruction period. United States History I includes the study of pre-
Columbian, colonial, revolutionary, early national, slavery and sectionalism, and the Civil War/Reconstruction
eras. Themes that may be addressed in United States History I include American settlement and diversity,
American culture, religion, civil and human rights, technological change, economic change, immigration and
migration, and creation of the federal government. Upon completion of this course, be able to: create an argument
through the use of historical evidence; analyze and interpret primary and secondary sources; analyze the effects of
historical, social, political, economic, cultural, and global forces on this period of United States history.
HIST 1302
UNITED STATES HISTORY II
48/0/3.0
A survey of the social, political, economic, cultural, and intellectual history of the United States from the Civil
War/Reconstruction era to the present. United States History II examines industrialization, immigration, world
wars, the Great Depression, Cold War, and post-Cold War eras. Themes that may be addressed in United States
History II include American culture, religion, civil and human rights, technological change, economic change,
immigration and migration, urbanization and suburbanization, the expansion of the federal government, and the
study of U.S. foreign policy. Upon completion of this course, be able to: create an argument through the use of
historical evidence; analyze and interpret primary and secondary sources; analyze the effects of historical, social,
political, economic, cultural, and global forces on this period of United States history.
PHIL 1301
INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY
48/0/3.0
A study of major issues in philosophy and/or the work of major philosophical figures in philosophy. Topics in
philosophy may include theories of reality, theories of knowledge, theories of value, and their practical
applications. Upon completion of this course, be able to: read, analyze, and critique philosophical texts;
demonstrate knowledge of key concepts, major arguments, problems, and terminology in philosophy; present
logically persuasive arguments both orally and in writing, demonstrate critical thinking skills in evaluation and
application of philosophical concepts to various aspects of life, and evaluate the personal and social responsibilities
of living in a diverse world.
PHIL2225
MEDICAL ETHICS & ISSUES
30/0/2.0
This course will explore the major ethical issues confronting the practices of medicine and biomedical science. We
will become familiar with legal and institutional positions, consider and debate opposing arguments on the various
topics, and examine relevant case studies.
POLS 3389
POLICY & POLITICS IN HEALTHCARE
45/0/3.0
This course provides an in-depth orientation to the actors, processes, and institutions that make up the political
system in Texas, with a strong emphasis on the development of applied knowledge. Instructional material focuses
on how politics in Texas shapes the operation of Texas political institutions, with attention to the interplay between
public opinion, conflict among elites, and the policy environment in the state. Upon completion of this course, be
able to: explain the history, goals, purpose, components, and dynamics of the health care system in the U.S.; discuss
the connections and interconnections between the components of the health care system; and, use the facts and
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 162
perspectives gained through this class to participate intelligently in decision-making about health care, both in the
public sphere and for oneself.
PSYC 2301
GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY
48/0/3.0
Be introduced to the basic principles of psychology and apply those principles to a field of knowledge or activity.
Upon completion of this course, be able to: explain the basic psychological concepts; appreciate the theorists’
explanations of human behavior; describe the therapeutic approaches; identify psychological disorders, their
causes and treatments; and, apply psychological principles to understanding and working with co-workers and
clients.
PSYC 1380
LIFE SPAN HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
45/0/3.0
This course introduces the study of human growth and development. Emphasis is on the physical, cognitive, and
psychosocial aspects of development from conception to death. Upon completion, students should be able to
demonstrate knowledge of development across the life span and apply this knowledge to their specific field of
study. Upon completion of this course, be able to: demonstrate an understanding of the theories, methods and
research findings of life-span psychology; describe how people change in terms of their cognitive, physical, social
& emotional development; compare the major developmental theorists and discuss what each brings to or adds to
the study of human development; think critically about each of the developmental theories and research
demonstrated in written assignments; apply basic principles of developmental psychology to one’s own life
experiences.
SOCI 1358
SOCIOLOGY
45/0/3.0
This course will focus on the basic concepts in Sociology and an analysis of culture, socialization, stratification,
social organization, class, social interaction, social change, and conflict. Upon completion of this course, be able
to: understand basic knowledge of sociological theory and concepts; apply knowledge of sociology to a range of
issues and real-life contexts; explain key aspects of cultural capital and how it operates to perpetuate inequality,
and apply cultural capital and symbolic boundaries to the workings of major social institutions.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 163
POLICIES AND STANDARDS
Student Orientation
Prior to beginning classes, all new students participate in an orientation program. Orientation delivery may be
online or on ground, depending on the program. This is discussed at the time of enrollment. Orientation facilitates
a successful transition into WTC; therefore, attendance for new students is imperative regardless of prior college
experience. At orientation, students are acquainted with their peers, campus, administrative staff, and faculty.
Administrative departments explain ways in which they assist students and clarify students’ rights and
responsibilities.
Attendance Policies
To better prepare students for employment, by developing good habits, it is essential that absenteeism and
tardiness be kept to an absolute minimum. WTC strives to enforce attendance policies which require students to
attend class regularly and punctually. All absences and tardiness are recorded regardless of the reason.
The College will evaluate each student’s attendance at the end of each term. In cases of excessive absenteeism
or tardiness, the College may take disciplinary action prior to the end of the term, however, students will be
afforded reasonable opportunities in which to bring his/her overall attendance to the minimum benchmark of 85%
within the term. Students who miss more than 15% of their scheduled classes after the first term will be placed on
attendance probation for the following term.
A student missing over 15% of the scheduled class days during the probationary period may be terminated from
the College. Student is at risk of being terminated when his/her absences exceed 15% of the total cumulative hours
in the program. Authorized Leaves of Absence (LOA) will not be included in the attendance percentage of a term.
As mandated by the Texas Workforce Commission, the school’s regulating body, consecutive absences
(without an approved leave of absence) cannot exceed ten (10) consecutive days or more than 20% (25% for the
Commercial Driver Training program) of the scheduled course for the program, whichever is less. To do so may
result in the student being processed as a drop from the program. The Campus President may exercise an exception
to this policy if the absences exceed 10 days due to extenuating circumstances. Any student who is terminated for
unsatisfactory attendance may not re-enter before the start of the next grading period and will only be readmitted
if the factor(s) contributing to the poor attendance has been resolved to the College’s satisfaction. A student who
was terminated for violating the attendance policy and that is readmitted will be placed on attendance probation
for at least one term.
NOTE: College holidays and scheduled annual breaks are not considered days of absence. However, the Veterans
Administration regulations require that all scheduled school breaks be reported.
Make-up Work & Hours
At its discretion, the College may allow a student, who for reasons acceptable to the College, is experiencing
non-repetitive, extreme attendance problems, to make up essential coursework previously missed due to
absenteeism. It is the student’s responsibility to contact his/her department program director and instructor to
arrange for any make-up work & hours. No more than 5% of the total program clock hours can be made up. If a
student misses a significant number of hours in a course, the instructor may determine that it is in the best interest
of the student to repeat the entire course.
Instructors are required to advise students of their current attendance as well as academic status in school and
generate advising forms for any academic or attendance issues that occur. If make-up hours are required, the
instructor and PD will ensure that all make-up hours are completed before the end of each term.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 164
All make-up work & hours must be approved by the department director and must be completed within two
weeks of the end of the grading period during which the absence occurred.
Tardy Policy
Students will be deducted time to the nearest quarter for coming in late to class and from breaks and for leaving
early for the day. If a student arrives any time after 8:00 a.m., but before 8:15 a.m., they will be charged 15 minutes.
If the student arrives after 8:15 but before 8:30 a.m., they will be charged for 30 minutes, and so on. The same
applies when a student leaves class for any reason. Refer to your program syllabus for the program policy.
Students missing 30% of an entire course may be required to retake the course in its entirety. It is important to
arrive to school on time, and not leave class early.
Student Academic Progress (SAP)
Below is a list of symbols used by the College to document attendance for students. Attendance is recorded by
the instructor and posted daily:
P
Present
A
Absent
P#
Present Number of hours (Ex: P3)
M
Make Up Hours
I
Incomplete
W
Withdrawn
WF
Withdrawn Failed
Academic Grading Scale BSN Program Academic Grading Scale
Numeric Scale
Letter
98 – 100
4.0
A+
94 – 97.9
4.0
A
90 – 93.9
4.0
A-
88 – 89.9
3.75
B+
84 – 87.9
3.5
B
80 – 83.9
3.0
B-
78 – 79.9
2.75
C+
74 – 77.9
2.5
C
70 – 73.9
2.0
C-
68 – 69.9
1.75
D+
64 – 67.9
1.5
D
60 – 63.9
1.0
D-
BELOW 60 0.0 F
Satisfactory Progress
Upon completion of each course, all students will be able to access their progress report through the student
portal. Students must achieve and maintain a CUMULATIVE grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 in all courses, and
all course work must be satisfactorily completed to be eligible for graduation.
For BSN, students must achieve and maintain a CUMULATIVE grade point average of 3.0. For PTA students
must achieve and maintain a minimum cumulative GPA and minimum course grade of 2.75 (or a 78% numeric
Numeric Scale
Letter
98 -100
4.0
A+
94 - 97.9
4.0
A
90 - 93.9
4.0
A-
84 – 89.9
3.5
B+
74.5 – 83.9
3.0
B
Below 74.5
0
F
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 165
grade) in all core courses. Also, each individual written examination and practical examination must be completed
at a level of 74% or greater.
The minimum requirement for a 200-hour program is:
A cumulative grade average of at least 70% is required for the student to receive the course certificate. Students
will receive written notification of their progress at the midpoint and end of each two-week evaluation period. A
student who is not making satisfactory progress at the midpoint will be placed on academic probation for the
remainder of the progress evaluation period. The school’s Administrative Specialist will advise the student placed
on probation prior to the student returning to class. The date, action taken, and terms of probation will be clearly
indicated in the student's permanent file. If the student does not achieve satisfactory progress by the end of the
probationary period, the student's enrollment will be terminated.
Unsatisfactory Progress:
For the Commercial Driver Training program, which is a 200-hour program, the school shall record a student’s
grades at the midpoint and end of each progress evaluation period. A student not making satisfactory progress at
the midpoint shall be placed on academic probation for the remainder of the progress evaluation period. If the
student does not achieve satisfactory progress by the end of the probationary period, the student's enrollment shall
be terminated.
The policies and procedures that pertain to a student's unsatisfactory progress are divided into three categories.
Note that the use of the word "term" varies with each of the program policies shown below.
CATEGORY 1
The first category consists of five certification programs: MBC; MCA; Welding; Diesel Advanced Technology
Education (DATE); and FCA Mopar Automotive.
For students in these programs, the word "term" refers to "a course."
The school will place on academic probation a student making unsatisfactory progress at the end of a term, and
the probationary period will last through the next term. A student must have a cumulative GPA of 1.5 or higher to
be considered for probation.
If the student achieves satisfactory progress during the first probationary term but does not earn the required grades
to meet overall satisfactory progress for the program, the student may be allowed to continue on academic
probation for another term.
A student on academic probation who fails to achieve a cumulative GPA of 1.75 by the end of the second
probationary term will be dropped.
In all cases, the expectation is that a student's cumulative GPA will rise to at least 2.0.
A student who earns a failing grade at the end of the first term (course) should be dropped. If a student's attendance
percentage falls below 85, they should be dropped. There are no consecutive probationary periods for attendance
make-up.
CATEGORY 2
The second category of programs includes those that schedule by modules, and for the purpose of this policy, the
word "term" refers to a "module." These are the programs affected: AOS programs and BBA.
The school will place on academic probation a student making unsatisfactory progress at the end of a term, and
the probationary period will last through the next term. A student must have a cumulative GPA of 1.5 or higher to
be considered for probation.
If the student achieves satisfactory progress during the first probationary term but does not earn the required grades
to meet overall satisfactory progress for the program, the student may be allowed to continue on academic
probation for another term.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 166
A student on academic probation who fails to achieve a cumulative GPA of 1.75 by the end of the second
probationary term will be dropped.
A student who fails a course but has a GPA of at least 2.0 will be given an advising form rather than being placed
on probation. The student will be required to repeat the failed course and will be charged for tuition at the current
per hour rate.
Because course work continues, a student whose attendance is problematic must be sure to complete any make-up
hours during the term in which their attendance is flagged. The object here is for the student to meet the 85%
attendance requirement. Should a student fall below the 85% requirement but has no failing grade, they will be
given an advising form rather than being placed on probation.
Students who fall below minimum academic and attendance requirements will have the length of a term to
coordinate with their instructor to bring their grades and attendance up to minimum standards. If the student then
fails to meet minimum standards, they will be dropped.
Probation
Students falling below minimum attendance and academic requirements, will have the length of the term to
coordinate with their instructor to improve their grades and attendance to meet the minimum standards. Students
that fail to meet the minimum requirements will be placed on attendance and/or academic probation. If students
still do not meet the minimum requirements after their probationary period ends, they will be dropped from their
program.
Suspension
A student may be suspended due to a violation of any WTC policies or standards. Final determinations on
suspensions are determined by the Campus President and Program Director. There is a maximum time frame of
three (3) days per suspension.
Leaves of Absence (LOA)
A leave of absence (LOA) is a temporary interruption in a student’s program of study and should only be
requested in case of emergencies and extenuating circumstances including but not limited to medical reasons, jury
duty, military service, incarceration, or death of a family member.
1. To request an LOA, the student must submit a written request via hard copy, text message, or through
email, to an Administrative Specialist or Student Services Coordinator. The written request should include
the reason for the LOA and the amount of time needed. All LOA’s must have prior approval by the
student’s Program Director and Campus President.
2. In the rare event the student is unable to submit a letter requesting the leave, the student must verbally
communicate with his/her Program Director, Financial Aid Director or Campus President, and follow-up
with electronic communication (text or email).
3. Leaves of absence shall be reasonable in duration, preferably not to exceed 30 calendar days. WTC highly
discourages any requests for an additional leave of absence, however, WTC may grant only one (1) more
additional LOA within a 12-month period, in the event that an unforeseen circumstance arises, such as
medical reasons, military service, or jury duty. The LOA, together with any additional leaves of absence,
must not exceed a total of 180 days in any 12-month period.
4. Students on a LOA remain in Active Status; therefore, they are still obligated to maintain payments due to
WTC.
5. Students must return on or before the day they are required to from their Leave of Absence. Failure to do
so will result in being dropped from the program.
6. For Active Military and Veterans, refer to the language located in the financial aid section for the veteran
leave of absence policy.
Leaves of Absence For 200 Hour Program
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 167
The Campus President may grant a leave of absence after determining that good cause is shown. A student may
have no more than two leaves of absence in a 12-month calendar period and may be on leave of absence no more
than 30 calendar days during that 12-month calendar period. School attendance records will clearly define the dates
of the student's leave of absence. A written statement of the reason(s) leave of absence was granted, signed by both
the student and the Campus President indicating approval, will be placed in the student's permanent file. A student's
enrollment in the program will be terminated if the student fails to return as scheduled from an approved leave of
absence.
Course Retakes
Students that have failed a course will be required to repeat the course (or courses) and will be charged for the
cost of the course(s). Students are reminded that retaking a course may affect the student’s graduation date and
depending on course schedules and availability, may require the student to change class schedules for the remainder
of their training. May also affect agency and/or Title IV funding. Please check with Financial Aid and Student
Accounts.
Drop/Withdrawal
If a student should elect to withdraw from his/her program for any reason before the completion of his/her
training, the student is required to inform WTC in writing. Email notification is acceptable.
Official Withdrawal
The student is considered withdrawn based on notification to the Student Services Office from the student,
preferably in writing, of the student’s intention to withdraw.
Unofficial withdrawal
Enrollment may be terminated after 14 consecutive calendar days of nonattendance and with no contact from
the student.
How does this affect you?
Upon withdrawing or being dropped from a program, any scholarship or exemption credit(s) not earned for
courses not taken, may be charged back to the student. Any credits to the student’s account will follow the Return
to Title IV policy, located in the Student Financial Services section and any unused VA benefits will be returned
to the VA.
Withdrawn (W) and Withdrawn and Failed (WF)
Students who withdraw from a course before completing 75% of their course, will earn a “W” for Withdrawn.
Students who withdraw from a course after completing a minimum of 75% will earn a “WF” for Withdrawn and
Failed. This will appear on the student’s transcript. Once the TWC refund calculation is complete, a student may
have a balance with the school.
For more detailed information, refer to the WT Consumer Guide.
Grounds for Suspension or Termination of the Student by Western Tech
The Student is responsible for adhering to all policies and procedures of Western Tech. The Student
understands that Western Tech has the right to suspend or terminate any student who Western Tech determines, at
its sole discretion, has failed to satisfy the academic or behavioral standards articulated in the school’s catalog and
student handbook, including with regard to attendance, or to act in accordance with the laws of Federal, State, or
local government, or any policy or procedure of Western Tech, or otherwise has acted in a manner detrimental to
the classroom environment, the well-being of fellow students, faculty, or staff, or institutional facilities, or who
fails to pay any outstanding balance owed Western Tech under this agreement.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 168
READMITTANCE
Students who have dropped from the college may request readmittance after sitting out one term. For
consideration, the student is required to submit a letter to the Campus President, specifically explaining the
following:
• What variables prevented them from completing their program.
• What has been done to correct the issue(s).
• What can the college expect from the individual if allowed to return
Upon receiving the letter and if accepted to return, the restart process is initiated. If the student had a balance
owed to the school when he/she dropped, the balance must be paid, or acceptable arrangements made with Student
Accounts.
Effective February 01, 2019, any student from the program that drops from school and decides to return will be
charged at the current rate of attending.
Re-Enrollment of Terminated Students
A student whose enrollment was terminated for unsatisfactory progress may reenroll after a minimum of one
progress evaluation period. Such reenrollment does not circumvent the approved refund policy. A student who
returns after termination of enrollment for unsatisfactory progress will be placed on academic probation for the
next grading period and the student will be advised of this action, and it will be documented in the student's file.
If the student does not demonstrate satisfactory progress at the end of this probationary period, the student's
enrollment will be terminated.
SUPPORT SERVICES
WTC is committed to serving students, even if the representative assisting the student is not on the premises.
Employees may be working offsite. Students are encouraged to contact employees they need to speak with by
email, by phone or text message. Students may also ask for assistance by speaking to the receptionist and
requesting to speak with someone in the department. The Receptionist will direct the student to the appropriate
department.
Student Services
The purpose of the Student Services is to aid students that may be experiencing difficult life situations while
enrolled at WTC. Available resources to students include:
• Federal Work Study Job Opportunities
• Transportation
• Off Campus Housing Information
• Resource Directory
WTC does not offer counseling services; however, WTC has contracted with WellConnect, and they offer
individual or small group assistance to help students deal with concerns or problems so that he/she may maximize
his/her college experience. Students can contact them directly for assistance. They will have up to three sessions
per issue at no cost to them, and if additional assistance is needed, the student can work directly with WellConnect.
A resource directory is available for students seeking professional counseling, health, financial, legal, and other
services. Copies of the directory are located throughout the campus and are available upon request and is also
available in the Student Compass, the electronic student resource center in Canvas (learning management system).
Student Services partners with individual organizations, agencies, and companies throughout the region to provide
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 169
employment opportunities, community resources and volunteer activities that will assist students in their educational
process.
IT Services
Students that are issued laptops or Chrome Books for their training can access WTC’s onsite and online IT
services department. For technical issues, students can bring in their laptops to be examined by an IT Technician.
In the event the laptop or chrome book needs to be sent back to the manufacturer over a technical issue, the student
may be issued a loaner device until such time the laptop or chrome book is returned to them.
Note: Students who break or lose their device are responsible for its replacement. The student must contact his/her
Program Director for further guidance on this issue.
Financial Services Including Financial Aid
All tuition is due and payable by the program start date, unless satisfactory arrangements have been made with
the school as evidenced by a Retail Installment Contract and/ or approval of Federal Student Aid. The Student
Financial Services Department assists students in planning details of how to pay their educational costs. Each student
is confidentially interviewed, his or her situation is considered, and the student is advised on possible payment
arrangements. Financial Aid is available for those who qualify. The Financial Services Department is available to
assist students with the Federal Student Aid application process. WTC participates in the Subsidized Direct Stafford
Loan, Unsubsidized Direct Stafford Loan, Direct PLUS Loan, Federal PELL Grant, the Federal Supplemental
Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG) Program, and the Federal Work Study (FWS) Program.
Learning Resource Center
The Learning Resource Center (LRC) is available to both current students and graduates of WTC. The LRC
provides instruction, services, and materials to help enhance academic growth and personal enrichment to help
support the college’s mission. The center provides a range of services for faculty as well as for students and alumni
including but not limited to the following:
• Book borrowing and searching capabilities
• Online catalog
• Online databases
The LRC hours of operation are posted in the library and on WTC’s website (www.westerntech.edu
).
Tutoring
Tutoring services are offered for students having trouble with their studies or wanting additional academic
assistance. Students on academic probation should attend tutoring sessions. This tutoring is offered as a free service
for the benefit of students.
Advising
Academic, attendance, career, professional development, and continuing education advising are provided by
faculty, Program Directors, Administrative Specialists, Deans, Student Services Coordinators, and Campus
Presidents. Advising services are provided on an individual or small group basis to help students deal with concerns
or problems so that he/she may maximize his/her college experience.
WTC does not offer counseling services. However, a resource directory is available for students seeking
professional counseling, health, financial, legal, and other services. Copies of the directory are located throughout
the campus and are available upon request.
Testing Center
WTC offers testing facilities for our students and the community alike. We are authorized to provide certification
and professional licensure examinations through GED and Pearson Vue testing partners. Main hours of operation
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 170
are from 8:00 am until 5:00 pm, Monday through Thursday, and 8:00 am through 12:30 pm on Fridays. For more
information, please contact a test administrator at 1-800-225-5984.
CAREER SERVICES
Graduate Employment Assistance
WTC places great importance in assisting graduates starting their careers! The Career Services team at WTC,
together with faculty, Program Directors, and Internship Coordinators, work closely to place students (soon to be
graduates) and graduates alike, into career related jobs. Employment assistance services are provided to students from
the time they enter school up until the time they graduate, and thereafter provided they are in good standing, which
requires that the graduate has not been fired due to misconduct, failing, or refusing a drug screen, or defaulting on
his student loans . Students receive the training and skills needed to conduct their own employment opportunity
research, résumé writing, interview skills, and networking skills. The success of our graduates is the success of the
school!
Students will be required to undergo a mock interview with an employer in their field of study before going to
internship or clinicals (depending on the program). The mock interview may be recorded and then critiqued with the
student. In addition, the Career Services staff offers workshops for students to provide valuable training in successful
interviewing techniques, tips on completing successful online applications, writing effective cover letters and thank
you letters.
WTC works diligently to assist new and previous graduates to obtain employment in their field of study. We wish
to make it clear however, that due to the vastly different personalities, characteristics, and backgrounds of each
individual graduate, the college does not guarantee employment. The college will make reasonable efforts to assist
each graduate in finding employment in his/her field. Graduates may need to consider relocating to areas where the
greatest career opportunities exist. Graduate employment results are greatly influenced by student’s attendance,
overall attitude, academic performance, driving record and background.
Employer Expectations
WTC strives to ensure that every graduate is given every opportunity to interview and secure a job in his/her field
of study. Education on what employers expect is crucial to becoming gainfully employed in your field of study.
Requirements vary from business to business, and many will require one or more of the items listed below:
1.
Clean Driving Record: Some organizations have multiple locations and may require the employee to use his/her
own vehicle to travel between the different locations or may require the employee to travel to a customer site
(i.e. service tech). For all transportation programs for example, there are companies that require their employees
to drive company vehicles, pick-up and drop off customers. For these scenarios, a clean driving record becomes
a hiring requirement to be insurable by the employer’s insurance carrier. Furthermore, the hiring requirement
is a means to maintain the position.
2.
A Current Driver’s License: Failure to produce a current driver’s license at the time of interview may prevent
the graduate from getting hired. Without a license, how will the graduate get to work? An employer has the
right to ask.
3.
A Criminal Background Check: Most Background checks not only reveal misdemeanors and/or felonies in
one’s background, but also any pending arrests. The criminal check can go as far back as the employer wants to
go. Failure to report any criminal conviction may result in being disqualified for hire or terminated from
employment if the information surfaces after hire.
4.
Drug Testing: More than 90% of employers in the US drug test new hires before making a bona- fide offer of
employment, contingent upon the results of the background check and drug testing. The most common is
urinalysis testing, but follicle testing is much more accurate and is becoming much more affordable to
employers. Drug and/or alcohol use, impairs memory, alertness, and achievement. Their use erodes the capacity
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 171
to perform, think and act responsibly.
5.
Credit Checks: Businesses of all types and sizes are turning to credit checks to help determine an applicant’s
integrity and ability to handle money. In the cyber world we live in, employers are required to be more diligent
in protecting their customers personal information from theft. All employees that handle government contracts
or the government entities themselves, (i.e. FBI, CIA, Border Patrol, etc.), will require government security
clearances. To qualify for a government security clearance, the applicant will need to have a good credit rating
score. Applicants that have claimed bankruptcy or have had to undergo credit counseling will find that this may
prevent them from being considered for employment. Applicants that possess a poor credit score rating are
considered “high-risk” and may not be trusted to handle and maintain security information.
Graduate Employment Severance
Employment assistance is an ongoing service available to all graduates in satisfactory standing. To protect the
college’s reputation as well as the employment opportunities of future graduates, a graduate is in unsatisfactory
standing and may forfeit their graduate employment assistance privilege under the following conditions:
1.
Have failed or refused to take an employee physical relative to drug or substance testing.
2.
Have defaulted on a student loan. Have been discharged from a job since graduating from the college,
3.
Misconduct such as stealing, substance abuse, sexual harassment, etc.
4.
Are in violation of any of the items listed under Employer Expectations.
STUDENT CODE OF CONDUCT
Any violation of WTC policies & standards, including safety violations, abusive language, drinking or illegal use
of drugs (on or off campus) may result in suspension or termination. Improper conduct off campus may also result
in suspension or termination. Students are required to follow college policies and standards while attending WTC. It
is the student’s responsibility to conduct themselves in a proper and respectable manner while attending the College.
Any student who fails to comply with the conduct standards, may be subject to verbal or written reprimand,
probation, suspension, or termination from WTC, depending on the nature of the infraction. Readmittance following
such termination is at the discretion of the college and relative to the nature and severity of the conduct violation.
The following constitutes a common list of conduct violations. It does not encompass every scenario. Students
should immediately report any conduct violations to their instructor or other school official.
1. A student must not in any way interfere with class instruction and learning and must obey directives of WTC
faculty and administration.
2. Under no circumstance is any type of food or drink allowed in the classroom. Eating and drinking is allowed
in designated break areas. Water will be allowed; however, it must be in a closed container.
3. Use of cellular phones is prohibited in the library, classrooms, labs, and shop areas.
4. The library and Internet are available only for purposes of school projects. Viewing of illicit or inappropriate
material or downloading any software is forbidden.
5. Students are always expected to conduct themselves in an orderly manner. Profanity, vulgarity, loud talking,
inappropriate discussion or public displays of affection which may cause embarrassment to WTC or to fellow
students, is prohibited and not tolerated.
6. Smoking, the use of E-Cigarettes, Vapors, or any other tobacco products (i.e. chewing tobacco, snuff, etc.) is
not allowed in the buildings. Smoking, using E-Cigarettes or vapors, or chewing tobacco is allowed in
designated areas, outside break areas only, and not in front of the building.
7. No loitering in front or at entrance of the buildings or in parking areas is allowed.
8. For safety purposes, sport activities are not allowed on college property.
9. Students are expected to participate in the classroom and lab activities. They must put forth a reasonable effort
to learn. “Loafing,” sleeping in class, sitting on work/lab benches, horse playing, and not carrying out
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 172
instructions are considered types of unsatisfactory conduct.
10. Fighting and gambling on college property are absolutely forbidden.
11. Spouses, children, family members, or friends are not allowed into the classroom unless authorized. Students
will be asked to leave with the accompanying member and will be docked for attendance.
12. The unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, use of a controlled substance or alcohol, or
the presence of such in your body’s system is prohibited on this institution’s premises. These “premises” are
defined as all school property including building interiors and exteriors, sidewalks, parking lots, privately
owned vehicles parked on college premises, as well as desks, lockers, and storage areas. This prohibition
applies to students performing any college related tasks, attending school-sponsored functions, including field
trips, and internships regardless of location, on or off college premises. Students are expected to comply with
all requirements of the Drug Free Schools Act.
13. Possession of a handgun under the authority of the Texas concealed handgun license law is prohibited on
college premises. Ammunition, long blade knives (blades over 3" long), and any other type of object that may
be construed as a weapon are a violation of college rules and are not permitted. Students possessing weapons
are subject to dismissal. Fake or toy guns are also not to be on college premises.
14. Stealing and vandalism are prohibited. Students who commit such violations are subject to automatic dismissal
and may be reported to local law enforcement.
15. Any student who willfully damages college property, property belonging to another student, or removes a
part(s) from training aids without instructor approval is responsible and liable for repair or replacement costs
and is subject to dismissal from WTC.
16. Each student is expected to do his/her own work. Presenting work done by others, using dishonest means in
taking tests, and aiding in cheating is forbidden and subject to suspension or termination from WTC.
17. Safety is everyone’s responsibility. Students may be exposed to many potentially dangerous situations and it
is very important that the classroom/lab/shop work areas be kept safe. All WTC students are responsible to
help keep the school classroom/lab/shop areas clean, dry, and orderly.
18. It is forbidden for students and WTC employees to fraternize, (socializing, dining, drinking, etc.)
19. It is mandatory for all students to have the appropriate tools at school daily.
20. Students are prohibited from downloading items on the college’s computers or personal anywhere in the
college, unless authorized by the IT Department of WTC.
21. Under no circumstance are students allowed or permitted to sell any items (food, beverages, school material,
etc.) for personal gain on school property.
22. Solicitation by a student for any cause or organization is prohibited. The distribution of advertising materials,
handbills, or any other literature on WTC property or via any electronic form of communication by students
is prohibited.
23. All students are expected to keep the college environment free from intimidation and harassment regardless of
sex, race, age, religion, national origin, and disability or any other protected status.
24. WTC is a community of trust whose very existence depends on adherence to standards of conduct. This
includes cases involving sexual misconduct and/or sexual assault or attempted sexual assault. Student conduct
that violates these standards is handled by the Title IX Coordinator. Sexual harassment is defined as
unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, or other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature
when:
• Submission to such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly as a term or condition of an individual’s
enrollment
• Submission to or rejection of such conduct by an individual is used as the basis for enrollment decisions
affecting such individuals
• Such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with an individual’s school
performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive environment.
WTC may report violators to the appropriate authority for civil or criminal action. WTC prohibits
retaliation of any kind against students who, in good faith, bring sexual harassment complaints or assist in
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 173
investigating complaints. Exercising rights under this policy does not in any way affect a student’s right
to seek relief through the Texas Commission on Human Rights, the Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission, or in a court of proper jurisdiction for any complaint for which a remedy is provided under
state or federal law. It is the responsibility of each student to be aware of the details of the foregoing
policy.
Appeals
A student has the right to appeal depending on the nature and severity of the situation, as noted in the Student
Code of Conduct. A student who files an appeal will be required to do the following:
• Submit a letter to the attention of the Campus President, detailing the issues that surrounded the dismissal.
• Request an appeal of the decision rendered, with reasons stating why WTC should reconsider.
• The letter can be mailed or presented in person and MUST be signed by the student.
• Letters must be sent within 10 days from the day of dismissal to be considered.
Student will be notified within 48 hours by the Campus President who will determine if the violation merits further
action or not.
Student Complaint/Grievance Procedure
If a student feels that he or she has an issue or grievance which needs to be addressed, the student is encouraged
to address the issue with his/her instructor or program director. If the complaint cannot be adequately resolved there,
the student must then address it, preferably in writing, to the Campus President, so that the issue(s) is addressed
completely. If not resolved at that level, then the complaint would then be addressed to the COO.
STUDENT COMPLAINT PROCEDURE
Schools accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges must have a procedure and
operational plan for handling student complaints. If a student does not feel that the school has adequately addressed
a complaint or concern, the student may consider contacting the Accrediting Commission. All complaints reviewed
by the Commission must be in written form and should grant permission for the Commission to forward a copy of
the complaint to the school for a response. This can be accomplished by filing the ACCSC Complaint Form. The
complainant(s) will be kept informed as to the status of the complaint as well as the final resolution by the
Commission. Please direct all inquiries to:
Accrediting Commission of Career Schools & Colleges
2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302
Arlington, VA 22201
(703) 247-4212
www.accsc.org
A copy of the ACCSC Complaint Form is available at the school and may be obtained by contacting
(name/position) or online at www.accsc.org
.
A copy of the Commission Complaint form is available at the College and may be obtained by contacting the
Administrative Specialist or Campus President.
The following is the Texas Workforce Commission Complaint Procedure:
Dear Students:
This school has a Certificate of Approval from the Texas Workforce Commission (TWC).
The TWC-assigned school number is: S0117 (Branch) and S0118 (Main).
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 174
The school’s programs are approved by the following entities: TWC, Career Colleges & Schools of Texas, Texas
Higher Education Coordinating Board, and the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges. For the
branch campus, the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE) approves the Physical
Therapist Assistant Program. The Nursing Program is approved by the Texas Board of Nursing.
Students must address their concerns about this school or any of its educational programs by following the
grievance process outlined in the school’s catalog. Schools are responsible for ensuring and documenting that all
students have received a copy of the school’s grievance procedures and for describing these procedures in the
school’s published catalog. If, as a student, you were not provided with this information, please inform school
management.
Students dissatisfied with this school’s response to their complaint or who are not able to file a complaint with
the school, can file a formal complaint with TWC, as well as with other relevant agencies or accreditors, if applicable.
Information on filing a complaint with TWC can be found on TWC’s Career Schools and Colleges Website at
http://csc.twc.state.tx.us/.
If a student does not feel that the College has adequately addressed a grievance or concern, students may contact the
state licensing in writing at:
The Texas Workforce Commission, Career Schools and Colleges Section,
101 East 15th St., Austin, TX 78778-0001
Contact information for filling student complaints with the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board
including:
How to submit a Student Complaint: After exhausting the institution's grievance/complaint process, current,
former, and prospective students may initiate a complaint with THECB by sending the required forms either by
electronic mail to StudentComplaints@thecb.state.tx.us,
or by mail to the Texas Higher Education Coordinating
Board, Office of General Counsel, P.O. Box 12788, Austin, Texas 78711-2788. Facsimile transmissions of the forms
are not accepted.
The web address for the Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board’s Student Complaints page with forms and
a description of the complaint procedure: http://www.thecb.state.tx.us/links/student-complaints/
The THECB
complaint form is: http://reportcenter.thecb.state.tx.us/agency- publication/blank-forms-templates/student-
complaints- form/
Student Complaints (Colorado students only)
Student Complaints should be brought to the attention of the School Director to attempt resolution. The Director
and student are to follow the grievance procedures according to school policy printed in the school catalog. The
student may also file a written complaint online with the Colorado Division of Private Occupational Schools at
http://highered.colorado.gov/dpos or by requesting a complaint form at (303) 862-3001. All student complaints
submitted to the Division must be in writing and shall be filed within two years after the student discontinues training
at the school. Student is responsible to check with appropriate Colorado regulatory agencies to confirm program/
course work will satisfy initial or renewal licensing or certification of that that agency.
Physical Therapist Assistant: Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE)
Standard WTC protocol will be followed regarding the grievance policy but with some variations that are specific
to the Physical Therapist Assistant program. Those variations can be found on the WTC website,
www.westerntech.edu.
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN): Texas Board of Nursing
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 175
Standard Western Tech protocol will be followed regarding the grievance policy but with some variations that
are specific to the BSN program. The web address for the Board of Nursing is http://www.bon.texas.gov
. Select
“Discipline & Complaints and select “How to File a Complaint”. Those variations can be found in the individual
program section of this catalog and on the Western Tech website,
www.westerntech.edu.
Medical Clinical Assistant (MCA): Commission on Accreditation on Allied Health Education Programs
(CAAHEP)
Standard Western Tech protocol will be followed regarding the grievance policy but with some variations that
are specific to the MCA program. The web address for the Commission on Accreditation on Allied Health Education
Programs is https://www.cognitoforms.com/CAAHEP2/FileAComplaint
Standard Western Tech protocol will be followed regarding the grievance policy but with some variations that
are specific to student who are Colorado residents. If satisfactory resolution cannot be reached between the student
and the school, the student may file a written complaint online with the Colorado Division of Private Occupational
Schools at highered.colorado.gov/dpos or by requesting a complaint form at (303) 862-3001. All student complaints
submitted to the Division must be in writing and shall be filed within two years after the student discontinues training
at the school.
TITLE IX AND SEX DISCRIMINATION
Title IX protects students, employees, applicants for admission and employment. Everyone is protected by Title
IX—regardless of their
race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, disability, marital status, military or
veteran status, sexual orientation, or gender identity.
The Title IX Coordinator’s role is to coordinate the institution’s efforts to review and appropriately respond to all
complaints of sex discrimination and to work with other school employees and the campus community to prevent
sex-based and gender-based harassment.
Who should report the incident?
• Students or employees who believe they may be a victim of sexual harassment or sexual violence.
• Students and employees who believe they may have witnessed sexual violence involving a student or employee.
• Students and employees should also report to the Title IX Coordinator any retaliation against them by any
school employee for reporting a Title IX violation or for cooperating with or being involved in a Title IX
disciplinary proceeding.
Reporting:
Any employee who is subjected to or witnesses a possible incident of sexual harassment or other unlawful
harassment or discrimination or has witnessed or become aware of discrimination or harassment in violation of these
policies, should promptly report the matter to one of the following: his/her supervisor, the Human Resources
Director/Title IX Coordinator or next higher authority. If an employee feels it is not appropriate to report any issue
or incident to his or her supervisor, the employee may contact any other member of management, including the COO
or CEO of WTC.
The College will promptly investigate all allegations of discrimination and harassment, and act as appropriate
based on the outcome of the investigation. An investigation and its results will be treated as confidential to the extent
feasible. Employees who raise concerns and make reports in good faith can do so without fear of reprisal; at the same
time, employees have an obligation to cooperate with the College enforcing this policy and investigating and
remedying complaints.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 176
Anyone found to have engaged in such wrongful behavior will be subject to appropriate discipline, which may
include immediate termination of employment. The severity of any such discipline imposed is left to the sole
discretion of the College.
Any employee who files a complaint of sexual harassment or other discrimination in good faith will not be
adversely affected in terms and conditions of employment and will not be retaliated against because of the complaint.
In addition, we will not tolerate retaliation against any employee who, in good faith, cooperates in the investigation
of a complaint. Anyone who engages in such retaliatory behavior will be subject to appropriate discipline, up to and
including termination of employment.
However, if after investigating any complaint of harassment or unlawful discrimination, the College determines that
the complainant or a witness has provided false information regarding the complaint, disciplinary action will be taken,
up to and including discharge.
TIX policy can be found on www.westerntech.edu
under About WT.
The Title IX Coordinator is the individual designated by the College to coordinate its efforts to comply with
Title IX.
Questions or concerns about Title IX can be directed to:
Martha Molinar, Title IX Coordinator
Main Campus: 9624 Plaza Circle, El Paso, TX 79927
Branch Campus: 9451 Diana Drive, El Paso, TX 79924
Office: (915) 760-8164
Cell: (915) 497-2433
mmolinar@westerntech.edu
SAFETY & SECURITY
Our College has a commitment to ensure the safety and general welfare of those on our campuses, and to provide
appropriate policies, procedures, and strategies to maintain a safe campus. Because of certain crimes, natural
disasters, and other emergencies or crisis that may arise, we are convening committees and task forces to reexamine
or conduct a comprehensive review of policies, procedures, and systems related to campus safety and security. As
with many critical areas on the agendas of administrators, campus safety and security require building support and
conducting a thorough and systematic process to produce a quality plan to prepare for and manage emergencies on
campus.
We have procedures that will assist staff and students in dealing with any hazard or threat to that may arise while
located on a Western Technical College Campus. It is designed to protect employees, students, the community, the
environment, and property. It is recognized that unique situations may require variations in the described plan.
This plan is intended to provide response protocols to be followed in the event of an emergency. The objective of
this plan is to minimize the threat to employee and student safety during a crisis through familiarization of
emergency response procedures.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 177
INTERNSHIP/CLINICAL REQUIREMENTS
Students should complete all program requirements before going on internship, although there is occasion a
student may need to go out on Internship before he/she is able to take a needed course due to availability. Students
will not be allowed to go to Internship until they have been cleared through Career Services, Student Loan Advisors,
Financial Aid, Student Accounts, and the Administrative Specialist. The clearance process through these departments
will occur a minimum of 45 days before the scheduled internship.
While every effort will be made to schedule internship experiences for students in the evening program to coincide
with their school schedule, most internship experiences occur during regular daytime hours from 8:00 am – 5:00
p.m. As a result, students may be required to attend a different schedule to successfully complete their internship
experience.
During internship, students may be required to work up to eight (8) hours per day and will need to adjust their
schedules accordingly. Any exceptions must be approved by the internship coordinator.
Each student will be placed into an approved business location related to his/her field of study. Normally,
internships are unpaid. The internship coordinator will supervise each student’s progress. Supervision will consist of
reviewing weekly student evaluations provided by the intern site manager and regular intern site visits. During this
review, any deficiencies indicated will be addressed with the student. Students will work with the internship program
coordinator to establish an individual study program designed to address and correct the areas that may need
improvement.
Clinical and internship sites may require drug testing and or background checks prior to the student's scheduled
internship/clinical experience. The cost(s) of testing is the responsibility of the student and they may be required to
make payments in full directly to the college. Drug screens are $30.00, and background checks are $32.75 (Prices
are subject to change).
For Physical Therapist Assistant students, in the event a student tests positive for illegal drugs, the student will
be automatically suspended from his/her program of study for a period of no less than thirty (30) days. At the
completion of thirty (30) days, the student will be required to re-take a drug test at their cost. If the drug screen
returns negative, the internship coordinator or Academic Coordinator of Clinical Education (ACCE) will be allowed
to work with the student to place them at a site. If it returns positive, the student will be dropped from the program.
Students will be provided with a resource directory and WTC will advise the student to seek counseling. If the student
chooses to go through drug counseling, the student may re-apply for their respective program thirty (30) days after
termination, given the student can provide proof of having successfully completed drug counseling.
Students from all disciplines are encouraged to be truthful and honest about their backgrounds. In the event the
background check reveals any misdemeanor or felony convictions of which the student did not make WTC aware
before the check was administered, WTC reserves the right to take action against the student, to include, but not
limited to suspension or termination from the program. This depends upon the severity of the infraction, and will be
determined by the program director, academic dean, dean of distance education and Campus President.
The student must successfully complete the internship program before he/she will be allowed to graduate.
Change in Scheduled Operations
A change in scheduled operations including weather-related closing announcements, class cancelations, early
dismissal, emergency evacuation, etc. will be made via:
• WTC text message alert system.
• On-site at both campuses via signage.
• Via the WTC email address provided to students, instructors, and staff.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 178
• www.westerntech.edu – WTC homepage.
• via Canvas Learning Management System
• via local broadcast media.
Class Size
The number of students per class or per instructor varies depending on the course of study. Generally, lecture
class limits the maximum number of students to 30 per instructor. The maximum ratio for lab/shop instruction is set
at 20 students per instructor. Class size for Physical Therapist Assistant: A maximum of 24 students per class and a
maximum of 12:1 student instructor ratio for laboratory. Class size for Nursing is a maximum of 30 students and a
10:1 student to instructor ratio for clinicals.
Official Communication Policy
Any official correspondence from WTC to students will be:
• In Writing: at the permanent postal mailing address, or via personal delivery within the school premises;
• Via Electronic Communication (Student Portal, Student Learning Management System), email or text: at
the WTC email address provided to all students.
• Students are responsible for reading and responding appropriately to any official correspondence upon receipt
from WTC staff or faculty.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Curricula Revisions
The College reserves the right to vary the sequence of courses and revise and/or update curriculum content,
textbooks and tool sets as needed, with or without notification.
SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS
All conversions for Semester Credit Hours defined by our state regulators, Texas Workforce Commission (TWC)
and Texas Higher Education Coordinating Board (THECB), use the Carnegie system for school credit, therefore
SCU’s earned is defined as the successful completion of fifteen (15) clock hours of theory instruction, thirty (30)
clock hours of laboratory instruction, or forty-five (45) clock hours of internship. Each clock hour is at least fifty
(50) minutes in length. At least one hour of study time is recommended for each hour of lecture.
The following Semester Credit Hours defined by WTC’s Accreditor, the Accrediting Commission of Career
Schools and Colleges (ACCSC) is approved by the US Department of Education. ACCSC approved SCHs are used
for Title IV Financial Aid disbursement.
One semester credit hour equals 45 units (and one quarter credit hour equals 30 units) comprised of the following
academic activities:
• One clock hour in a didactic learning environment = 2 units
• One clock hour in a supervised laboratory setting of instruction = 1.5 units
• One hour of externship = 1 unit
• One hour of out-of-class work and/or preparation for the didactic learning environment or supervised
laboratory setting of instruction that are designed to measure the student’s achieved competency relative to the
required subject matter objectives = 0.5 unit
SCU’s from all programs fulfill the requirement from the state and accreditor.
Dress Code
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 179
All students at WTC College are required to wear specific uniforms each day. Variations of the dress code may
occur for your program under the direction of your program director and/or instructors. The WTC student dress code
is as follows:
1. All students must wear their student issued uniforms while they are attending school.
2. All students must wear closed toe shoes with socks. All welding students must wear leather boots.
3. Where applicable, personal protective equipment must be worn as directed by each department.
4. Shorts, tank tops, sweatpants or other clothing or headwear considered inappropriate by the school, may not
be worn at school.
5. Excessively long hair and beards may create a safety hazard and must be tied or braided during shop/laboratory.
6. Sunglasses are not to be worn anywhere inside the building.
NOTE: Program Directors and Instructors have the authority not to allow baseball caps or other headgear
to be worn in the classroom.
Parking
Student parking is available. On Campus parking is limited to first come, first served. However, students may not
park in spaces designated visitor parking, nor on the rocks or dirt areas. Students found parking in these areas will
be asked to move their vehicle.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to graduate from WTC, all students must obtain a minimum of 2.0 cumulative GPA, meet attendance and
other college requirements, and pass all required courses, including undergoing a mock interview with an actual
employer and submit an updated resume to Career Services. Students must achieve and maintain a minimum
CUMULATIVE grade point average and a minimum COURSE GRADE of 2.75 (or a 78% numeric grade) in all
core courses, and all course work must be satisfactorily completed to be eligible for graduation. Also, each individual
written examination and practical examination must be completed at a level of 74% or greater.
NOTE: Specific program graduation requirements are located within each program description.
Students are also required to achieve specific certifications before going on their internship experience, described
within each program.
Upon successful completion of the internship experience, students will be allowed to pick up their
degree/certificate of completion within approximately 4 weeks after their final completion date from the
Administrative Specialist.
Graduation Ceremonies
WTC graduation ceremonies represent the culmination of a student’s academic achievement. It is a time of
celebration and reflection for students, families, friends, faculty, and staff. In addition to celebrating each student’s
accomplishments, graduates with exemplary academics and/or attendance are recognized during the ceremony.
WTC commencement ceremonies are usually held twice a year, once in the summer and again during the winter
and are conducted at the Don Haskins center located at the University of Texas at El Paso. All family members and
friends are invited and welcome to attend to help celebrate the achievements of the graduates.
To ensure that all graduates are prepared and have all necessary requirements completed prior to graduation, each
student will receive a graduation packet one (1) month prior to the commencement ceremonies. In this packet,
students will receive:
• A congratulatory letter detailing the events for the day of graduation (time, date)
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 180
• Graduation photography information
• Do’s and Don’ts of graduation
• Directions to and map of the venue
Awards
The following categories will be recognized: Summa Cum Laude, one selected from each campus, (White sash):
4.0 GPA and 98%-100% Attendance, Magna Cum Laude (Gold Cord): 3.8- 4.0 GPA and 97% or higher Attendance,
GPA Recognition (Blue Cord): 3.8-4.0 GPA, Attendance Recognition (Red Cord): 97% or higher attendance.
WTC College confers Certificates/Degrees, specifically Certificate of Completion, Associate of Occupational
Studies Degree, Associate of Applied Science Degree, Baccalaureate Degrees, and a master degree.
Refresher Training
To stay current with ever-changing technological developments in their industry, graduates may return to WTC
and retake any courses of the program from which they graduated according to the following conditions:
Refresher training will be allowed on a “space available” basis only and requires the approval of both the program
director and Campus President.
Graduates may repeat up to three courses in the same program from which they graduated at no tuition charge.
Any additional courses may be taken at a charge of 25% of the current tuition rate.
Educational or Operational Changes
WTC reserves the right to make changes, at its sole discretion, to any facet of its operations, including graduation
requirements, costs, curriculum, course structure and content, faculty, methods of delivery, class schedule, and the
calendar of operation, as needed. WTC expressly reserves the right to cancel or postpone any new start for any
program due to insufficient enrollment. Reasonable notice of any such changes will be provided to the student. Any
policy change to the catalog is updated, the latest version will be made available through WTC’s website or through
the school’s admissions department.
Articulation Agreements
For graduates wishing to continue their education elsewhere, WTC has structured articulation agreements with
the University of Phoenix, Western Governors and Grand Canyon University. WTC also has an articulation
agreement with Chamberlain University for the BSN program only, and Strayer University with the Automotive
Technology Mopar program. For further information, graduates should contact these institutions regarding course
exemptions and credits or speak with their respective Campus President at WTC.
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 181
============== WESTERN TECHNICAL COLLEGE CATALOG ==============
Revised 12/2021
Page | 182